Home

Altova StyleVision Professional Edition User Manual

1. Color Text In the example above note that only the font style property has been assigned a value Other properties such as font family font size and font weight have not been assigned any value For these properties the values are inherited from the respective parent of each instance of lt italic gt So if the parent of one instance of lt italic gt were lt para gt and lt para gt had a font size value of 11pt then this instance of lt italic gt would inherit the font size value of 11pt If the parent of another instance of lt italic gt were lt email gt and lt email gt had a font size value of 10pt then this instance of lt italic gt would inherit the font size value of 10pt Defining the global template for lt italic gt as above has the advantage that the lt italic gt markup changes only the font style to italic while the rest of the formatting is exactly the same as the surrounding text no matter what the surrounding text For example an lt italic gt element contained within a lt bo1d gt element would inherit the font weight value of bold thus producing text in bold italic Note You can use any StyleVision feature in a global template such tables conditional templates and auto calculations Using Global Templates Global templates are created in either of the two ways described in the section Creating Global Templates above If you wish to use a global template
2. CompanyLogo Name number greater or equ count nodes DateToday number add false E Office number subtract floor number Name number multiply last Notice that in the Select Schema Attribute or Element pane the Office element is highlighted in gray This indicates that Office is the context node and that the XPath expression will be created relative to it You can build the XPath expression by double clicking the required elements attributes operators and functions Alternatively you can type the correct XPath expression directly into the Expression field 2 Build the expression by double clicking the Location element in the Select Schema 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 66 Tutorial Using Conditional Templates Attribute or Element pane This causes Location to be entered into the Expression field Then click the operator and enter US The XPath should read Location US Ww f 3 Click OK The start and end of the conditional template are indicated by cyan tags with a question mark P Location gt lt 2 The conditional template in the Design Document will look like this Address 4 ipo street Asuan Oo steet ipo city AEn DO City postate contents EEE ioo zio contents ES 2 Notice that the entire dynamic table contained by the Address element is contained by the tags of the conditional template
3. Static and dynamic text Static or dynamic text can be inserted anywhere in the document Static text is text that is contained in a template It is output as invariable text such as labels and table column headers in the result document Dynamic text on the other hand is text that comes from the XML document It changes with each node in a nodeset and when the XML document is edited Static and dynamic images A static or dynamic image can be inserted anywhere in the document The location of static images is specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet while the location of dynamic images is specified as node content in the XML document In the StyleVision Power Stylesheet the location of a dynamic image is referenced via the node containing it Thus in a repeating data structure the image referenced can be different for each node in the nodeset and depends on the image location information contained in that node Edit Image Static Dynamic Static and Dynamic Dynamic Address I Schema Use above field to enter a dynamic Path Address Use button to select Schema content J Treat as unparsed entity for XSLT transformation Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Introduction StyleVision features 11 Inserting static and dynamic images where part of the address is static and part is dynamic is also possible Static and dynamic hyperlinks A static or dynamic hyperlink can b
4. 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 26 Getting Started StyleVision interface 2 2 7 Menu Bar and Toolbar Menu Bar The menu bar contains the various application menus The following conventions apply If commands in a menu are not applicable in a view or at a particular location in the document they are grayed out and disabled Some menu commands pop up a submenu with a list of additional options Menu commands with submenus are indicated with a right pointing arrowhead to the right of the command name Some menu commands pop up a dialog that prompts you for further information required to carry out the selected command Such commands are indicated with an ellipsis after the name of the command To access a menu command click the menu name and then the command If a submenu is indicated for a menu item the submenu opens when you mouseover the menu item Click the required sub menu item A menu can be opened from the keyboard by pressing the appropriate key combination The key combination for each menu is AIttKEY where KEY is the underlined letter in the menu name For example the key combination for the File menu is Alt F A menu command that is a command in a menu can be selected by sequentially selecting i the menu with its key combination see previous point and then ii the key combination for the specific command AIt KEY where KEY is the underlined letter in the command name For ex
5. User and Reference Manual Copyright 1998 2005 Altova GmbH All rights reserved Use of this software is governed by and subject to an Altova software license agreement XMLSpy StyleVision Authentic MapForce and ALTOVA are trade marks registered in numerous countries of Altova GmbH Patent s pending XML XSL XHTML and WSC are trademarks registered in numerous countries of the World Wide Web Consortium marks of the W3C are registered and held by its host institutions MIT INRIA and Keio UNICODE and the Unicode Logo are trademarks of Unicode Inc This software contains material that is 91394 1938 Dundas Software Ltd all rights reserved The Sentry Spelling Checker Engine 92000 W intertree Software Inc STLport 91933 2000 Boris Fomitchev 1334 Hewlett Packard ALTOVA Company 91336 37 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology Scintilla Copyright 91398 2002 by Neil Hodgson lt ncilh zcintilla org gt All other names or trademarks are the property of their respective owners Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks
6. 8 4 2 Redo CTRL Y The Redo command allows you to redo any number of previously undone commands By using the Undo and Redo commands you can step backward and forward through the history of commands Also see Undo 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 236 User Reference Edit 8 4 3 Find Ctri F The Find command allows you to find words or fragments of words in the Authentic Editor View of the Working XML File and in the XSLT for HTML stylesheet The Find command is enabled only when the Authentic Editor View or XSLT stylesheet tabs are selected Authentic Editor View Clicking the Find command when the Authentic Editor View tab is selected pops up the following dialog x Find what ERN MV Match whole word only Cancel Match case Note the following e Inthe Authentic Editor View only the XML data is searched Text that is inserted via the XSLT is not searched e To match the entry with whole words in the XML document check Match whole word only For example an entry of soft will find only the whole word soft it will not find for example the soft in software e To match the entry with fragments of words leave the Match whole word only check box unchecked Doing this would enable you for example to enter soft and software e To make the search case insensitive leave the Match case checkbox unchecked This would enable you to find say Soft with an entry of
7. Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Edit 239 8 4 5 Edit Stylesheet Parameters The Edit Stylesheet Parameters command enables you to declare and edit parameters and their default values The command is available in both the Design Document view and the Authentic Editor View When you click this command the Edit Parameters dialog shown below pops up Edit Parameters In this dialog enter parameter names without leading Default Value CA NY The following points should be noted e You can insert append edit and delete parameters for the entire stylesheet e Parameter names must begin with a letter and can contain the characters A to Z a to z 0 to 9 and the underscore Also see e Foran overview of how parameters are to be used Parameters in the How To Use section 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 240 User Reference Edit 8 4 6 Select All The Select all command selects the entire contents of the Design Document window Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 241 8 5 Insert The Insert menu provides commands enabling you to insert various items into the Design Document The relevant commands are also accessible via the context menu which appears when you place the cursor or select a component in the Design Document In some cases a command is additionally available as a shortc
8. Nanonull Inc 39 3 4 40 Location us gt To select a date click on the desired date month or year The date is entered in the XML document and the date in the display is modified accordingly You can also enter a time zone if this is required 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 166 How To Use Authentic View Define Entities You can define entities for use in Authentic View whether your document is based on a DTD or an XML Schema Once defined these entities are displayed in the Entities Entry Helper and in the Insert Entity submenu of the context menu When you double click on an entity in the Entities Entry Helper that entity is inserted at the cursor insertion point An entity is useful if you will be using a text string XML fragment or some other external resource in multiple locations in your document You define the entity which is basically a short name that stands in for the required data in the Define Entities dialog After defining an entity you can use it at multiple locations in your document This helps you save time and greatly enhances maintenance There are two broad types of entities you can use in your document a parsed entity which is XML data either a text string or a fragment of an XML document or an unparsed entity which is non XML data such as a binary file usually a graphic sound or multimedia object Each entity has a name and a value In the case of par
9. Office Department Person 100 Insert text so that your output reads Employees X Y of Office Z of Company where X Y and Z are the Auto Calculations you have created Format the entire footer text suitably The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this Administration First Last Title Vernon Callaby Office Manager Frank Further Accounts Receivable Loby Matise Accounting Manager Employees 3 20 of Office 8 of Company Listing the non shareholders by department 1 E Place the cursor in the Employees column of the footer and click or Table Append Row The appended footer row has two cells just like the first row E Place the cursor in the first cell and click LJ or Table Join Cell Right to join the two cells Type in Non Shareholders Drag the Person element into the footer as shown below Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Creating the Table Footer 75 Employees count Pers round coun Non Shareholders Petson gt contents Person 5 Insert a Condition after the start tag of the Person element The XPath expression should select those Person elements the current element that have a Share value of less than or equal to 0 or no Share element The XPath willbe Shares lt 0 or not Shares This part of the footer in the Design Document will look like this Non Shareholders Ferson K cont
10. Organization Chart Now in Authentic Editor View change the value of the href attribute and see the dynamic effect on the logo display Do it this way 1 In Authentic Editor View place your cursor in the Location of logo input field 2 Replace nanonull gif with altova gif or any other image in any folder use a relative path to specify the logo s location Your Authentic Editor View will look like this ALTOVA www altova com Location of logo altova gif Organization Chart 3 Now change the logo back to nanonull gif Note You cannot change XML values in the HTML Preview of StyleVision since this is an output of the XML document Authentic View on the other hand is a view of the XML document 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 40 Tutorial Processing element content for output 3 4 Processing element content for output The processing of element content is defined in the Design Document in the same way as the processing of attribute values is drag the element from the schema tree drop it into the Design Document as a StyleVision Power Stylesheet component specify further XSLT XPath processing and apply the required formatting In this section you will add element content to the Design Document The objective is to create the contents of the Office Name element on one line and the contents of the Desc para elements below it This is how you will do it Inserting the O f
11. Tools Assign Working XML File Hel All onini Edit Schema Definition in xXMLSpy gt Description fia XML file for browser preview To add a command to the menu bar or toolbar select the command in the Commands pane of the Commands tab and drag it to the menu bar or toolbar When the cursor is placed over a valid position an I beam appears and the command can be dropped at this location If the location is invalid a check mark appears When you drop the command it is created as an icon if the command already has an associated icon otherwise the command is created as text After adding a command to the menu bar or toolbar you can edit its appearance by right clicking it and then selecting the required action To delete a menu bar or toolbar item with the Customize dialog open right click the item to be deleted and select Delete Note e The customization described above applies to the application and applies whether a document is open in StyleVision or not e Toreset menus and toolbars to the state they were in when StyleVision was installed go to the Toolbars tab and click the appropriate Reset button See also Tools Toolbars The Toolbars tab allows you to activate or deactivate specific toolbars to show text labels for toolbar items and to reset the menu bar and toolbars to their installation state 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 308 User Reference Tools LE x Command
12. e Clicking on a global template causes that template to be displayed in the Design Window e To return to the Root Template from a global template click either the Document Root or any element attribute in the schema tree Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Getting Started StyleVision interface 21 2 2 2 Text and Block Style Windows Text Style Window The Text Style window allows you to apply formatting to text and to text components such as the contents placeholder and data entry devices To apply text formatting select the text or text component to be formatted and enter a value for the required property TEXT STYLE text decoration text transform Color Text l Position Layout More IE Block Style Window The Block Style window allows you to apply formatting to block components Block components include paragraphs headings tables lists etc Any component that is not a block component i e it is an inline component can be made into a block component by assigning it a pre defined format When a block component is selected the Block Style window is enabled otherwise it is grayed out BLOCK STYLE color background color background attachme background image background position background position lt background positionY background tepeat Note e When a property is assigned in the Block Style window it applies to the entire block For example
13. prompt The basic issue is what elements are created in Authentic View when an element is added by the user For example when the user adds an element say by clicking the element in the Elements Entry Helper what child elements are created automatically The most important point to bear in mind is that Authentic View follows the structure specified in the underlying schema In order to ensure that Authentic View implements the schema structure correctly there are a few design rules you should keep in mind These are explained below Unambiguous content model A content model is considered unambiguous when it consists of a single sequence with maxOccurs 1 of child elements with no choices groups substitutions etc In such cases when the element is added the sequence of child elements is unambiguously known and they are automatically added In the screenshot example below the three child elements are all mandatory and can occur only once 8 C workarea schemas simp A z ne Root gt patent gt contents aee E parent el e2 3 When the element parent is added in Authentic View its child elements are automatically inserted screenshot below Pressing the tab key takes you to the next element in the sequence Pared ED First eTle2 gt lt e2 ES E Paren If the e2 element were optional then when the element parent is added in Authentic View the elements e1 and e3 are automatically inserted and the el
14. Clear J Cut Shift Delete Copy Ctrl C EA Paste Ctrl Most of the commands available in the context menu are explained in Authentic View entry helpers Remove element Pointing over the Remove command pops up a menu list consisting of the selected element and all its ancestors up to the document element Click the element to be removed This is a quick way to delete an element or any of its ancestors Note that clicking an ancestor element will remove all its descendants including the selected element Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 157 4 16 5 Features and their usage This section describes important features of Authentic View in detail Features have been included in this section either because they are commonly used or require an explanation of the mechanisms or concepts involved The section explains the following e The Date Picker is a graphical calendar that enters dates in the correct XML format when you click a date See Using the Date Picker e An entity is shorthand for a special character or text string You can define your own entities which allows you to insert these special characters or text strings by inserting the corresponding entities See Define Entities for details e What image formats can be displayed in Authentic View To learn how to use all the features of Authentic View please do the Authentic View Tutorial using either XMLSpy 2005
15. HTML Description Default User defined Table element table Table caption caption Table group Table header thead tfoot tbody tr Column element td Header element th Cell with nested table Now check the Enable XML tables in Authentic check box Then select the table model type either HTML or CALS The screenshot above shows the default names for the HTML table model If a default element name matches the corresponding table element name in your schema then the default name is colored black otherwise red The screenshot above indicates the following about the schema e there is an element called table with a content model the same as the HTML table model all default names appear black e all the default HTML elements exist in the content model of table not one of the default names appears red The content model of a table element that follows the HTML model would not correspond with the CALS table model which is different Given below is a screenshot of the CALS HTML Table Properties dialog for the same schema as above with the table model type set to CALS 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 128 How To Use Tables CALS HTML Table Properties x V Enable XML tables in Authentic Description Default User defined Table element table Table caption title Table group tgroup Table header thead Table footer tfoot Table body Cell with nested table entrytbl Notice
16. doc book doc id doc role doc title H doc chapter H doc appendix T Global Templates E Page Layout PDF Target namespace is default namespace of the schema and all nodes are unqualified When the target namespace is the default namespace of the schema document and elementFormDefault is set to unqualified then the prefix is exposed for global elements but is hidden for other elements Note that in this example elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault are set to unqualified lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema targetNamespace http www altova com workarea doclite xmins http www altova com workarea doclite elementFormDefault unqualified attributeFormDefault unqualified gt Since the target namespace is defined as the default namespace of the schema that is no prefix is defined for it StyleVision assigns an arbitrary namespace prefix n1 to the namespace required because the prefix has to be exposed for global elements This prefix is exposed on the global elements all elements except title If attributeFormDefault is set to unqualified as is the case above then the namespace prefix n1 is hidden on all attributes If attributeFormDefault is set to qualified then the namespace prefix n1 is exposed on attributes C workarea doclite doclite xsd H A Document Root nt book id tole title ni chapter id role
17. most commonly in features such as Auto Calculations conditions and dynamic data selection and there are a number of interface mechanisms that require and help you build XPath expressions The functionality of the correct XPath version is automatically made available in the interface 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 88 How To Use Namespaces 4 2 Namespaces Namespaces with DTDs and XML Schemas When using namespaces it is important to know that e DTDs are not namespace aware e XML Schemas are namespace aware This means that in an XML document according to the Namespace Recommendation an element such as altova title is the same as the element title if both belong to the same namespace The prefix altova is not a part of the element name but is a reference to a namespace However since DTDs are not namespace aware they recognize altova as part of the element name Consequently a DTD would see altova title and title as two different elements StyleVision does not support the use of namespaces in DTDs If you wish to use namespaces with your documents we recommend that you use XML Schemas Problems of namespaces in DTDs If you wish to use a DTD to validate an XML document that uses namespaces you would have to declare xm1ns with an optional prefix as an attribute of the relevant element For example lt ATTLIST userman xmlns altova CDATA FIXED http www altova com gt Further e
18. Cancel V Use the whole available width ma You can select the dimensions of the table and specify whether the table should occupy the whole available width When you click OK an empty table with the specified dimensions as shown below is created You can now enter content into table cells using regular StyleVision features Cell content could be text or elements dragged from the XML tree or objects such as images and nested tables The figure below shows a table containing nested tables Telephone Fax Office Home Office Home Static SPS tables are especially well suited for organizing XML data that is randomly situated in the schema hierarchy Deleting columns rows and tables To delete a column row or table place the cursor in the column row or table to be deleted and click the menu item Table Delete Column Table Delete Row or Table Delete Table respectively If you have nested tables the table immediately containing the cursor will be deleted when the Table Delete Table command is used Toolbar table editing icons The table editing icons in the second row of the toolbar are shortcuts to the Table menu commands These commands allow you to insert delete edit the structure of and assign formatting properties to the static table These icons can also be used for dynamic tables They cannot be used for XML tables since XML tables cannot be created
19. Name number multiply last The context node is highlighted in gray 3 Build the XPath expression by double clicking schema nodes and XPath operators and functions Alternatively you can enter the XPath expression directly in the Expression field 4 Click OK The start and end of the conditional template are indicated by cyan tags with a question mark Location gt lt 5 Place the cursor within the conditional template tags and add the content static or 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 134 How To Use Conditional templates dynamic to be processed and output if the condition specified in the XPath expression is true If a node or static content was selected in Step 1 the conditional template tags are placed around this document fragment and that document fragment is the content of the conditional template 6 To add an alternative condition right click either the start or end tag of the conditional template and select Condition Add New or Condition Add Copy In either case the Edit XPath expression dialog appears in which you enter the XPath expression to test for the alternative condition 7 Click OK Another condition is added to the conditional template If you selected Condition Add New the new condition is empty and you have to add the content to process and display when this condition is evaluated as true If you selected Condition Add Copy then the co
20. New and open the supplied NanonullOrg xsd schema file in the Examples folder of your Altova StyleVision 2005 installation folder C Program Files AltovasS TYLEVISION Document Root Bi contents Mal OrgChart T Global Templates This creates a schema tree with the element OrgChart as the root element in the Schema Window as well as entries for Global Templates immediately below the schema tree A contents placeholder for the root element is also created in the Design Document window Note We use the word schema not capitalized to denote the superset that contains DTDs and XML Schemas capitalized While this tutorial uses an XML Schema NanonullOrg xsd note that you can also use DTDs in StyleVision Selecting the XSLT version for the StyleVision Power Stylesheet We want this StyleVision Power Stylesheet to conform to XSLT 1 0 So in the toolbar click the a 40l icon Encoding of output file In the Encoding tab of the Options dialog Tools Options ensure that HTML encoding is set to UTF 8 Assigning the Working XML File The Working XML File is used to preview how an XML file based on the selected schema will be processed by your StyleVision Power Stylesheet StyleVision provides an Authentic Editor View and a preview of the HTML output of the Working XML File so you can quickly see how your StyleVision Power Stylesheet will process the XML To assign a Working XML File select File Assign Wo
21. Note e You can add as many custom format strings for different datatypes as you want e The sequential order of format strings in the Predefined Format Strings dialog determines the order in which these format strings appear in the Input Formatting dialog The customized format strings appear above the supplied predefined formats e To edit a custom format string double click the entry in the Predefined Format Strings dialog e To delete a custom format string select it and click the Delete button in the dialog Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Properties 301 8 9 5 Selected object The Selected object command enables you to edit the properties of the selected StyleVision Power Stylesheet component It is enabled when a data entry device or a horizontal rule is selected When you click this command the properties dialog of the selected component type opens Enter the required value and click OK 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 302 User Reference Tools 8 10 Tools The Tools menu contains the Spell checker command and commands that enable you to customize StyleVision Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools 303 8 10 1 Spelling The Spelling Shift F7 command runs a spell check on the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The dialog shown below appears Words that are not present in the selected dictio
22. Text Style 21 Undo command 234 User Reference 210 StyleVision features 8 StyleVision Power Stylesheet 201 saving in HTML to XML conversion 201 conditional templates 133 creating dynamic tables 121 2005 Altova GmbH 352 Index StyleVision Power Stylesheet 201 creating lists 113 creating static tables 120 data entry devices 106 Date Picker 136 formatting of numeric fields 138 input formatting 138 namespaces in 88 overview of tables in 117 table formatting 124 StyleVision Tutorial 32 files used in 32 StyleVisionTutorial 32 introduction 32 Support for StyleVision 319 320 Symbols 211 in StyleVision 211 7 Tab Navigation Buttons 18 Table 260 append column to 260 append row to 259 delete column from 264 delete in SPS 258 delete row from 263 editing in Authentic View 285 formatting of in SPSs 272 insert column in 262 insert row in 261 inserting a static table 257 menu in StyleVision 256 properties 297 show hide borders in StyleVision 271 vertical alignment of cell content 273 formatting with Block Style Window 21 Table footers 73 in SPS 73 Table properties 48 cellpadding 124 272 in SPS 52 59 73 in StyleVision 272 Tables 152 editing dynamic SPS tables 152 formatting in Stylesheet Designer 211 formatting in StyleVision 124 headers and footers in PDF 124 in HTML to XML conversion 195 inserting in Authentic View 280 joining cells in 265 26
23. When applying block styles within a table cell remember that the table cell is a block It may be that the component in the table cell is also a block you can find out by checking its pre defined formatting If the component is also a block be sure to select the correct block i e table cell block or component block Note that you can also apply table formatting through the Table Properties dialog Tip You do not need to make a component a block in order to apply certain block styles such as spacing to it You can apply such block styles in the Text Style window Text Style properties Text style properties are assigned in the Text Style window and the properties are assigned as inline markup surrounding the component in the markup of the output Text style properties therefore override block style properties and pre defined formats if there is a conflict Formatting conflicts If there is a formatting conflict i e a formatting property is defined using more than one of the above methods the conflict is resolved using the same principle used in Cascading Style Sheets inline markup has priority over higher level markup The priority for the different methods is as follows 1 Text Style since this is inline markup 2 Block Style since this applied to the block 3 Pre defined format the formatting is inherent in the element name e g h2 and div The Return key and pre defined formats In Authentic View when the Return key i
24. alternatives or as a list in a combo box After you enter data you can edit it Nanonull Inc Street 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 Phone 1 321 555 5155 City Vereno Fax 1 321 555 5155 9 State amp Zip DC 29213 E mail office nanonull com Note The icons or commands for editing dynamic tables must not be used to edit static tables Dynamic tables have rows that represent a repeating data structure i e each row has an identical data structure not the case with static tables Therefore you can perform row operations append row insert row move row up move row down and delete row These commands are available under the Authentic menu and as icons in the toolbar shown below See ets To use these commands place the cursor anywhere in the appropriate row and then select the required command Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 159 Administration eee tee Leave First Last Title Ext EMail Shares epee Total Used Left 4 21 Office Manager Callaby v callaby nanonull com 1500 25 Frerik Furth Accounts p P T Receivable further nanonull com Accounting Loby Matise Manager Lmatise nanonull com addShares 25 7 18 Employees 3 20 of Office 9 of Company Shares 1500 13 of Office 6 of Company Non Shareholders Frank Further Loby Matise To move among cells in the
25. contents lt Name Street ipastreet gt contents ipastree City pacity gt contents pacity State pastate gt contents pastate Zip pozip gt contents lt ipo zip 11 Drag the Phone element from the schema tree and drop it into the cell adjacent to that with Phone in it Select Create Contents from the popup 12 Do the same for the Fax and Email elements drop these elements into the appropriate cells selecting Create Contents in both cases ffice gt Name gt contents lt ame Street po steet gt contents pastel Phone Phone gt contents lt Phonel City pociy gt contents pacity Fax Fax gt contents Fa State pastate gt contents postate E mail EMai gt contents lt EMail Zip _ po 2ip gt contents lt po zip Check the Authentic or HTML Preview The static SPS table should look like this Nanonull Inc Street 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 City Vereno State DC Phone 1 321 5555155 Fax 1 321 555 5155 9 Zip 29213 E mail office nanonull com Adjusting the vertical alignment In the HTML Preview notice that the text in the two columns are not vertically aligned You can ensure alignment by vertically aligning both columns of the outer static table and specifying the same cellspacing value for both nested tables 1 Place the cursor anywhere in the first column of the static table taking care not to place it in the nested table in tha
26. e Board of directors An alternative sequence could specify the board of directors before the list of products Each item in the Root Template is defined by means of a local template What is important to note is that the Root Template determines the structure of the entire output document from beginning to end Additionally global templates can be defined for certain elements If the Root Template invokes the global template of an element at some point during its processing then the rules of this global template are processed at that point after which the processor returns to processing the rest of the Root Template An extreme case of the use of global templates is when the Root Template does not specify any structure but only that templates be applied to children of the Root Element In such a case elements are processed in the source XML document order with global templates being applied if these exist otherwise default templates are used The default templates output element content In such a case the structure of the output document follows the structure of the source XML document This is in direct contrast to cases where the structure of the output document is specified explicitly with the Root Template Global templates can be created for individual element types and they define the processing of elements with that name wherever they occur in the XML document For example you could create a global template for the element para The ad
27. efforts to cooperate in diagnosis or study of errors Altova may include error corrections in maintenance releases updates or new major releases of the Software Altova is not obligated to fix errors that are immaterial Immaterial errors are those that do not significantly impact use of the Software Whether or not you have purchased the Support amp Maintenance Package technical support only covers issues or questions resulting directly out of the operation of the Software and Altova will not provide you with generic consultation assistance or advice under any circumstances Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Appendices Software Product License 339 Updating Software may require the updating of software not covered by this Software License Agreement before installation Updates of the operating system and application software not specifically covered by this Software License Agreement are your responsibility and will not be provided by Altova under this Software License Agreement Altova s obligations under this Section 6 are contingent upon your proper use of the Software and your compliance with the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement at all times Altova shall be under no obligation to provide the above technical support if in Altova s opinion the Software has failed due to the following conditions i damage caused by the relocation of the software to another location or CPU ii alterat
28. encoding UTF 8 indent no omit xml declaration no media type text html gt e Inthe charset attribute of the content type meta element in the HTML header lt meta http equiv Content Type content text html charset UTF 8 gt Note This setting is the default encoding for HTML output and will be used for new StyleVision Power Stylesheets You cannot change the encoding of the currently open StyleVision Power Stylesheet using this dialog To change the encoding of the currently open StyleVision Power Stylesheet use the File Encoding command Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Help 313 8 11 Help The Help menu contains commands to access the onscreen help manual for StyleVision commands to provide information about StyleVision and links to support pages on the Altova web site The Help menu also contains the Registration dialog which lets you enter your license key code once you have purchased the product 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 314 User Reference Help 8 11 1 Table of contents The Table of Contents command opens the onscreen help manual for StyleVision with the Table of Contents displayed in the left hand side pane of the Help window The Table of Contents provides a good overview of the entire Help document Clicking an entry in the Table of Contents takes you to that topic Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 A
29. even if the text cursor is only set in a table into an XML table where all HTML items are converted into XML elements Convert selected Table List to attributes Converts the HTML selection even if the text cursor is only set in a table into an XML table where all HTML items are converted into XML attributes 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 292 User Reference HTML Import 8 8 3 Insert Inserts the selected item in the Design window above the currently active element attribute in the Schema window 1 Select click the XML item above which the element attribute is to be inserted in the schema window 2 Select the HTML item e g header or text you want to insert and convert to XML in the Design Document window 3 Select the specific menu item from the list below Convert selection to elements Converts the HTML selection s in the Design Document window into an XML element Convert selection to attributes Converts the HTML selection s in the Design Document window into an XML attribute Surround selection with element Embeds the current HTML selection between an XML start and XML end tag Convert selected Table List to elements Converts the HTML selection even if the text cursor is only set in a table into an XML table where all HTML items are converted into XML elements Convert selected Table List to attributes Converts the HTML selection even if the text cursor is only
30. gt lt tr gt lt tbody gt lt table gt The element names in the example above are the default names you will find in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet If the names of the table elements in your schema do not match these default names you must map the names of the table elements in your schema to the default names in the Table Properties dialog of StyleVision You can do this when you check the Enable XML tables option in the dialog If there is more than one element in the schema that has a valid table content model then the mapping to the default names determines which element will be used as the table element Caution If an element called table exists in the schema it will be treated as the XML table element if XML tables have been enabled in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet because table is the default name for the table element in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet This could lead to errors if the element table is not intended to be used as a table element Enabling XML tables with StyleVision In order for the user of Authentic View to be able to create XML tables in an XML document XML tables must be enabled in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet To enable XML tables click Authentic CALS HTML Tables This pops up the CALS HTML Table Properties dialog shown below Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Tables 127 CALS HTML Table Properties V Enable XML tables in Authentic Type
31. in StyleVision 240 Selected object in SPS 301 properties of 301 Selective processing 176 of siblings in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 176 Settings 294 HTML 294 Show large markup 152 154 Show mixed markup 152 154 Show small arkup 152 154 Siblings 176 processing selectively 176 Spell checker 303 in StyleVision 303 for SPSs 304 Split cell 269 horizontally 269 vertically 270 SPS 4 and Authentic View 4 and document creation process 4 and Working XML File 222 auto adding Date Picker 284 Block Style in 21 bookmarks in 251 closing 220 conditional templates in 255 creating 33 creating from schema 218 design process 28 generating XSLT from 6 hyperlinks in 252 icons 211 in document creation process 3 insert auto calculation 253 insert Date Picker 249 inserting a horizontal line 246 inserting node contents in 247 lists in 245 opening 219 2005 Altova GmbH Index 351 SPS 4 opening schema for 33 page breaks and numbers 250 Properties menu for 295 saving 33 setting HTML output properties 296 symbols 211 table properties in 272 terminology 7 Text Style in 21 uses of 3 editing dynamic tables 152 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 117 usage of 158 SPSs 2 and XSLT 2 assigning Template XML 282 closing 18 for HTML and PDF in Enterprise 6 for standard industry schemas 4 images in 242 inserting Rest of Contents in 248 inserting XML tables 280 paragraph
32. m Do you want to save the following files also J Schema DTD file W3C Schema C DTD Cancel M XSLT file V XML file Select the file types you wish to save The schema file and StyleVision Power Stylesheet must be saved Take a look at the generated XML file If you wish to try out some changes go back to StyleVision and make the desired modifications and re save Note In order to make modifications and re save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet you must not close the StyleVision Power Stylesheet that is the StyleVision Power Stylesheet must still be open in StyleVision 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 202 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Quick Reference 7 2 HTML to XML Quick Reference This Quick Reference section covers all the commands you need to use the HTML to XML conversion utility of StyleVision effectively The required HTML to XML specific commands are available in the File and HTML Import menus In the File menu the Save Design command in addition to saving the StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS file also prompts you about whether you wish to save the SPS XSLT and or XML files Complementary information about the HTML to XML utility can be found in the HTML to XML Tutorial and in the User Reference section of the Altova StyleVision 2005 manual Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Quick Refer
33. the Apply same format to XSLT 1 0 option will be grayed out 5 Click OK to apply the formatting 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 140 How To Use Input Formatting Note e An error in syntax causes the OK button in the Input Formatting dialog to be disabled and the Go to Error button to be enabled An error message is also displayed in the line below the combo box Clicking the Go to Error button takes you the point in the format statement where the syntax error is e If the result of an Auto Calculation does not match the fixed XML Schema format of that datatype then the formatting will be undefined and the Auto Calculation result will not be displayed correctly Insertion and Overwrite fields Depending on the datatype the Authentic View user will be able to insert or overwrite digits in the input field Fields which do not have any semantic meaning beyond their numerical significance such as integers and decimals are insertion fields Fields that do have some kind of semantic meaning such as years and days are overwrite fields Syntax for input formatting The basic syntax is prefix character s field suffix character s field option1 field option2 where prefix character s and suffix character s are optional specifiers used to control alignment and the display of positive negative symbols field can be any datatype specific formatting or text and field option s is an option
34. the element person is created as the list Z Document Root E list E person first Create Paragraph Create Contents last age Create Table H T Global Templates Create Bullets and Numbering After you select the appropriate list formatting bullets or numbering this part of your Design Document will look like this Z Document Root list E person first last age The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 114 How To Use Lists 7 Document Root 1 JohnNewman43 I list E person 2 JamesKilroy36 first 3 MartnKingsley40 last age Notice that a list item has been created for each instance of the person element and that the content of the entire person element which includes content of all child elements has been output 2 To modify the content of a list item add new content or text after the list item marker For instance to list only the last name of persons in the Design Document drop the last element from the schema tree as contents into the list item The contents of person last replaces the contents of the person element in the list item Z Document Root Ei list lt person first last age The Authentic and HTML Previews looks like this Z Document Root El list p
35. they will briefly communicate with each other on startup to exchange their key codes to ensure that the number of concurrent licenses purchased is not accidentally violated as additional copies of the product are launched by more users This is the same kind of license metering technology that is common in the Unix world and with many other database development tools It allows our customers to purchase reasonably priced concurrent use multi user licenses see http Awww xmlspy com order for our price list Note that StyleVision 2005 at no time attempts to send any information out of your LAN or over the Internet It also deliberately sends very few and small network packets so as to not put a burden on any network The TCP IP ports 2799 used by StyleVision 2005 are officially registered with the IANA see http Awww isi edu in notes iana assignments port numbers for details and the Altova license metering module is a proven and tested technology If you are using a firewall you may notice communications on port 2799 between the computers that are running StyleVision 2005 You are of course free to block such traffic between different groups in your organization as long as you can ensure by other means that your license agreement is not violated You will also notice that StyleVision 2005 contains many useful functions that make use of your Internet connection but these are unrelated to the license metering technology 2005 Altova
36. where x Y and Z are the Auto Calculations you have created 7 Format the entire footer text suitably The Design Document will look like this Leave Total Used Ghares gt ontents Shares Leave otal ontents Leavellsed gt ontents Lea Shares sum Person sum Perso of Office sum Perso of Co Shares The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 74 Tutorial Creating the Table Footer Leave Total Used E E Shares 1500 0 Shares 1500 12 of Office 4 of Company Summarizing the employees in departments Bz Place the cursor in the footer of the First column and click 22 or Table Join Cell Right four times in order to combine these cells into one cell Type in Employees Insert an Auto Calculation to count the number of department employees The XPath expression will be count Person Insert an Auto Calculation to count the number of department employees as a percentage of employees in that office The XPath expression will be round count Person div count Department Person 100 The round function is used to round off the result of the Auto Calculation Insert an Auto Calculation to count the number of department employees as a percentage of employees in the whole company The XPath expression will be round count Person div count
37. you might want to add User Info for some nodes Authentic View users will see this information when they mouseover the node The following screenshot shows how User Info is displayed in Authentic View 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 84 Tutorial Completing the stylesheet a o change the logo key in a new location below Organization Chart Location of logo nanonull gif The pop up message that appears on mousing over the logo is the text keyed in as the User Info for this node Additional modifications Try the following modification yourself In the Office Summary Line just below the address of each office the number of departments and employees are listed as shown here Vereno Office Summary 4 departments 15 employees Modify the line so that the singular department employee appears when the corresponding value is one and the plural departments employees appears when the corresponding value is zero or more than one This modification is included in NanonullOrg sps should you need to look it up Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Chapter 4 How To Use 86 How To Use 4 How To Use This section describes how to use the more complex features of StyleVision For each of the features considered there is an explanation of the feature s function followed by a description of its usage The following features are discussed XSLT and XPath versions
38. 130 B Background color 59 in Authentic tables 59 Base year 138 in input formatting 138 bgcolor 59 in Authentic tables 59 Block components 44 in SPS 44 Block formatting 21 in SPS 21 Block Style Window 18 2005 Altova GmbH 344 Index Block Style Window 18 for formatting in SPS 44 Block styles 215 in SPSs 215 Bookmarks 56 in SPS 56 in SPSs 251 Borders 271 of SPS tables 271 Bullets and numbering 298 changing styles in SPS 298 in SPSs 245 Bulletted lists 245 in SPSs 245 Button 106 creating in Authentic Stylesheets 106 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 112 C CALS tables 280 in SPSs 280 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 126 Carriage return 169 see Enter key 169 Cell 269 split horizontally 269 split vertically 270 in StyleVision Power Stylesheet tables 124 Cellpadding 272 in SPS tables 272 Cells 265 266 267 268 joining in SPS tables 265 266 267 268 Change to 325 submenu in StyleVision 325 Changing schema 173 effect on StyleVision Power Stylesheet 173 effect on SPS 173 Changing view 152 to Authentic View 152 Check box 106 creating in Authentic Stylesheet 106 creating in StyleVision Power Stylesheet 111 Child nodes to add 275 in Authentic View 275 Close SPS 220 Column 260 append to table in SPS 260 delete from table in SPS 264 insert in table in SPS 262 Combined schemas 94 and namespace prefixing 94 Combo box 106 creating dropdown
39. 304 for SPS spell checks 304 Delete 258 table in SPS 258 from table in SPS 264 Delete command 233 in StyleVision 233 Delete row 263 from table in SPS 263 Deleting schema nodes 206 in HTML to XML conversion 206 Deleting schema tree nodes 188 in HTML to XML conversion 188 Design Document 174 moving components 174 selecting nodes for placement 174 Design Window 211 symbols and icons 211 Dictionaries 304 for SPS spell checks 304 Document Design 22 general description 22 Document element 7 definition 7 in HTML to XML conversion 186 Document node 7 definition 7 Document root 7 definition 7 Document structure 8 overview 8 Documentation 14 about 14 DTDs and namespaces 88 Dynamic SPS tables in Authentic View 158 usage of 158 Dynamic components content 28 Dynamic images 38 in SPS 38 in SPSs 242 Dynamic tables 121 and global templates 121 editing 152 how to create 121 how to format 124 in SPS 48 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 117 modifying properties of in SPS 48 E Edit menu 233 in StyleVision 233 Editing XSLT 177 manually 177 Element 33 inserting in SPS 33 and global templates 96 Element creation 188 200 in HTML to XML conversion 188 200 elementFormDefault 89 91 94 Elements 103 correct design for addinng 103 creating HTML content as in HTML to XML 204 206 2005 Altova GmbH 346 Index Elements 103 inserting in SPS 40 Encodin
40. 8 3 Formatting static and dynamic tables After they have been created static and dynamic tables can be formatted to a high degree of detail and precision The formatting mechanism is the same for both types of table Formatting properties are available at the table row column and cell levels To assign formatting properties place the cursor anywhere inside the table row column or E to format and click either Table Table Properties or Properties Table or the following dialog appears icon The Table Properties i x Table Row Column Cell Cancel border collapse cellpadding cellspacing frame height page break after page break before rules table layout Click the required tab Table Row Column or Cell enter a value for the formatting property you want to set and click OK Cellpadding The following points about cellpadding in tables should be noted e Cellpadding can be specified globally for all cells of the table in the Table Properties dialog e Cellpadding for individual cells can be specified by placing the cursor in the relevant cell and specifying padding separately for each of the four components left top right and bottom in the Layout tab of the Block Style window Additional cell formatting In addition to the cell formatting available in the Table Properties dialog additional properties are available in the Block Style Window Place the cursor in the cell to be forma
41. 88 4 2 1 Namespaces and StyleVision cccccccsccsssceesceeseeeseeeseeeseecseecuecsaeceaeenaeenseenes 89 4 2 2 Schemas with a single namespace ccecceesceeseesseeeeeeceesecssecseceseceteeseenes 91 4 2 3 Schemas with multiple namespaces ccceccceeseesseeseeeseeesseessecseceaeeneesseenes 94 43 Global Templates ss ccc etccecseseccevdae snes ve siere coed edestcvedensh nous dest uait cadevcladesdavivwuduncesdenimestccteets 96 AA REStOL Contents icc iesccecscenstiaccatensdensounssteaseteceuncessqutledend decanted dedaevaesetsovadqndetinaadexsoene cates 102 43 Adding Elements yrassa naa E OENE NEE eca vacancies 103 4 6 Data entry devices oiienor iir na E EKE OE EER ES 106 46l put fields a ccssccesecsas cccesesasdettanentsdutestledbbecsiaduvesadedabocshnduvagansdbuncsandesesadetese 108 AOD COMbBO DOXES siciisitnssimetecdsieeceineisdanei E E E E 109 463 Check DOXES icisisrsieiteriseio ai aeni isast oiin oe i e giti oies 111 AOA Buttons scccesdes sieciicseeccnas iinne E EE O E 112 Ac Lists serani eTR EEEE EEE E EE ATR EEES 113 AS Tables saseiiscecccusissecnciassacevssg cadsvas ssdencoassvaevdes aacavasssegacdasp daneneg A E EE EES 117 4 8 1 Creating static tables ccc cccecssecsseceseceeceeceseeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeseseeeseesaeecseeeaees 120 4 8 2 Creating dynamic tables cccccccsscceseceseceseceeeceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeeseeeaees 121 4 8 3 Formatting static and dynamic tables 0 0 ccccecccecseeeseeeeeeeeeesee
42. Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2 Introduction About stylesheets 1 1 About stylesheets XSLT stylesheets are used by XSLT engines to transform one XML document into another XML HTML or text document In the transformation process according to instructions in the XSLT file the XSLT processor selects content from the XML source and places it in the output document The selected content is usually placed as element content or as an attribute value If the output document is intended for rendition on some medium or is part of a processing chain that produces a document to be rendered then the XSLT stylesheet can also be used to add presentation properties to the output document The instructions for content selection processing placement and formatting are all contained in the XSLT stylesheet StyleVision enables you to create a special type of XSLT based stylesheet called a StyleVision Power Stylesheet or SPS file A StyleVision Power Stylesheet has two uses e It enables XML documents to be edited in Authentic View e It can be used to generate XSLT stylesheets Therefore StyleVision can be used as a graphical XSLT builder application You do not need to know XSLT to be able to use StyleVision Most of the XSLT constructs in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet are created with mechanisms in the StyleVision interface and you will be able to construct simple StyleVision Power Stylesheets after learning to use these me
43. Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition products see the Tutorials section as well as online e Fora detailed description of Authentic View menu commands see the User Reference section of your product documentation Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 151 4 16 1 Overview of the GUI The Authentic Preview provides you with menu commands toolbar icons and context menus with which to edit the XML document that is displayed in the Main Window Menu bar The menus available in the menu bar are described in detail in the User Reference section of your product documentation Toolbar The symbols and icons displayed in the toolbar are described in the section Authentic View toolbar icons Main window This is the window in which the Working XML document is displayed and edited It is described in the section Authentic View main window Status Bar The Status Bar displays the XPath to the currently selected node In the Authentic Preview of StyleVision the XPath to the currently selected node is indicated in the Schema Tree where the currently selected node is highlighted in gray The XPath in Authentic Preview is not displayed in a status bar Context menus These are the menus that appear when you right click in the Main Window The available commands are context sensitive editing commands i e they allow you to manipulate structure and content relevant to the selected node Such manipulat
44. Cancel _ middle Pee 7E Since the first row will be the header row set a background color to differentiate this row from the other rows Note the Row properties that have been set in the figure above Then enter the column header text Your table will now look like this I Notice that the alignment is centered as specified Now say you want to divide the Telephone column into the sub columns Office and Home you would need to join cells Place the cursor in the Telephone cell and click the Split vertically icon Your table will look like this gE Now place the cursor in the cell below the cell containing Telephone and click the Split horizontally icon Then type in the column headers Office and Home Your table will now look like this Now you will have to vertically split each cell in the Telephone column You can also add and delete columns and rows and vertically align cell content using the table editing icons The XML table editing icons are described in the User Reference in the section 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 162 How To Use Authentic View titled XML Table Icons Moving among cells in the table To move among cells in the XML table use the Up Down Right and Left arrow keys Entering data in a cell To enter data in a cell place the cursor in the cell and type in the data Formatting text Text in an XML table as with other
45. Desc para elements for that office and then the content of the second Office Name element followed by the contents of the Desc para elements for that office and so on If you look at your Design Document you will see that all the Office Name elements are processed first and then all the Office Desc para elements In order to process the Name child element of an Of fice element followed immediately by the Desc para elements of that Of fice element you need to change the location of the Office Desc para element so that it is included in a single Of fice element loop and follows the Name element directly 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 42 Tutorial Processing element content for output Changing the location of the Office Desc para element 1 2 oR amp 6 Select the Office Desc para element by clicking the start tag of its Of fice element Drag the selected element and drop it before the end tag of the Of fice element on the line above An error message pops up saying that a template selects a node that does not exist gt rgChart gt g Location of logo contents Name gt contents lt Name Difice gt Name gt contents lt Name Biiee gt Bese gt pars gt contents paral Bese Office Office lt GraCharl lt A Notice that the tags of the non existent element have a red strikethrough The XPath Of fice Desc para within the containing Of fice element is wrong
46. Edit XPath expression dialog appears Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Conditional Templates 71 Edit XPath expression Expression Select Schema Attribute or Element Selection o tgChart Office Departm 9 Check the Otherwise box This condition covers all events not covered by the previously defined condition The First element in the Design Document now looks like this Notice that the conditional template is empty This means that no processing has been defined for it and as a result nothing will be displayed in the output 10 Place the cursor between the start and end tags of the condition right click and select Insert Contents The contents placeholder is inserted 11 Select the contents placeholder and set font size to 10pt The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this Administration 3 Vernon Callaby een Accounts ffurther nanonull com 0 Receivable 963 asits nonason The Authentic View will look as below 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 72 Tutorial Using Conditional Templates Administration 3 Serner camay Pa 582 v callaby nanonull com Frank Further 471 efurthen nenonullcom o Receivable Accounting Loby Matise 963 Lmatise nanonull com add Shares Manager Notice in both the above figures that the First element is displayed in normal font if the conten
47. Enabled only in Design View Select XSLT 2 0 Uses XSLT 2 0 as the XSLT language version of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and any generated XSLT stylesheet Also selects the XSLT 2 0 processor for internal processing of StyleVision Power Stylesheet or XSLT stylesheets Enabled only in Design View Authentic Node Settings Brings up the Authentic Node Settings dialog for the selected node The Pre Defined Format combo box Selecting a format from this drop down box applies it to the selected element All content when initially created is assigned the Normal format by default Insert Static SPS table See Tables for more details on the various types of tables available in StyleVision Edit Stylesheet Parameters Brings up the Edit Parameters dialog in which you can declare global parameters for the stylesheet Auto add Date picker If this command is toggled on the date picker will be inserted when a node of datatype xs date is dropped into the Design Document Define XML Entities Enabled in Authentic Editor View only Pops up the Define Entities dialog which enables you to define entities you can subsequently insert into the XML document by right clicking and selecting the required entity Validate XML F8 Enabled in Authentic Editor View only Validates the XML document 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 214 User Reference Symbols and icons Save Authentic XML Data Saves modifi
48. File 8 3 15 Exit The Exit command is used to quit StyleVision If you have an open file with unsaved changes you will be prompted to save these changes Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Edit 233 8 4 Edit The Edit menu contains the Undo and Redo commands which allow you to undo or restore your previous actions Other editing commands include Find Find Next and commands to edit stylesheet parameters The Edit menu also contains other standard editing commands such as Cut Ctrl Del Copy Ctrl C Paste Ctri V and Delete Del These are not described in this section Commands that are not applicable at a given location or for a given selection are grayed out in the menu The relevant commands are also available via the context menu that appears when you right click a component or right click at a cursor insertion point inside the document Additionally some commands are available as shortcuts and or toolbar icons 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 234 User Reference Edit 8 4 1 Undo CTRL Z The Undo command enables you to undo an editing change and contains support for an unlimited number of Undos Every action can be undone and it is possible to undo one command after another till the first action that was made since the document was opened Also see Redo Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Edit 235
49. H Headers 124 for large PDF tables 124 in SPSs 256 difference from appended inserted rows 121 Help menu 313 314 315 316 in StyleVision 313 314 315 316 Hide markup 152 154 Horizontal line 246 inserting in an SPS 246 Horizontal rule 301 properties of 301 HTML 291 add to parent 291 and SPSs 6 append 293 2005 Altova GmbH Index 347 HTML 291 insert 292 open file 290 settings 294 import into StyleVision 221 importing for conversion to XML 186 203 HTML import 289 HTML output 24 code of XSLT stylesheet for 24 specifying properties for in SPS 296 HTML Preview 25 general description 25 HTML tables 280 in SPSs 280 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 126 HTML to XML 207 attributes 207 converting HTML hyperlinks 199 converting HTML images 198 converting HTML lists 192 converting HTML tables 195 creating element nodes 188 200 creating HTML content as nodes 204 206 creating schema tree attributes 197 delete node 188 generating output 201 global templates 207 HTML file import 186 moving nodes in the schema tree 197 multiple node instances 200 open HTML file 203 points to note 207 quick reference 202 renaming nodes in schema tree 188 Root Template 207 same name siblings 200 saving schema 187 saving the document 207 saving XML file 187 undo command 188 207 viewing generated schema 187 viewing generated XML 187 HTML to XML conversion 184 tut
50. HTML import 291 Additional Validation 79 in Authentic View 79 setting in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 79 settings 275 Aligning table cell content 273 in SPSs 273 Altova web site 322 Anchors 56 in SPS 56 Append 293 HTML import 293 to table in SPS 260 Append row 259 to table in SPS 259 Appendices 328 Apply 211 formatting 211 Assign Working XML File 222 to SPS 222 Attribute values 36 in SPS 36 attributeFormDefault 89 91 94 Attributes 204 206 creating HTML content as in HTML to XML 204 206 in HTML to XML conversion 197 207 Authentic 33 dynamic table editing 152 in StyleVision 274 markup display 152 Authentic node settings 79 additional validation 79 dialog box 81 in SPS 275 Authentic Preview 227 save edits 227 Authentic View 152 changing view to 152 context menus 156 document display 154 editing dynamic tables 152 entry helpers in 151 formatting text in 152 in Altova products 4 inserting tables 280 interface 150 main window 154 main window in 151 markup display in 152 154 menu bar in 151 of Working XML file 32 overview of GUI 151 project window in 151 SPS Tables 158 status bar in 151 tables SPS and XML 158 toolbar icons 152 toolbar in 151 usage of important features 157 usage of XML tables 159 XML table icons 162 XML tables 159 XPath to selected node 151 Auto add Date Picker 284 Auto Calculation 59 in SPS 59 in SPSs 253 how to use
51. Place the cursor in the Leave column and click Table Insert Column or the iii icon to insert a column before the Leave column 2 Type in the column header Shares join the two header cells of the column and format the header text 3 Drag the element Shares from the schema tree into the Shares column body Create the element as content 4 Set font size of the Shares element content to 10pt The column should look like this Email Shares Total EMal gt contents EMail Shares SRE Shares Leavel otal contents Leave otal 4 Check the display of the Shares column in the Authentic and HTML Previews 5 Now right click the contents placeholder of the First element and select Insert Condition This pops up the Edit XPath expression dialog 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 70 Tutorial Using Conditional Templates Edit XPath expression Expression Select Schema Attribute or Element Select Operator Select Function Selection Orgchart Office Departm Operands _Description __ Function any equal boolean any EMail ai any not equal ceiling number WebStore number less concat string st number greater concat string st number less or equal contains string i Department number greater or equ count nodes Name number add false Person number subtract floor number id number multiply last First i number divide local namef number modul
52. TYLEVISION2004 E xamples E xpReport xsd E Document Root expense report detailed currency total sum Person expense item Global Templates Qualifying elements and attributes An element or attribute in the XML instance document is said to be qualified when its namespace prefix is exposed Whether an element or attribute is qualified depends on the values of the elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes of the schema element respectively and in the case of elements whether the element is globally declared or not When the elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes have a value of qualified then elements and attributes in the XML instance document must have their prefix exposed When the value is unqualified then only globally declared elements must have their prefix exposed The effect of the values of the elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes on the handling of namespace prefixes in StyleVision is detailed in Schemas with a single namespace and Schemas with multiple namespaces Note The default values of the elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes are both unqualified As a result if these attributes are not specified then they are 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 90 How To Use Namespaces taken to be present with a value of unqualified Importing schema modules A schema would typically b
53. Table Table Properties The following dialog pops up 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 50 Tutorial Inserting a dynamic SPS table FI Table Row Column Cen align bgcolor border border collapse cellpadding cellspacing frame height page break after page break before rules table layout Cancel MME EO NEEN E Make the following modifications 1 For the entire table in the Table tab set border to 1 cellpadding to 3 cellspacing to 0 and width to 100 To give the header row a background color place the cursor in the header row click Table Table Properties and in the Row tab specify a bgcolor Now give the footer row a background color using the same method To modify the column widths place the cursor in the first column click Table Table Properties and in the Column tab specify a width of 15 Repeat the steps for each column using the following widths second column 15 third column 25 fourth column 15 fifth column 30 If you wish to assign the column headers some text formatting mark each header and assign properties in the Text Style Window You can also set text alignment properties in the Text tab of the Block Style Window The Authentic and HTML Previews should look something like this elude tt Vernon Callaby Office Manager 582 v calaby nanonull com Accounts Frank Further Receivable 471 f further nanon
54. Table The Delete Table command deletes the static or dynamic table in which the cursor is Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 259 8 6 3 Append Row The Append Row command appends a row to the static or dynamic table in which the cursor is 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 260 User Reference Table 8 6 4 Append Column The Append Column command appends a column to the static or dynamic table in which the cursor is Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 261 8 6 5 Insert Row The Insert Row command inserts a row above the row in which the cursor is This command applies to both static and dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 262 User Reference Table 8 6 6 Insert Column g The Insert Column command inserts a column to the left of the column in which the cursor is This command applies to both static and dynamic tables Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 263 8 6 7 Delete Row The Delete Row command deletes the row in which the cursor is This command applies to both static and dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 264 User Reference Table 8 6 8 Delete Column The Delete Column command deletes the column in which the cursor is This command applies to both st
55. Templates with Conditions that use Auto Calculations For a description of the issues involved see Auto Calculations 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 136 How To Use Date Picker 4 11 Date Picker Function The Date Picker is a graphical calendar in Authentic View for entering dates in the ISO format YYYY MM DD in the XML document The Date Picker can be enabled for any element of datatype xs date Including the Date Picker is useful since it provides a quick and easy way for the Authentic View user to enter a date in the fixed XML format General mechanism e The Date Picker must first be enabled for one or more XML schema elements of datatype of xs date in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet e In Authentic View dates are entered via the Date Picker by clicking the required date e Dates entered via the Date Picker are stored in the standard XML Schema format YYYY MM DD Creating the Date Picker In order to insert the Date Picker in your StyleVision Power Stylesheet you must toggle on the Auto Addition of the Date Picker You can do this by toggling the icon ON or toggling on Authentic Auto add Date Picker When the Auto Addition of the Date Picker is switched on the Date Picker is inserted when any element of datatype xs date is created as either contents or an Input Field or changed to either of these two components To create an xs date datatype element with an included Date Picker do the
56. This is because you have inserted the condition around the Address element 4 Since the content model of the Address element already in the table is that for the US do not alter it This conditional template defines that its contents will be processed and displayed as specified when the Location element has content with a value of US Now create a conditional template for displaying the content model for European addresses whenever the value of the Location element is EU Do the following 1 Right click either of the condition tags of the conditional template you have just created and select Condition Add Copy 2 Inthe Edit XPath expression dialog that appears enter or build the XPath Location EU 3 Click OK You have now created a second conditional template Only one conditional template is shown at a time To see which conditional template is currently displayed right click and select Condition The following context menu appears Location S amp SAddrooo LLY Show Location U Insert gt Show Location E Move Up Cut Shift Delete Copy Ctrl C Add New Delete Add Copy Remove All Text Styles Edit condition Delete Which conditional template is currently displayed is indicated with a check mark next to it If you wish to edit a condition select Edit condition The currently displayed conditional template specifies processing to be carried out when Location h
57. To delete a conditional template without removing the contents drag the contents to a location outside the tags of the condition and then delete the now empty condition Examples The section Using Conditional Templates in the StyleVision tutorial has examples of conditional templates for e Setting up alternative data structures based on the value of a node e Selecting and processing a node according to the value of another node e Formatting text differently based on the numeric value of a node Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Conditional templates 135 The section Creating the Table Footer in the StyleVision tutorial has examples of conditional templates for e Compiling a list based on the numeric value of a descendant node e Inserting characters based on the position of a node in a nodeset Expanding and collapsing elements in Authentic View You can use conditional templates to provide expanded and collapsed views of elements To do this carry out the following steps 1 Inthe schema define an attribute for the elements you want expanded collapsed For example the attribute collapse with enumerations yes and no 2 In StyleVision create a conditional template around the elements to be expanded collapsed If the collapse attribute has a value of yes then set the conditional template to display a collapsed form of the element Otherwise display the descendants of the element Conditional
58. Window additional properties are available with toolbar icons In this section you will learn to apply formatting using all three mechanisms Applying a pre defined format to para 1 Select the Desc para element by clicking the start tag of the para element 2 Right click and select Change to Paragraph This creates the pre defined paragraph formatting for each para element child of Desc The Design Document now looks like this Diam rA Ee ET Location of logo Erei contents Name gt contents lt Name ifice gt Name gt contents lt Name Desc para Alternatively select the contents placeholder of the Desc para element by clicking the placeholder and in the drop down Pre defined Format menu in the toolbar shown below select Paragraph p Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Formatting the components 45 Normal Formatted pre Heading 1 h1 Heading 2 h2 Heading 3 h3 Heading 4 h4 Paragraph p This applies the same formatting as above Note that in the first case the para element was selected and its processing was changed from normal to paragraph in the second case the contents placeholder was selected and a pre defined paragraph format was applied In both cases each para child element of Desc is created as a paragraph Note If you select the para element and not the contents placeholder and then apply the pre defined paragrap
59. XML document In some cases using a global template is the only way to process an element Global templates can and in some cases must be used in the following situations Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Global Templates 97 e For elements that can occur at multiple locations in various parts of the document and where the locations cannot be known to you the designer of the document a global template must be used An example of such an element is one marking up italic or bold text You cannot know where such elements will occur in the text therefore a global template for each such element must be used e If an element can occur recursively i e within itself or a descendant then a global template must be used An example is a numbered list an item of which may itself contain a numbered list e Foran element type that occurs as a child of different parents for example office email and person email using a global template ensures that both email elements are processed in the same way f that is you want to process them in the same way The advantage of using a global template in this kind of scenario is that the processing for several elements of a single element type is defined in a single global template a change in the global template will therefore apply to all the elements that use this global template Very often it is best to use a combination of both the Root Templat
60. You can save this StyleVision Power Stylesheet and also generate an XSLT from it In this tutorial you will create and generate e AnXML Schema article xsd e An XML file based on this schema with content from the HTML document article xml e A StyleVision Power Stylesheet article sps e An XSLT stylesheet article xslt For this tutorial you require the file article html which is in the Altova Altova StyleVision 2005 Examples folder This tutorial consists of the following broad steps 1 Open the file article html 2 Create the schema tree this part forms the bulk of the tutorial 3 Generate and save the output files If you need more details about StyleVision features that are used to create StyleVision Power Stylesheets please see the StyleVision Tutorial and User Reference 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 186 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 7 1 1 Opening the HTML Open the file article html in StyleVision by clicking HTML Import Import HTML file or File Import HTML file and browsing for article html This file is in the Altova Altova StyleVision 2005 Examples folder In StyleVision article html will be displayed in the Design Document window Schema from HTML Import Z Document Root 0 Root DoD x Altova A Sample Article This is a simple article marked up in HTML It is the example HTML document used to demonstrate how STYLEV
61. address xsd e Working XML File NanonullOrg xm1 Assign this file to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet as the Working XML File You will create your StyleVision Power Stylesheet from scratch When you have completed it it should be similar to the finished StyleVision Power Stylesheet NanonullOrg sps Before you start work on the tutorial rename the supplied NanonullOrg sps to something else such as NanonullOrg original sps lt is also a good idea to make a copy of the XML file NanonullOrg xml before you start editing it Note StyleVision supports unlimited undo So you can go back as many steps as you want even after saving the file Keep this in mind while doing the tutorial it could be useful Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Setting up the StyleVision Power Stylesheet 33 3 1 Setting up the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Setting up a StyleVision Power Stylesheet entails the following Opening a schema in StyleVision Selecting the XSLT version for the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Assigning a Working XML File Creating a rudimentary document outline Saving the StyleVision Power Stylesheet with a name Starting StyleVision and opening a schema 1 Start StyleVision by double clicking the StyleVision icon on your Desktop or by clicking Start All Programs Altova StyleVision 2005 StyleVision starts The Schema Window and the Design Document window are empty 2 Select the menu option File
62. agreement for any such later versions of the Pre release Software 5 LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY a Limited Warranty and Customer Remedies Altova warrants to the person or entity that first purchases a license for use of the Software pursuant to the terms of this Software License Agreement that i the Software will perform substantially in accordance with any accompanying Documentation for a period of ninety 90 days from the date of receipt and ii any support services provided by Altova shall be substantially as described in Section 6 of this agreement Some states and jurisdictions do not allow limitations on duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation may not apply to you To the extent allowed by applicable law implied warranties on the Software if any are limited to ninety 90 days Altova s and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be at Altova s option either i return of the price paid if any or ii repair or replacement of the Software that does not meet Altova s Limited Warranty and which is returned to Altova with a copy of your receipt This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Software has resulted from accident abuse misapplication abnormal use Trojan horse virus or any other malicious external code Any replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer This limited warranty do
63. also be inserted for an element by placing the cursor inside the element tags right clicking and selecting Insert Rest of Contents Also see Contents Rest of Contents Global Templates Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 249 8 5 8 Date Picker The Date Picker is a graphical calendar in Authentic View with which the Authentic View user can enter the date for that xs date datatype element This date is entered in the XML document in the standard XML Schema format for dates YYYY MM DD The Date Picker command allows you to insert a Date Picker at the cursor insertion point This command is enabled only when the cursor is placed within the tags of an XML Schema xs date datatype element and if the element has been created as contents or an input field For a description of how to insert the Date Picker in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet directly the element is created or when an element is changed to contents oran input field see Date Picker in the How To section of this documentation For the formatting of dates see Input Formatting 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 250 User Reference Insert 8 5 9 Page With the Page command you can insert for paged media output a page break These insertions are possible only at cursor insertion points Page Break Click Page Break to define a page break at the cursor insertion point The page break i
64. also test the Authentic View of the Working XML File by editing the file in Authentic Editor View The Authentic Editor View is different from the HTML Preview in that the Working XML File can be edited in Authentic Editor View but not in HTML Preview As a result dynamic functionality such as Auto Calculations and Conditional Template processing can be tested in Authentic Editor View but not in HTML Preview Remember that the previews you see in StyleVision are of the Working XML File you have assigned to your StyleVision Power Stylesheet If you modify and re save your Working XML File outside StyleVision subsequent to opening a StyleVision Power Stylesheet that uses the Working XML File then you must close and reopen your StyleVision Power Stylesheet in order to see the changes in the revised XML document Note that you can also save changes to the Working XML File from Authentic Editor View see Save Authentic XML Data Text View of Working XML File Occasionally you might want to see the text of your Working XML File to check whether changes made in Authentic View have been applied to the XML You can see the text by viewing the Working XML File in the Text View of your XML editor or by opening the file in a text editor Tutorial files The following files are used in this tutorial They are in the Examples folder of your application e StyleVision Power Stylesheet NanonullOrg sps e XML Schemas NanonullOrg xsd and the imported schema
65. as edit existing parameters Parameter names must begin with a letter and can contain the characters A to Z a to z 0 to 9 and the underscore You then define where in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet a parameter is to be used You use parameters by calling them in XPath expressions with paramname For instance you could call a parameter in the XPath of an Auto Calculation e g concat www Scompany com You can pass a parameter in the stylesheet a value from the command line see StyleVision from the command line for details This value overrides the default value of the parameter Use of parameters Parameters are useful in the following situations Note If you wish to use one value in multiple locations In this case you can save the required value as a parameter value and use the parameter in all the required locations If you wish to pass a value to the stylesheet at processing time In the stylesheet you use a parameter with a default value At processing time you pass the desired value to the parameter via the command line Using parameters as described above allows you to declare parameters with default values in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet When you generate the XSLT stylesheets parameters will be included in these You can then use the command line to generate HTML output Parameters are currently not supported in Authentic View This means that parameters used in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet will not b
66. attributes will not be prefixed e Inthe XML instance document however qualified attributes must explicitly specify a namespace prefix even if they are in the default namespace This is because the specification does not provide a mechanism for defaulting the namespaces of attributes So if attributes have to be qualified you should define a prefix for the namespace instead of using a default namespace Target namespace is defined with a prefix in the schema and all nodes are qualified In this schema example a target namespace is specified and the same namespace is defined with a prefix doc in the schema document Note also that elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault are set to qualified lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema targetNamespace http www altova com workarea doclite xmlns doc http www altova com workarea doclite elementFormDefault qualified attributeFormDefault qualified gt The schema tree in StyleVision for this schema will have all elements and attributes prefixed with doc since the elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault are set to qualified If attributeFormDefault is set to unqualified then the prefix will be hidden for attributes For the handling of namespace prefixing when elementFormDefault is set to unqualified see below 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 92 How To Use Namespaces e C workarea doclite doclite xsd Sas Document Root
67. be saved and the location where you want it saved The newly saved file becomes the current file in StyleVision Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 227 8 3 10 Save Authentic XML Data In Authentic Editor View you can edit the Working XML File related to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The Save Authentic XML Data command saves these modifications to the Working XML File Alternatively you can edit an XML document in the Authentic View of Altova XMLSpy 2005 or Altova Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 228 User Reference File 8 3 11 Save Generated Files The Save Generated Files command pops up a submenu which contains options for saving the following files For the relationship between the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and the various generated files see Uses of StyleVision Power Stylesheets and StyleVision and output Save Generated XSLT HTML File Save Generated HTML File Save Generated XSLT HTML File The Save Generated XSLT HTML File command generates an XSLT file for HTML output from your StyleVision Power Stylesheet You can use this XSLT file subsequently to transform an XML document to HTML Save Generated HTML File The Save Generated HTML File command generates an HTML file This operation requires two input files e The Working XML File assigned to the currently open SPS file If no Work
68. being clicked generates an e mail with that person s e mail address in the Address field of the e mail In the HTML document click a few e mail addresses for various offices and persons For each a new e mail with the correct address will be opened The HTML Preview is shown below Administration Vernon Callaby Office Manager 582 v callaby nanonull com Frank Further 471 f further nanonull com Accounts Recetvable Loby Matise Accounting Manager 963 na anonull com 2016 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Auto Calculation 59 3 9 Using Auto Calculation StyleVision includes an Auto Calculation function which enables you to display the result of a calculation in Authentic Viewand HTML output The result is calculated using an XPath expression It changes dynamically when the value of a node used in the XPath expression changes The Auto Calculation function is a useful mechanism for including dynamic XML content and calculations based on dynamic content in the output In this tutorial you will use the Auto Calculation feature to add the following information to your StyleVision Power Stylesheet e The number of employees in each department e The number of departments and employees in each office e The leave available to each employee which is the total leave allowed each employee minus the leave used up Auto calculating em
69. can open a template XML document as follows 1 In XMLSpy 2005 or Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition select File New or Authentic New Document This pops up the Create New Document dialog The tabs in this dialog each represent a folder in the sps Template folder within the XMLSpy 2005 or Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition application folder In each tab the SPS files for the corresponding folder are displayed These SPS files provide general use templates for popular schemas xi NCAXML News P3F Patents Publishing rixml tei teilite xmlresume one daisy dita Examples gcapaper hr xml Browse 2 Select an Altova supplied SPS template from one of the tabs or browse for the required StyleVision Power Stylesheet using the Browse button 3 Click OK A template based on the SPS and carrying starting data from a Template XML File if any is associated with the SPS is opened in Authentic View Adding folders and SPS files to the tabbed list in the Create a New Document dialog You can add your own SPS files to the tabbed list in the Create a New Document dialog Do this by copying moving the folders containing the SPS files into the sos Template folder within the Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic 283 XMLSpy 2005 or Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition application folder The added folder will then be displayed as a tab in the Create a New Document dialog The SPS fi
70. command opens a dialog box shown below in which you specify options for the spell check Options ti lt Spelling V Always suggest corrections Make corrections only from the main dictionary V Ignore words in UPPER case I Ignore words with numbers Custom Dictionaries m Dictionary Language English U S Cancel Always suggest corrections Selecting this option causes suggestions from the current dictionary main dictionary plus listed custom dictionaries to be displayed in the Suggestions list box Otherwise no suggestions will be shown Make corrections only from main dictionary Selecting this option causes only the main dictionary to be used none of the custom dictionaries is used Additionally the Custom Dictionaries button is disabled which prevents editing of the custom dictionaries Ignore words in UPPER case Selecting this option causes all upper case words to be ignored Ignore words with numbers Selecting this option causes all words containing numbers to be ignored Dictionaries Each spell checking round uses the current dictionary The current dictionary consists of one uneditable main dictionary and the listed custom dictionaries The number of available main dictionaries is fixed You select a main dictionary from the drop down menu in the Dictionary Language combo box To edit the list of custom dictionaries used in a spell check or to edit the conte
71. commonly used in discussing XML subjects StyleVision concepts The following concepts and definitions are specific to StyleVision This list is complemented by a diagrammatic representation of the related parts of the StyleVision working environment A StyleVision Power Stylesheet is a sps file created with StyleVision It is built around the XSLT programming language A StyleVision Power Stylesheet is based on a particular schema DTD or XML Schema A Working XML File is assigned to a StyleVision Power Stylesheet in StyleVision in order to preview the output of an XML document in StyleVision It also resolves ambiguity about the document element if such exists see Troubleshooting A Template XML File is an XML file that provides the starting data of the XML Document that is used as the Authentic View template It must be conformant with the schema on which the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is based A Template XML file is assigned to a StyleVision Power Stylesheet in StyleVision An XML file can be assigned a StyleVision Power Stylesheet at any time ina Authentic View product Once a StyleVision Power Stylesheet has been assigned to an XML document the latter can be opened in Authentic View and edited it is an XML document like any other Note For a listing and description of StyleVision GUI components see StyleVision interface General XML XML Schema XSLT XPath terms A number of XML XML Schema XSLT and XPath terms appear frequentl
72. datatype element as contents or Input Field but without the Date Picker you can subsequently insert the Date Picker in your StyleVision Power Stylesheet by placing the cursor at the desired location inside the element and clicking Insert Date Picker See Date Picker in the User Reference Limitation The Auto Calculation feature cannot be used for date based operations So you cannot for example use Auto Calculation to calculate the number of days between two values of the xsd date datatype 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 138 How To Use Input Formatting 4 12 Input Formatting Function With Input Formatting the contents of numeric XML Schema datatype elements can be formatted for Authentic View and or HTML output as required Input Formatting can also be used to format the result of an Auto Calculation General mechanism e The numeric XML Schema datatype element to be formatted must be present in the Design Document as contents or as an input field e Select the contents placeholder or input field and apply the required formatting via the Input Formatting dialog Formatting can also be applied to an Auto Calculation field e The formatting applies to Authentic View and optionally to HTML output The actual data in the XML file is stored in the standard format for that datatype Applying input formatting Input formatting can be applied to any numeric XML Schema datatype element such a
73. eE E E EAE EAR 236 8 4 4 Find Nextbase E tice E 238 8 4 5 Edit Stylesheet Parameters cccccceeccssscesseeseeeseeeeseecseecseeeeecssecnseenseeeseenes 239 SAG Select AMM wyccsctess passes E R iden acca eters E E E E A 240 Insert ae eedvnsvcsangsacvcsasecesdai sliredessucscasevassicdeseuce sauledsch NE E ERENER saad vdacehwennseunatvdeea s 241 Sl VM AC Cire sevatsesenccabececdacs tin cadhees ved E Ee E Ea EE E E dosteeees 242 8 5 2 Paragraph siener ie vechsestedsasaeulecudensadeaassate caus T 243 8 3 3 FOrmat urcoaren e a E E E 244 8 5 4 Bullets and Numbering ccc cecccesccsssceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeecaeecseeceecseeenaeeeeenseenes 245 8 5 9 Horizontal Line jecisccsctevaadeceveseenccecss cose ceasev cae EE R AT E N A 246 B60 COMENIS icenean nenn i a e i E a A o EEE s 247 85 77 Rest of Contents erroei ea n eE A EAA E E A T 248 8 5 8 Date Picker cesdecevesascasavesccasetesccaanses a E A E 249 S99 Page aoan a a E a a E E 250 8 5210 Bookmark eriiic aa E a R AA Ea 251 BS LT Hyperlink eiiie aeeie eee E E EE E E E REEERE 252 85 12 A to Calculati n seci orere A E T IN E TEG 253 8 5 13 Conditii essusnisenianonn ea e a E E TEE 255 Table secrririniiina ina a EE R EOE E 256 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 8 6 1 Insert Table sii iccivesscecansveccsteroudedzs Sots ceaaewcaecaaseesteaeveeiecaniveadhaessececanatcevenescbses 257 802 Delete Tabler ineei a e sade ibe suetars iu cde ductoatteett sate dave castucitacdederxece
74. editions Altova Authentic Desktop Edition Altova Authentic Browser Edition Altova Altova StyleVision 2005 as a preview window called Authentic Editor in which you can edit the XML file The Authentic View Interface and Features are explained in the relevant sections of the Authentic View documentation For a full description of Authentic View see the Authentic View Tutorial in the User Manual of XMLSpy 2005 or Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition which are both available at the Altova website StyleVision Power Stylesheets for standard industry schemas Altova s Authentic View package includes StyleVision Power Stylesheets for a number of standard industry schemas Users can therefore immediately create an XML document based on a standard schema in Authentic View The figure below shows a partial Authentic View of the NCA Invoice NCA XML Invoice This 1s a template for the NCA Invoice used to define a detailed list of goods shipped or services rendered with tl IIE p Final Debit Ni an account of costs Information created could consist voice Type Proforma Final Debit Note of parties assoicated with the transaction type of goods Credit Note l shipped or method of shipment Status Draft Final Amimended Required Optional General Information References and other general information pertaining to the contract and this document Date of Issue yyyy nIn da Document Creator Identifer Co
75. following 1 Ensure that the Auto add Date Picker feature has been switched on 2 Drag the date datatype element called Date in the example below from the schema tree and create it at the desired location in the Design Document as contents or an Input Field The Design Document for such an element created as contents will look like this Last Updated Date gt contents The Date Picker is created Using this StyleVision Power Stylesheet the Authentic View will look like this Organization Chart Location of logo nanonull gif Last Updated 2003 09 01 l In Authentic View the content of the Date element is displayed first in the example above 2003 09 01 and after it the icon for the Date Picker To modify the date click the icon this pops up the Date Picker shown below Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Date Picker 137 Location of logo nanonull gif Last Updated 2003 09 01 q_ September p q mE Nanonull Inc 4 Location us gt The Authentic View user can also enter the timezone by clicking the Timezone button which is set to a default of No Timezone The XML entries for the timezone are also in the standard XML Schema format for timezones e g 2003 09 01 01 00 Location of logo nanonull gif Last Updated 2003 09 01 01 00 M September p q HARE Nanonull Inc Location us gt 01 00 Note If you have created the xs date
76. for StyleVision to determine which one of these global elements it should consider the document element top level element Consequently the Root Template will be empty and the global elements will only appear in the Global Templates list In order to enable StyleVision to select a document element assign a Working XML File File Assign Working XML File The document element of the Working XML File will then be used as the document element in the Root Template Modifying your schema It is best to finalize your schema before you start building a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS Sometimes however you may not be able to avoid modifying your schema after having built the StyleVision Power Stylesheet If you do change your schema after building the StyleVision Power Stylesheet the following effects must be considered e When an XML file is created or edited in Authentic View with a StyleVision Power Stylesheet that references a modified schema then Authentic View will validate the XML file against the modified schema If the templates in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet are still valid according to the modified schema then the XML that is created will be valid and there should be no problem If however a template in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet uses an element or structure which is not valid according to the modified schema then an error results To prevent such an error from occurring you should change the StyleVision Power Stylesheet
77. format in 243 pre defined formats in 244 SPSs formatting text and components in 215 Standard industry schemas 4 SPS based on 4 Static SPS tables in Authentic View 158 usage of 158 Static components content 28 Static images 38 in SPS 38 in SPSs 242 Static table 257 inserting 257 how to create 120 how to format 124 in SPS 52 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 117 joining cells in 52 modifying properties of in SPS 52 specifying column widths 52 Static text 36 in SPS 36 Styles 21 in StyleVision 21 StyleVision 4 and Authentic View 4 and document creation process 4 and tables 117 Block Style 21 bookmarks in 251 closing 18 closing an SPS 18 creating lists 113 data entry devices 106 document design 28 Edit menu 233 FO compliance levels Enterprise Edition 17 formatting in 215 getting started 16 How to use 86 hyperlinks in 252 icons 211 images in 242 in document creation process 3 insert auto calculation 253 insert Date Picker 249 Insert menu 241 inserting a horizontal line 246 inserting node contents 247 inserting Rest of Contents 248 introduction 1 lists 245 namespaces in 88 page breaks and numbers 250 paragraph format 243 pre defined formats in 244 Redo command 235 running from the command line 148 Select all command 240 setting up 17 setting up FO processor in Enterprise Edition 17 symbols 211 Table menu 256 terminology 7
78. if a table is selected and a text property is assigned in the Block Style window then that text property applies to text in all the cells of the table If you wish to have some property apply to the text of one particular cell only you must select that text and assign the required property in the Text Style window e The Block Style Window is also useful to specify formatting properties of table cells that are not available in the Table Properties dialog Place the cursor in the required cell and specify a value for the required property in the Block Style Window Also see Document design process and Formatting 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 22 Getting Started StyleVision interface 2 2 3 Document Design Tab In the Document Design Tab you can design the following e The Root Template of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet shown below e Global Templates Prahat Location of logo Erei contents Name gt contents lt Name ifice gt Name gt contents lt Name Desc paras contents Draha A All aspects of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet must be designed in the Document Design window You can edit both the structure and the formatting of your stylesheet in this view Right clicking on a component will allow you to edit the properties and formatting of the component Note that you can also use drag and drop features as well as cut copy and paste For a complete description of the symbols and i
79. in StyleVision but must be created in Authentic View by the user XML tables can only be enabled in StyleVision Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Tables 121 4 8 2 Creating dynamic tables Creating a dynamic SPS table A dynamic SPS table is created by dragging an element from the XML tree into the Design window On dropping the element into the desired location the following context menu appears Create Contents Create Paragraph Create Table Create Bullets and Numbering Create Image Create Input Field Create Multiline Input Field Create Combo Box Create Check Box Create Radio Button Create Button Click Create Table This brings up the following dialog Create dynamic table j x foreach Person Table Growth Header Footer Top Down IV Create Header C Left Right IV Create Footer MV Summary for Numeric fields Cancel Display cells as _ r Select attributes elements Contents Combo Box Field Multiline Field DEAE LeaveTotal LeaveUsed C Radio Button LeaveLeft The child elements and attributes of the element that has been dragged into the Design window are displayed In the Select attributes element list and can be created as columns of the table Deselect the child nodes that you do not want and select any attribute element you want to include as columns In the figure above the elements
80. in the title bar 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 36 Tutorial Processing attribute values for output 3 2 Processing attribute values for output The Design Document defines how the XML document is to be processed XML content is included as follows First the required XML content element or attribute is dragged from the schema tree It is dropped into the Design Document as one of several types of StyleVision Power Stylesheet components such as contents data entry device table etc Then further XSLT XPath processing can be specified for it Finally the required formatting is applied In this section you will learn how to include attribute values in your output Including an attribute as a data entry device In the schema tree you will see that the element CompanyLogo has an href attribute the value of which gives the location of the logo image Now let us say we want the user of Authentic View to specify what image should be used as the logo We can create the href attribute as an input field and the user can enter the location of the image here This is how 1 Inthe Design window place the cursor between the start tags of OrgChart and Name Press Enter to put the Name element on the next line 2 Drag the href attribute from the Schema Window into the Design Document Drop it just after the OrgChart start tag 3 In the pop up menu that appears select Create Input Field Your Design Docum
81. introduced as separate product is not included in SMP Maintenance releases updates and upgrades may or may not include additional features In addition Altova will provide Priority Technical Support to you for the duration of the Support Period Priority Technical Support is provided via a Web based support form only and Altova will make commercially reasonable efforts to respond via e mail to all requests within forty eight 48 hours during Altova s business hours MO FR 8am UTC 10pm UTC Austrian and US holidays excluded and to make reasonable efforts to provide work arounds to errors reported in the Software During the Support Period you may also report any Software problem or error to Altova If Altova determines that a reported reproducible material error in the Software exists and significantly impairs the usability and utility of the Software Altova agrees to use reasonable commercial efforts to correct or provide a usable work around solution in an upcoming maintenance release or update which is made available at certain times at Altova s sole discretion If Altova in its discretion requests written verification of an error or malfunction discovered by you or requests supporting example files that exhibit the Software problem you shall promptly provide such verification or files by email telecopy or overnight mail setting forth in reasonable detail the respects in which the Software fails to perform You shall use reasonable
82. is the Document Element or Root Element in the screenshot above the Document element is OrgChart If the underlying schema is an XML Schema not a DTD having more than one global element then in order for one of these global elements to be selected as the Document Element you have to associate a Working XML file with the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The document element of the Working XML File becomes the Document Element of the schema tree e The Document Element contains the rest of the document hierarchy In the screenshot above CompanyLogo Name and Office are the elements at the next level N e The schema tree contains elements indicated by O Name and attributes shown with E Ma h Global Templates If the underlying schema is a DTD all elements declared in the DTD are available in the Global Templates list as a tree structure If the underlying schema is an XML Schema only global elements appear in the Global Templates list Note An empty global template is automatically created when you click an item in the Global Templates list To remove a global template right click the item in the Global Templates list Navigating in the Schema Window To navigate in the Schema Window note the following e Items in tree views can be expanded or collapsed by clicking on the and icons near the element name e When any element or attribute in the schema is selected that element or attribute is highlighted in the Design Window
83. list items with XPath 106 creating in Authentic Stylesheet 109 getting values from XML file 109 Command line 145 and parameters 145 using StyleVision from 148 Companion software 321 for download 321 Component download center 321 at Altova web site 321 Component types 325 changing in SPS 325 creating 325 Components 40 moving in SPS 40 moving 174 Conditional template 176 for processing siblings 176 for expanding collapsing elements 133 how to use 133 in SPS 64 in SPSs 255 in StyleVision 255 moving in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 174 Conditions 64 in SPS 64 Content model 103 correct design 103 Contents 247 in SPSs 247 Context menus 156 in Authentic View 156 in StyleVision 324 Convert 289 HTML to XML 289 Copy command 233 in StyleVision 233 Create SPS 218 from schema 218 Custom dictionaries 304 for SPS spell checks 304 2005 Altova GmbH Index 345 Customizing 307 StyleVision 307 Cut 211 and copy in Designer 211 in StyleVision 233 D Databases 3 in StyleVision Enterprise Edition 3 Data entry device 301 properties of 301 how to use 106 in SPS 36 Date 138 formatting of 138 creating the Date Picker 136 Date Picker 284 auto add 284 how to use 136 insert 249 using in Authentic View 165 DB 275 maximum records to display 275 parameters in DB Filters 145 creating and editing 239 Decimals 138 formatting of 138 Default user dictionary
84. number of database records to be displayed Maimun number C All The name of the parent element attribute appears in the title bar of the dialog Authentic Node Settings The following node settings can be made to control the behavior of individual nodes in the Authentic View display Content is editable Checking this box enables the Authentic View user to edit the XML content of the node The check box is checked by default This setting is available when the selected node is an element attribute or contents Auto Calculation results cannot be edited this value is computed with the XPath expression you enter for the Auto Calculation Show add Name when XML Element is missing Checking this check box specifies that a prompt Add element attribute name will appear in Authentic View when the selected element or attribute is missing The check box is checked by default This setting is available when the selected node is an element or an attribute When adding content add This setting is available when the selected node is an element It allows you to define what child elements of the selected element are inserted when the selected element is added The options are all child elements mandatory child elements and no child element In Mixed Markup Mode This setting is available when the selected node is an element or attribute and enables you to specify how individual nodes will be marked up in the mixed mark
85. of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Published 2005 2005 Altova GmbH 1998 2005 Altova GmbH Patent s pending Printed in the United States of America 54321 ISBN 1 933210 02 8 Table of Contents 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 2 1 22 2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 35 3 6 3 7 Introduction 1 About Stylesheets ciaccisscitceiescccaisvsdeevssanczeradeasedea tose tesiceaieaeasaseaviseasabeaasentscaacedancanscesoenienss 2 Uses of StyleVision Power Stylesheets 0 ccceccessesecesesseeeeceaecaeeeeeeaecaeeeeeesecnaeeaeeeeeeaeeas 3 StyleVision and Authentic View ccccesccsesscssececeeeeeeceaeeaeeeceesecaeeeneesecaeeaeeeeceaeeneeneeaes 4 Style Vision and OUtPUb se i c 52cescdsscanceel e E a S 6 StyleVision concepts and terminology ccceccccecessseeseeeseeeseecseeceseceseeeseceeeeeeeseneeeeeeaes 7 Style Vision feat rESnocnia e a a a 8 About this documentation sissies nes
86. or change licenses you can access the Registration dialog at any time with the Registration command You can register using either a free evaluation key or a permanent key code Issues relating to each type of key are described below Free evaluation key To activate the software for a 30 day evaluation click the Request FREE evaluation key button Enter your name company and e mail address in the dialog that appears and click Request Now The evaluation key is sent to the e mail address you entered and should reach you in a few minutes Now enter the key in the key code field of the registration dialog box and click OK to start working with StyleVision When you are ready to order a licensed version of StyleVision you can use the Order license key button in the registration dialog or Help Order form to proceed to the secure Altova Online Shop License Key Code Your permanent license will be of one of two types a single user or multi user license Both types are sent by e mail A single user license contains your license data and includes your name company e mail and key code Please make sure that you enter the data required in the registration dialog exactly as given in your license e mail A multi user license contains your license data and includes your company name and key code Please make sure that you enter the data required in the registration dialog exactly as give in your license e mail Also enter your pe
87. otherwise located flush left prefix fixed position suffix lt gt Parentheses if negative space otherwise located flush left Parentheses if negative nothing otherwise gt gt Parentheses if negative nothing otherwise located flush left prefix fixed position suffix lt gt Parentheses if negative nothing otherwise located flush left j Extendable number of digits to left prefix or to right suffix E Space A i Fill character defined in options th Ordinality of number st nd rd or th TH Ordinality of number ST ND RD or TH 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 144 How To Use Input Formatting Options The following options are available Option Explanation uc Make uppercase Ic Make lowercase left Left aligned right Right aligned ro Read XML only no editing allowed edit The field is editable active by default dec lt char gt Specify a character for the decimal point default is point fill lt char gt Specify fill character base lt year gt Base year for year fields see Note below pos Show only positive numbers input of negative numbers allowed Note on Base Year When using short year formats for example DD MM YY base 1940 the base year specifies a cut off for a century If the user enters a value that is equal to or greater than the last two digits considered together as a number of the base yea
88. printing 230 validating in Authentic View 288 X XML 289 convert HTML to 289 in SPS 81 XML Document creation process 3 4 XML file 201 saving in HTML to XML conversion 201 viewing output of HTML to XML conversion 187 XML Spy web site 322 XML tables 126 description of 126 enabling in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 126 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 117 inserting in SPSs 280 icons for editing 162 usage of 159 XMLSPY 33 Authentic 33 XPath 79 for additional validation 79 in Auto Calculation 59 in conditional templates 64 version support 87 for selecting combo box entries 106 XSL FO 17 compliance levels Enterprise Edition 17 XSLT 2 and SPSs 2 editing XSLT generated from StyleVision 177 saving in HTML to XML conversion 201 selecting version 87 and StyleVision 2 XSLT stylesheets 33 from SPS 33 from SPSs 6 generating from StyleVision Power Stylesheet 30 XSLT for HTML tab 24 general description 24 2005 Altova GmbH
89. results are true Path expression M Maximum number of database records to be displayed HWavimum number ae C All In the dialog leave the default settings unchanged The most important of these in this context is the Content is editable checkbox Remember that these settings are for the condition where neither Address nor Address_EU element exist you do want the user to be able to add content to the Location element Add text in the User Info field as shown in the figure above and click OK Right click the condition and select Add Copy For the new conditional template change the XPath to Address This is the conditional template to execute when an Address element exists Select the Location node in this conditional template and in the Node Settings dialog uncheck the Content is editable checkbox and enter a suitable text message in the User Info field such as To edit this field the Address element of this Office element will have to be deleted using a Text View of the document Repeat Steps 4 5 and 6 to create a third conditional template for cases where an Address_EU element exists Checking the document formatting Compare the Authentic View and HTML Preview and make any desired formatting changes such as adding or deleting line breaks changing text color and background color and so on In the static table that contains the US address fields the last row contains two elements ipo state a
90. schema you must reload the StyleVision Power Stylesheet so that the schema in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is updated with the changes you made 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 224 User Reference File 8 3 7 Encoding The Encoding command pops up a dialog in which you can select the encoding of your output documents Changing the encoding in this dialog changes the encoding for the currently active SPS The default encoding for new StyleVision Power Stylesheets is specified in the Encoding tab of the Options dialog Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 225 8 3 8 Save Design Ctri S The Save Design command saves the currently open StyleVision file as a StyleVision Power Stylesheet with the file extension sps Note When you create an XML Schema from an imported HTML file a StyleVision Power Stylesheet is simultaneously created To save additional files created or generated from the imported HTML file click the Save Design command This pops up a dialog that gives you the option of saving the created XML Schema generated XSLT stylesheets and generated XML file to save th 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 226 User Reference File 8 3 9 Save Design As The Save Design As command shows the familiar Save as dialog of Windows systems and prompts you for the name of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to
91. select this option All menus will then have a shadow Options The Options tab allows you to customize additional features of the toolbar CI x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Toolbar MV Show ScreenTips on toolbars MV Show shortcut keys in ScreenTips J Large Icons Screen Tips for toolbar items will be displayed if the Show Screen Tips option is checked The Screen Tips option has a sub option for whether shortcuts where available are displayed in the Screen Tips or not Toolbar items can also be displayed as large icons To do this check the Large Icons option See also Tools 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 312 User Reference Tools 8 10 4 Options The Options command opens a dialog in which you can specify the encoding of the HTML output file I 6 Stit Xt Encoding M Default Output Encoding for ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 est European Cancel Apply To set the encoding of the output HTML file open the dropdown menu of the combo box and select the desired option from the list of encoding options and click OK Every new StyleVision Power Stylesheet you create from this point on will set the HTML output encoding as defined in this tab In the XSLT for HTML the output encoding information is registered at the following locations e Inthe encoding attribute of the stylesheet s xs1 output element lt xsl output version 1 0
92. single NameList element as the combo box and select the Last element in the XPath expression The Edit Combo Box dialog is shown below Edit Combo Box x for Element Location neenon erumei Cancel Use list of values C Use XPath expression p To define the entries and values for the combo box do the following 1 Select the method with which you wish to define the entries and values by clicking the appropriate radio button 2 Ifyou select Schema Enumerations the enumerations are entered in automatically If you select Use List of Values you can insert append edit and delete any number of drop down list entries with their corresponding XML values If you wish to use a nodeset from the XML file select Use XPath Expression and enter or build an XPath to select the nodeset 3 Click OK to finish 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 110 How To Use Data entry devices Note e Using XPath to select the items of the combo box drop down list enables you to create combo boxes with dynamic entries from the XML file itself e To reopen and edit the properties of a data entry device right click the data entry device not the node containing it and select the menu option Edit Properties Alternatively click Properties Selected object e To edit the properties of the combo box in Design View right click the combo box not the node containing the combo box and click Edit Properti
93. site from time to time TERM AND TERMINATION This Software License Agreement may be terminated a by your giving Altova written notice of termination or b by Altova at its option giving you written notice of termination if you commit a breach of this Software License Agreement and fail to cure such breach within ten 10 days after notice from Altova In addition the Software License Agreement governing your use of a previous version that you have upgraded or updated of the Software is terminated upon your acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Software License Agreement accompanying such upgrade or update Upon any termination of the Software License Agreement you must cease all use of the Software that it governs destroy all copies then in your possession or control and take such other actions as Altova may reasonably request to ensure that no copies of the Software remain in your possession or control The terms and conditions set forth in Sections 1 g h i 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 340 Appendices Software Product License 10 2 5 b c 9 and 10 survive termination as applicable RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE AND EXPORT RESTRICTIONS The Software was developed entirely at private expense and is commercial computer software provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government or a U S Government contractor or subcontractor is subject to the restrictio
94. so that it is valid according to the modified schema see next point e When a StyleVision Power Stylesheet based on a modified schema is opened in StyleVision the modified schema appears in the Schema Window and any template that uses elements or structures which have been modified may now be incorrect StyleVision will indicate this To rectify this situation you have two options 1 If the change to the element or structure is minor or if the StyleVision Power Stylesheet does not use complex template rules you could change the incorrect template rules 2 Ifthe schema modifications are too complex or too many or if the StyleVision Power Stylesheet uses complex template rules it is preferable and may even be necessary to build the StyleVision Power Stylesheet from scratch all over again Renaming the schema or changing its location If you rename your schema or change its location you can open the StyleVision Power Stylesheet in XMLSpy 2005 or a plain text editor and change the value of the schemafile attribute of the structure element to specify the changed name or location of the schema file lt structure version 2 schemafile NanonullOrg xsd workingxmlfile NanonullOrg xml templatexmlfile gt Importing schemas The schema on which the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is based can import other schemas If you import schemas pay attention to rules that govern the application of namespaces See Namespaces in the How To se
95. soft XSLT for HTML stylesheet When the XSLT for HTML tab is selected clicking Find pops up the following dialog T_T 6h Fh Find what Name gt Options Find Previous M Match whole word only Cancel JV Match case __ Cancel Regular expression Advanced gt gt The following points should be noted e Inthe XSLT for HTML stylesheet all text is searched e To enter a regular expression as the search term check the Regular expression check box You can create a regular expression with the help of a menu that pops out when you click the right pointing arrowhead near the search term entry field Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Edit 237 Match whole word only M End of Word i xshfor each select n1 OrgChart gt i lt forinline gt i lt xskattribute names id gt lt xsktext disable output e i lt focinline gt e To set restrictions on what part of the document to search click the Advanced button More options become available in the dialog shown below Select the types of document content you wish to search by checking the appropriate check box 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 238 User Reference Edit 8 4 4 Find Next fh F3 The Find Next command repeats the last Find command to search for the next occurrence of the requested text See Find for a description of how to use the search function
96. table use the Up Down Left and Right arrow keys To move forward from one cell to the next use the Tab key Pressing the Tab key in the last cell of a row creates a new row XML Tables XML tables can be inserted by you the user of Authentic View They enable you to insert tables anywhere in the XML document where they are allowed which is useful if you need to insert tabular information in your document These tables will be printed out as tables when you print out directly from Authentic View If you are also generating output with XSLT stylesheets discuss the required output with the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Note that you can insert XML tables only at allowed locations These locations are specified in the schema DTD or XML Schema If you wish to insert a table at additional locations discuss this with the person designing the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Working with XML tables There are three steps involved when working with XML tables inserting the table formatting it and entering data The commands for working with XML tables are available as icons in the toolbar see XML table editing icons Currently XML tables cannot be inserted in the Authentic Preview of StyleVision Inserting tables To insert an XML table place your cursor where you wish to insert the table and click the icon Note that where you can insert tables is determined by the schema This pops up the Insert Table dialog shown belo
97. table has no pre determined structure The structure is specified by the person who designs the StyleVision Power Stylesheet An SPS table can be created anywhere in a StyleVision Power Stylesheet and any number of SPS tables can be created The structure of an SPS table is not represented as XML elements in the XML document SPS tables are entirely presentational devices In whatever kind of document an SPS table is rendered the table s structure is specified not in the markup vocabulary of the XML document but in the respective presentational vocabulary SPS tables occur in three types of output e Rendered in Authentic View a vocabulary specific to Authentic View is used to mark up SPS tables e In StyleVision generated XSLT stylesheets for HTML output SPS tables are marked up 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 118 How To Use Tables as HTML tables e In StyleVision generated XSLT stylesheets for XSL FO output SPS tables are marked up as XSL FO tables There are two types of SPS tables e Static tables are built up step by step by the person designing the StyleVision Power Stylesheet After the table structure is created the content of each cell is defined separately The content of cells can come from random locations in the schema tree and even can be of different types It is important to realize that the rows of a static table are not intended to represent a repeating data structure This is why the ta
98. template is deleted and the global template is used for that element Note that the Make Global Template command is displayed in the context menu only for those elements that are listed in the Global Templates list Whenever a global template is created empty or not a sign appears to the left of the element s name in the Global Templates list see figure below Note that a global template can be created only for the global element itself not for the descendants that are displayed when the global element is expanded After a global template is created it will not automatically be used for an element in the Design Document unless it has been created from a local template The use of the global template for an element in the Design Document must be explicitly specified This is described in the section Using Global Templates below Defining properties for Global Templates To add formatting properties to an empty global template key in values for the required text properties in the Text Style and or Block Style windows In the example below the global template for the lt italic gt element has been assigned a font style value of italic Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Global Templates 99 C Program Files Altova xmlspy SE xz 7 Document Root contents E Y OrgChart Global Templates Department Desc EMail Name Person italic para strong
99. text in the XML document must be formatted using XML elements or attributes To add an element highlight the text and double click the required element in the Elements Entry Helper To specify an attribute value place the cursor within the text fragment and enter the required attribute value in the Attributes Entry Helper After formatting the header text bold your table will look like this Telephone Office Home The text above was formatted by highlighting the text and double clicking the element strong for which a global template exists that specifies bold as the font weight The text formatting becomes immediately visible Note For text formatting to be displayed in Authentic View a global template with the required text formatting must have been created in StyleVision for the element in question XML Table Editing Icons The commands required to edit XML tables are available as icons in the toolbar and are listed below Note that no corresponding menu commands exist for these icons and that they are not active in StyleVision For a full description of when and how XML tables are to be used see XML tables Insert table The Insert Table command inserts a CALS HTML table at the current cursor position Delete table The Delete table command deletes the currently active table Append row EE The Append row command appends a row to the end of the currently active table Append colu
100. title ni sectl nl para nt itemizedlist nl orderedlist nl appendix T Global Templates E Page Layout PDF Target namespace is defined with a prefix in the schema and elements are unqualified When elementFormDefault is set to unqualified and the target namespace is bound to a prefix in this case doc then the prefix is exposed for global elements but is hidden for other elements Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Namespaces 93 lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema targetNamespace http www altova com workarea doclite xmlns doc http www altova com workarea doclite elementFormDefault unqualified attributeFormDefault qualified gt Notice that attributeFormDefault is set to qualified As a result all global elements and all attributes have the doc prefix Only the title elements which are not global that is they are declared locally have their prefixes hidden amp C workarea doclite doclite xsd Z Document Root El doc book doc id doc role doc chapter doc id doc role title doc sectl doc para doc itemizedlist doc orderedlist doc appendix T Global Templates E Page Layout PDF 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 94 How To Use Namespaces 4 2 3 Schemas with multiple namespaces Schema modules that belong to different nam
101. tree will now be displayed with node tags around the content HTML content that has no corresponding schema node will continue to be displayed without tags 3 Inthe Design Document assign formatting to nodes refine processing rules or add static content as required These modifications will have an effect only on the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and the generated XSLT It will not have an effect on either the generated schema or XML file 4 After you have completed the schema tree and the design of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet you can generate and save the following e aschema DTD or XML Schema corresponding to the schema tree you have created e an XML file based on the schema tree e aStyleVision Power Stylesheet sps file and or XSLT stylesheet based on your Design Document Note The generated schema and XML file are based on the schema tree you create The StyleVision Power Stylesheet and XSLT are based on the Design Document Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 185 7 41 HTML to XML Tutorial In this tutorial you will learn how to convert an HTML page into an XML document You will do this by creating a schema which StyleVision will then use to generate the XML document You should note that the Design Document view of StyleVision which displays a browser view of the source HTML document is simultaneously a view of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet
102. used on either or both sides of the decimal point For example the input formatting 0 00 ensures that a number will have zeroes as specified in the formatting if these digit locations are empty as well as any number of digits on both sides of the decimal point Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Input Formatting 143 Prefix and suffix characters Prefix and suffix characters are used to specify alignment and details of the positive negative symbol The following table lists the prefix and suffix characters Prefix Suffix Explanation lt Left aligned default for text gt Right aligned default for numbers Minus symbol if negative nothing otherwise default gt Minus symbol flush left if negative nothing otherwise lt gt Minus symbol flush left if negative nothing otherwise Minus symbol if negative space otherwise located before prefix after suffix gt gt Minus symbol if negative space otherwise located flush left prefix fixed position suffix lt gt Minus symbol flush left if negative space otherwise Plus or minus sign always located before prefix after suffix gt gt Plus or minus sign always flush left prefix fixed position suffix lt gt Plus or minus sign always located flush left Parentheses if negative space otherwise gt gt Parentheses if negative space
103. will have been closed and the interface will be empty 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 220 User Reference File 8 3 3 Close The Close command closes the currently open StyleVision Power Stylesheet file Note that only one file can be open at a time in StyleVision Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 221 8 3 4 Import HTML File The Import HTML File command allows you to import an HTML file into StyleVision You can then convert this HTML file to an XML file in StyleVision How one does this is explained in the HTML to XML conversion section of this documentation 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 222 User Reference File 8 3 5 Assign Working XML File The Assign Working XML File command assigns an existing XML file to the currently open StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS file The name of the Working XML File including its path is displayed in the title bar of StyleVision The Working XML File must conform to the same schema that is used for the StyleVision Power Stylesheet It is used to provide the Authentic Editor View and HTML preview of the output you get using the generated XSLT stylesheets see XSLT and StyleVision Power Stylesheets and Uses of StyleVision Power Stylesheets Assigning a Working XML File is also the only way to resolve ambiguity about which global element in an XML Schema StyleVision should sele
104. year 1 to 366 h Hour 0 to 23 H Hour 1 to 12 m Minute s Second AM AM or PM am am or pm AD AD or BC ad ad or bc CE CE or BCE ce ce or bce 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 142 How To Use Input Formatting Field Type Explanation Weekday Weekday Sunday Monday WEEKDAY Weekday SUNDAY MONDAY weekday Weekday sunday monday Wkd Weekday Sun Mon WKD Weekday SUN MON wkd Weekday sun mon Month Month January February MONTH Month JANUARY FEBRUARY month Month january february Mon Month Jan Feb MON Month JAN FEB mon Month jan feb Field length The following points should be noted e When fields such as Y M and m are used the exact length is output When a field type is repeated then the length is what is specified in the formatting For example if you specify YYYYYY then the first two redundant spaces are filled with Os See also Base Year below e The Authentic View user is not allowed to add more digits than are specified in the format If the length of a pre existing value in the XML file exceeds the length specified in the format the entire value is displayed the user will however not be allowed to enter more digits e The asterisk symbol is used to extend the length of a non semantic numeric field integers decimals etc In the case of decimals it can be
105. you do not want searched The default user dictionary is the custom dictionary to which unknown words encountered in a spell check are added when you click the Add to Dictionary command during the spell check Select the default user dictionary by clicking the check box next to the dictionary you wish to make the default user dictionary Modifying the contents of a custom dictionary To modify the content of a custom dictionary click the custom dictionary to be modified and click Modify This opens the dictionary editor shown below for the dictionary custom t1x 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 306 User Reference Tools custom tlx bx Word Nanonull Dictionary Yereno You can now add words to the dictionary and delete words To add a word place the cursor in the Word input field enter the word and click Add To delete a word select the word in the Dictionary pane and click Delete Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools 307 8 10 3 Customize The customize command lets you customize StyleVision to suit your personal needs Commands The Commands tab of the Customize dialog allows you to place individual commands in the menu bar and the toolbar CI O x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Categories Commands C New New from DB f Open Design HTML Import Import HTML File Properties
106. you release the mouse button the following menu pops up Schema from HTML Import Z Document Root Article Convert selection to elements Convert selection to attributes Surround selection with element 4 Select Convert selection to elements to create the selected HTML content as a child element node of Article Schema from HTML Import Z Document Root Alt Article gt Eiticle gt x Altova ewNode NevNoseg XO PLKS ALB Riicvnose 5 In the schema tree the new child node is created with a default name of NewNode That it is created as contents i e it has text content is indicated by the symbol In the Design Document the selected HTML content is converted to the familiar contents Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 189 placeholder of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and the start and end of the node is indicated with tags 6 Right click NewNode in the schema tree and rename it to Title Notice that the node name in the tags in the Design Document also changes Note The following points should be noted e When you drag selected content into the Schema Window and prepare to drop the type of arrow that appears indicates whether the dragged node can be created as a child right and down arrow Re or a sibling down arrow e Inthe above example you converted the sele
107. you to define the specific HTML import settings HTML Import Settings x J Import whitespace texts I Import empty cells from table list Cancel Import whitespace text Imports and preserves the whitespace of imported text Import empty cells from table list Imports empty cells from HTML tables or lists Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Properties 295 8 9 Properties The Properties menu allows you to edit the properties of e the HTML output page and e avariety of StyleVision Power Stylesheet components such as tables lists and data entry devices These properties are described in the following sections 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 296 User Reference Properties 8 9 1 HTML Page The HTML Page command allows you to define certain properties of the output HTML page These are the page title which appears in the title bar of the HTML page and the colors of the links in the document Edit Properties Page layout 3 x hyperlink color visited hyperlink color active hyperlink color Cancel Note The properties defined here take precedence over the individual HTML element settings Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Properties 297 8 9 2 Table The Table command opens the Table Properties dialog box which allows you to define specific properties of static and dy
108. 2005 to access indexed and provides text searching Online Help at the Support Center at the Altova Website Downloadable PDF available at Documentation Download at the Altova Website Printed User Manual which you can buy at Documentation Download at the Altova Website Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Chapter 2 Getting Started 16 Getting Started 2 Getting Started This section discusses issues related to starting work with StyleVision It covers the following e A discussion about installing StyleVision and setting up related components e A high level description of the StyleVision interface e A discussion of the document design process Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Getting Started Setting up StyleVision 17 2 1 Setting up StyleVision In order to preview HTML output in StyleVision you need an XSLT processor XSLT processor StyleVision has two internal XSLT processors the Altova XSLT 1 0 processor and the Altova XSLT 2 0 processor No additional installation or setting is required When you click the HTML Preview tab in the Main Window see StyleVision interface the XSLT processor carries out the XSLT transformation using an XSLT stylesheet generated dynamically from the StyleVision Power Stylesheet displayed in the Design tab Which of the two processors is used is automatically determined by what XSLT version XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 has been selected for
109. 36 Including an Image ereenn e E ET E A A EN ER 38 Processing element content for output ss ssseseseseseeseeseesesensseenssterosseessestnssesessesenso 40 Formatting the components sessssssssssersrsrsisessserssessisssesessresoescisstretsesssoesissrtseasseseresssee 44 Inserting a dynamic SPS table e ssssessrsrsesssoresessisesereisrsssescissercisssesoesisernsesssereesisisese 48 Ins rting a Static SPS table c ascites secctsasceesvessndaxacnsen sesecsteaasniaetannneds a 52 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 3 8 Inserting bookmarks and hyperlinks 00 ee ee eee cceeeceeeeeeeescesecaeeeeeeaesaeeeeeeasenseeeees 56 39 Using Auto Calculation rererere a EE E E E A E 59 3 10 Using Conditional Templates 2 0 00 ccccccccsseceseceseceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeseesseecseecsaeenaeenaeenaeens 64 3 11 Creating the Table Footer c cc ccccccccssecssecesecesecesecsseceeeeseeeseneeeseceseesseeesaeeseesaeeeaeeeaeens 73 3 12 Text formatting with global templates and text state icons 000 ec eeeeseeteeeeeeeeeteeneeeeees 77 3 13 Using Additional Validation ccccecccesccsseceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseecsaecaeenaeeeaeeeaeens 79 3 14 Completing the stylesheet ccccccccssecsseceseceeceeceseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseecseeeaeesaeenaeseaeens 81 4 How To Use 86 4 1 XSLT and XPath Versions sccsscccccssseieeiessreosaseateceaasnassccasetceanaavacessaasadeasnaesseaeessenaaaass 87 4 2 Namespaces cererea oie i A A ease O uate
110. 4 812 1 CMAN SS tonvis cipranino riire irino ai aosa Ea E EAEE aN E EKE 325 9 Appendices 328 9 1 OS and Memory Requirements cccccssccssecsseceteceeceseceseesecseeeseeeseeeseseeseeeseeeseeenaes 329 9 2 Electronic Software Distribution 0 ccccccccccssecsseceseceneceseceeceeeeseeeseceseseesseeeseesteeeaaes 330 93 License Meter gs siccerseceaucsabsvi ce cxncen desi e e R E sacendedvadeavel sietoessvastestencensserbeseds 331 DAL COPYVEI SE A E E E stat Geax centices austin es E 332 9 5 Software Product License cccccccecsseeseesseesseesseceeeceseceseceseceseeseeeseeeseceseseeeseeseestaeeaaes 333 Index 343 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Introduction 1 1 Introduction Altova StyleVision 2005 Professional Edition is an intuitive visual editing tool that enables Web developers and document system managers to create StyleVision Power Stylesheets and to generate XSLT stylesheets from them The key features of StyleVision are grouped under the following main areas of functionality e The creation of StyleVision Power Stylesheets which are used to control the display of and entry of data into XML documents in the Authentic View of Altova products e The generation of XSLT stylesheets from StyleVision Power Stylesheets These enable transformations of source XML documents into outputs such as HTML Altova StyleVision 2005 also enables you to import an HTML file and convert it to an X
111. 6 in Authentic View 152 154 286 Menu Bar 26 general description 26 Mixed content 96 and global templates 96 Mixed markup mode 275 settings 275 Modifying schema 173 effect on StyleVision Power Stylesheet 173 effect on SPS 173 Modifying table properties 48 in SPS 52 59 Modifyng table properties 73 in SPS 73 Moving components 40 in SPS 40 Moving schema tree nodes 197 in HTML to XML conversion 197 Multiline input field 106 creating in lt AUTH STYLE gt s 106 Multiple node instances 200 in HTML to XML conversion 200 N Namespace prefixes in lt AUTH STYLE gt s 91 94 Namespaces 89 and imported schemas 89 and namespace prefixes 89 and qualified elements and attributes 89 and schemas with a single namespace 91 and schemas with multiple namespaces 94 in lt AUTH STYLE gt s 88 91 94 in DTDs and XML Schemas 88 Nested dynamic tables 121 Nested lists 113 creating in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 113 Node settings 275 in SPS 275 Nodes 204 206 creating HTML content as in HTML to XML 204 206 selecting in StyleVision 174 Numbered lists 245 in SPSs 245 Numbers 138 formatting of 138 Numeric fields 138 formatting of 138 2005 Altova GmbH Index 349 O Open 290 HTML file 290 recently used StyleVision files 231 for conversion to XML 186 203 Open SPS 219 Ordering Altova software 318 Output encoding 224 changing in active SPS 224 Output files 148
112. 6 267 268 moving in StyleVision Power Stylesheet 174 overview in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 117 icons for editing XML tables 162 usage of 158 using SPS static and dynamic tables 158 using XML tables 159 Target namespaces 89 and lt AUTH STYLE gt s 89 Technical support for StyleVision 319 320 Template 33 saving XSLT files 33 Template XML file 7 for SPS 282 Text 180 overflow in PDF output 180 in SPS 77 in SPSs 21 in SPS 44 Text state icons 278 defining in SPSs 278 for Authentic View 77 in SPS 77 Text Style Window 18 for formatting in SPS 44 Text styles 215 in SPSs 215 Text View 32 of Working XML file 32 Tips 172 Tool tips 275 for Authentic View nodes 275 Toolbar 26 general description 26 Tools 302 in StyleVision 302 Troubleshooting 180 Tutorial 185 HTML to XML conversion 185 Tutorial StyleVision 32 2005 Altova GmbH Index 353 U Undo 234 in StyleVision 234 in HTML to XML conversion 188 207 unparsed entity uri function 147 Updating a node 130 with an Auto Calculation result 130 URIs 147 of unparsed entities 147 User Info 275 for Authentic View nodes 275 in SPS 81 Using Global Templates 96 V Validate XML 288 in Authentic View 288 Validation 275 additional in Authentic View 275 Vertical alignment of table cell content 273 in SPSs 273 W Working XML file 7 assigning for SPS 33 assigning to SPS 222 print preview 229
113. 6 Click the ipo name entry in the Select attributes elements box to deselect it 7 Inthe Table Growth option select the Left Right radio button Notice that the option for creating a Footer is automatically disabled it is enabled only when the dynamic table grows top down Click OK This inserts a dynamic SPS table in the first cell of the static SPS table you just created 8 Set the cellspacing for the outer static table to 0 and the border for the inner dynamic table to 0 in the Table Properties for each Then format the field names as shown below Your Design Document will now look like this ffice gt Name gt contents ame J Street ipastieet gt contents lt ipastreel City pacity gt contents lt ipaicity State pastate gt contents pastate Zip _ p2ip gt contents lt ipo zip 9 Place the cursor in the second column of the outer static table and click or select Table Insert Table In the Insert Table dialog define the table as having 2 columns and 3 rows This creates a nested static table in the second column of the outer static table 10 Click in the first column of the new static table and enter the text Phone Fax and E mail respectively in each row of the first column as shown below and make the font bold In the Table Properties dialog set the table border to 0 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 54 Tutorial Inserting a static SPS table fice gt Name gt
114. Condition One to Condition Two The new condition Condition Two does contain an Auto Calculation so the Auto Calculation result is generated on the fly the value of B and displayed but A is not updated SoB landA 0 e Now go through the cycle again Change the value of B back to 0 Step 1 e The value of B is 0 The current condition is Condition Two which has an Auto Calculation So the Auto Calculation is done The result is the value of B which is 0 Node A is updated with this value Step 2 e Next the condition is switched to Condition One which specifies that nothing is to be displayed SoB OandA 0 Step 3 The important point to grasp is that Auto Calculations with node updates are done only once at the beginning of the event sequence and it is only after Auto Calculations are evaluated that conditions are switched Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Conditional templates 133 4 10 Conditional templates Function To specify alternative processing according to the value of the XML content General mechanism e Aconditional template can be inserted anywhere in the Design Document at a cursor insertion point or around a component dynamic or static The node within which the conditional template is inserted is the context node A conditional template consists of one or more conditions The condition to be tested is specified in an XPath expression The content o
115. Dynamic tab of the Insert Image dialog Note that the URL contained in the XML node can be an absolute or relative URL If relative it must be relative to the location of the FO file When you are working with StyleVision a temporary FO file is created in the same folder as the SPS file and it is this file that is used to generate the PDF Preview So the image address in the XML file should be relative to the location of the SPS file if you wish to see the image in PDF Preview If you wish to generate and save the PDF make sure that the image file referenced in the FO document is correctly referenced Using unparsed entities If you are using a DTD as the basis of your StyleVision Power Stylesheet then for the dynamic part of an image address you can use the URI declared for an unparsed entity in the DTD For details of how to use unparsed entities see Using unparsed entity URIs Also see Including an image in the tutorial Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 243 8 5 2 Paragraph The Paragraph command inserts an HTML paragraph lt p gt element around the selected component A component is considered selected for this purpose when the entire node is selected by clicking either of its tags or when the cursor is placed inside the component Also see Formatting the components 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 244 User Reference Insert 8 5 3 Format
116. GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 332 Appendices Copyright 9 4 Copyright All title and copyrights in and to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE PRODUCT the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT are owned by Altova GmbH or its suppliers The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is protected by copyright laws and international treaty provisions Therefore you must treat the SOFTWARE PRODUCT like any other copyrighted material Copyright 1998 2005 Altova GmbH All rights reserved Patent s pending The Sentry Spelling Checker Engine Copyright 2000 Wintertree Software Inc STLport Copyright 1999 2000 Boris Fomitchev Copyright 1994 Hewlett Packard Company Copyright 1996 97 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Appendices Software Product License 333 9 5 Software Product License THIS IS A LEGAL DOCUMENT RETAIN FOR YOUR RECORDS ALTOVA END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT Licensor Altova GmbH Rudolfsplatz 13a 9 A 1010 Wien Austria Important Read Carefully Notice to User This End User License Agreement Software License Agreement is a legal document between you and Altova GmbH Altova It is important that you read this document before using the Altova pr
117. H Y CompanyLogo Name H Y Office Global Templates Department Desc gt EMail Name l Person bold lt gt italic para A global template can be created for each global element type XML Schema elements defined as global elements and all DTD elements Using a global template is convenient because it allows you to globally define rules for processing an element type You do not have to re create the same rules at each location in the design document where an element type occurs When an element for which a global template is defined is placed in the Root Template you can choose between using the global template and using a local template for that occurrence The Root Template gives you control over the structure of the result document Global templates allow you to write rules for elements the locations and frequency of which in the instance document you cannot know in advance For example you cannot know before a paragraph is written whether it will contain italics So you cannot place a rule for processing italic elements in the Root Template the structure of which corresponds to the output document structure Global templates also give you efficiency For example if a title element is to occur several times in a document a single global template can be used for all title elements You can use an appropriate mix of Root Template and global templates in your StyleVision Power Stylesh
118. H Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 280 User Reference Authentic 8 7 3 CALS HTML Tables The CALS HTML Tables command pops up a dialog in which you specify e whether the Authentic View user may insert XML tables following either the CALS or the HTML table model in the XML document or not and e the XML elements that will constitute the XML table structure if XML tables are allowed When you click Authentic CALS HTML Tables the following dialog appears CALS HTML Table Properties OK J Enable XML tables in Document Editor Type HTML Description Default User Defined Cancel Table element Table caption caption Table group Table header thead tfoot tbody Mai tr Column element td Header element th Cell with nested table Enabling XML Tables in Authentic View To enable XML tables in Authentic View check the box marked Enable XML tables in Document Editor Enabling XML tables allows the Authentic View user to insert tables that can be structured and formatted as required by the user This is as opposed to static and dynamic SPS tables which are structured and formatted by you the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet When an XML table is inserted in Authentic View a set of XML elements conforming to either the CALS or HTML table model is inserted in the XML document Cell content in Authentic View is entered as content of the corresponding element in the XML document Wh
119. IMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EVEN IF A REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL ALTOVA OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INCIDENTAL DIRECT INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES EVEN IF ALTOVA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ANY CASE ALTOVA S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability the above limitation may not apply to you In such states and jurisdictions Altova s liability shall be limited to the greatest extent permitted by law and the limitations or exclusions of warranties and liability contained herein do not prejudice applicable statutory consumer rights of person acquiring goods otherwise than in the course of business The disclaimer and limited liability above are fundamental to this Software License Agreement between Altova and you d Infringement Claims Altova will indemnify and hold you harmless and will defend or settle any claim suit or proceeding brought against you by a third party that is based upon a
120. ISION can generate schema files XML files and stylesheets from an HTML document It contains headlines paragraphs two lists a table an image a Note the following points e The HTML document is displayed without tags except for a Root tag e The schema tree in the Schema Window shows the Document Root with only one node a document element called Root e There is only the Root Template There are no global templates Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 187 7 1 2 The starting schema and XML files Now without adding anything to the schema generate and save the XML Schema and the XML files Do this by clicking File Save Design The following dialog pops up Save HTML import files a x Additionally to the design file sps you may choose to save the following files as a result of HTML import m Do you want to save the following files also J Schema DTD file W3C Schema C DTD XSLT file MV XML file Make the selections as shown above and click Yes Save the XML Schema as article xsd and the XML file as article xml You will also be asked whether you wish to save an SPS file Do so using the name article sps Now do the following e Open article xsdinan XML editor like XMLSpy 2005 or in a text editor You will see that it has only one element named Root This is because the schema tree in StyleVision from whic
121. K Text State Icons f l x In order to make user editing experience in AUTHENTIC more comfortable you can define in this dialog toolbar buttons for specific Schema elements which modify text styles like bold italic Cancel Bitmap file bold bp 5 Press Tab or double click in the Bitmap file column and enter the name of the icon Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic 279 image that you wish to have displayed in the Authentic View toolbar Text State Icons x In order to make user editing experience in AUTHENTIC more ox comfortable you can define in this dialog toolbar buttons for specific Schema elements which modify text styles like bold italic Cancel Bitmap file 6 Click OK to confirm 7 Place the icon image file bmp file in the sps Picts folder of your application folder When you edit an XML document in Authentic View in Altova s XMLSpy 2005 Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition and Authentic View products using this StyleVision Power Stylesheet the icon image appears in the toolbar as a Text State icon If the Authentic View user selects text and clicks the icon the element represented by that icon is created around the selected text and the formatting you defined in the global template for that element is applied to the selected text Note Text State icons are not available in Authentic Preview of StyleVision 2005 Altova Gmb
122. Link button in the Insert Hyperlink dialog Also see Inserting bookmarks and hyperlinks in the Tutorial section and Bookmark Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 253 8 5 12 Auto Calculation An Auto Calculation uses an XPath expression to generate a result that is placed in the document at the point where you insert the Auto Calculation Note the following points e An Auto Calculation can be inserted anywhere in the Design Document e The XPath version XPath 1 0 or XPath 2 0 is selected automatically and depends on what XSLT version has been selected for the StyleVision Power Stylesheet XSLT 1 0 uses XPath 1 0 XSLT 2 0 uses XPath 2 0 e The point at which you insert the Auto Calculation determines the context node for the XPath evaluation e An Auto Calculation result is non editable in Authentic View e Any node in the XML document can be updated with the result of the Auto Calculation To insert an Auto Calculation do the following 1 Place the cursor in the Design Document at the point where you wish to insert the Auto Calculation 2 Click Insert Auto Calculation The following sub menu appears Auto Calculation value Condition Input Field Multiline Input Field 3 Click an option according to what you wish to create the Auto Calculation as value input field etc Note however that the Auto Calculation is non editable in Authenti
123. ML paragraph for which no element was created has not been imported into the XML document e Inthe schema file article xsd notice that all the newly created element types are global elements The Para element in ListNode is created by referencing the global element Para e f you need to use Global Templates in your StyleVision Power Stylesheet then you should use the generated schema to build the StyleVision Power Stylesheet 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 194 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 7 1 5 Creating a section Now create a lower level section for your article To do this you repeat steps you have learned earlier 1 Add an element called Section asa child of Article 2 Select the HTML headline Output and create it as the Title child of Section 3 Select the first paragraph after Output and create it as a Para child of Section 4 Select the numbered list and import it as a list child of Section Orderedlist When you are done your schema tree and Design Document should look like this Schema from HTML Import Z Document Root Article Title Para Unorderedlist E Section Title Para E Y Orderediist E ListNode Para Gection gt Title gt contents lt Titel Gection gt Para gt contents Para Orderediist _ Para contents aa Orderediist lt Section Altova StyleVision 2005 Use
124. ML document instance a target namespace must be defined in the XML Schema This is done with the targetNamespace attribute of the schema element If the targetNamespace attribute is specified then a namespace for the target namespace must also be defined for the schema lt xsd schema targetNamespace http www xmlspy com schemas orgchart xmilns xsd http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns org http www xmlspy com schemas orgchart elementFormDefault qualified attributeFormDefault qualified gt The handling of namespace prefixes in StyleVision is therefore dependent on i whether a target namespace is defined and ii whether the target namespace has been defined with a prefix as in the example above or as the default namespace The handling of namespace prefixes in StyleVision is explained in detail in Schemas with a single namespace and Schemas with multiple namespaces Schemas with no target namespace If you do not wish to use a namespace with your document instances then the targetNamespace attribute is omitted in the schema In these cases the document instance does not belong to any namespace and the schema tree in StyleVision reflects this in that elements and attributes have no prefix lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema elementFormDefault qualified attributeFormDefault qualified gt The schema tree in StyleVision for such a schema will have no namespace prefixes C Program Files Altova S
125. ML file Copyright 1998 2005 Altova GmbH All rights reserved Use of this software is governed by and subject to an Altova software license agreement XMLSpy StyleMision Authentic MapForce and ALTOVA are trade marks registered in numerous countries of Altova GmbH Patent s pending XML XSL XHTML and WSC are trademarks registered in numerous countries of the World Wide Web Consortium marks of the WSC are registered and held by its host institutions MIT INRIA and Keio UNICODE and the Unicode Logo are trademarks of Unicode Inc This software contains material that is 1334 1938 Dundas Software Ltd all rights reserved The Sentry Spelling Checker Engine v 92000 W intertree Software Ine STLport 1393 2 000 Boris Fomitchev 1934 Hewlett Packard ALTOVA Company 91936 37 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc 91997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology Scintilla Copyright 91398 2002 by Neil Hodgson lt ncilh zcintilla org gt All other names or trademarks are the property of their respective owners Writing even the simplest XSLT stylesheets by hand is a difficult task It requires an understanding of XSLT elements the XPath language and complicated rules based document processing models By abstracting away the underlying error prone syntax Altova StyleVision 2005 enables you to write stylesheets using considerably less time Altova StyleVision 2005 supports both XSLT 1 0 and XSLT 2 0 2005
126. Namespaces Global Templates Data entry devices Lists Tables Auto Calculations Conditional templates Date Picker Input Formatting Parameters Unparsed Entity URIs StyleVision from the command line Authentic View features Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use XSLT and XPath versions 87 4 1 XSLT and XPath versions StyleVision has separate XSLT 1 0 and XSLT 2 0 engines The interface supports correspondingly different functionality depending on the XSLT version selected for a particular StyleVision Power Stylesheet For each StyleVision Power Stylesheet you create you must select the XSLT version to which that ale Power Stylesheet must conform You do this XSLT by clicking the appropriate toolbar icon or El The selection you make determines two things e Which of the two XSLT engines in StyleVision is used for transformations e What XSLT functionality is displayed in the interface Transformations are used in StyleVision i to generate previews in the interface and ii to generate and save output files HTML from within the interface and from the command line The XSLT engine used for transformations XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 is that for the version selected in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The functionality appropriate for each XSLT version relates mostly to the use of the correct XPath version XPath 1 0 for XSLT 1 0 and XPath 2 0 for XSLT 2 0 XPath is widely used in StyleVision
127. Shares LeaveTotal LeaveUsed and LeaveLeft have been deselected Note that columns are created only for child elements and attributes but for no descendant on a lower level 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 122 How To Use Tables Table grows down or right When a table grows top down this is what it would look like name street city state zip ipo zip contents contents contents contents contents lt Postee poci lt ipoistate lt iparzip iponame gt contents lt ipo name po street gt c ontents po streel po city gt contents pacity lipo state gt c ontents lt ipa state po 2ip gt c ontents lt ipa zip Headers and footers Columns can be given headers which will be the names of the column elements To include headers check the Create Header check box To include footers check the Create Footer check box Footers can only be created for tables that grow top down The footer of numeric columns will also sum each of these columns if the Summary for Numeric Fields check box is checked Header and footer cells can be joined and split and rows can be inserted appended and deleted this gives you considerable flexibility in structuring headers and footers Additionally headers and footers can contain any type of static or dynamic content including conditional templates and auto calculations Note Headers and footers must be cr
128. State Icons command enables you to define an icon for a global element Once defined the icon can be displayed in the toolbar of Authentic View i e in Altova s XMLSpy 2005 Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition and Authentic View products thus allowing the Authentic View user to insert an element around selected text by clicking the icon This feature is intended for elements that provide inline formatting such as bold and italic fonts All global elements in the schema appear in the Global Templates list in the Schema Window To create a Text State icon do the following 1 Define a global template for the global element that is to get a Text State icon The formatting that you define for the global template will be applied to text when the Authentic View user clicks the Text State icon The screenshot below shows the global template for the italic element If the element you require is not available as a global element you must make it a global element if you wish to use this feature EB BS2 p 2a T Global Templates al Department italic gt erent lt italic H Desc EMail Name Person italic 2 Select the menu option Authentic Text State Icons This opens the Text State Icons dialog box 3 Click the Append button to add a new Text State icon 4 Inthe Element name field enter the name of the element for which you wish to create the Text State icon and click O
129. The Format command allows you to assign a predefined format to the selected node The available predefined formats can also be selected from the combo box in the toolbar Normal Also see Formatting and Formatting the components Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 245 8 5 4 Bullets and Numbering The Bullets and Numbering command allows you to create an element which has multiple instances as a list For example the persons in a department can be presented in a numbered list or the paragraphs in a section can be presented as a bulletted list In each case it is the element which is to appear as the listitem that must be created as the list The Bullets and Numbering command should be used as a StyleVision Power Stylesheet component type rather than inserted around an element or independently of one that is an element must be created as a list when it is dropped into the Design Document or changed to a list via the context menu obtained by right clicking a selected element The Bullets and Numbering dialog looks like this Bullets and Numbering i x Plain Bullets Numbering Cancel You can specify the required listitem marker in this dialog For a description of usage see Lists in the How to Use section 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 246 User Reference Insert 8 5 5 Horizontal Line The Horizontal Line command i
130. The changes in the global template will be applied to all the element occurrences that use this particular global template Removing a Global Template To remove a global template do the following 1 Select the Design window tab 2 Inthe Schema Window from the list of Global Templates right click the global template you wish to remove 3 Select Remove Global Template This removes the global template Caution Use this command with care since it not only removes the global template but also removes any element type occurrence that is currently using this global template If you wish to not have these element occurrences deleted then ensure that you switch these occurrences to use a local template before you remove the global template For the effect of global templates on rest of contents see Rest of Contents 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 102 How To Use Rest of Contents 4 4 Rest of Contents The rest of contents placeholder applies templates to all the remaining child elements of the element for which the template has been created As an example consider the following e An element parent has 10 child elements childi to child4 e Inthe template for element parent some processing has been explicitly defined for the childi and child4 child elements This results in only the childl and child4 child elements being processed Now if the rest of contents placeholder is inserted within the tem
131. UL Unordered List or Bulletted List e The OL is presented first e The UL is presented after the OL As you will have noticed the previous listitem contained a nested list which was a UL or bulletted list This second listitem of the OL has two paragraphs The paragraph you are reading now is the second of these two paragraphs Note that in order to insert or append a listitem in Authentic View the user must place the cursor in a listitem of the appropriate list For example if the cursor is in a listitem of a nested list appending a listitem will append the listitem to this nested list To append a listitem to the top level list the user must place the cursor in a listitem of the top level list before appending a listitem Limitations In the Show Large Markup and Show Small Markup modes of Authentic View the tags for listitem type elements are not shown for the individual list items instead only one pair of start and end tags is shown at the beginning and end of the entire list 1 Employee 1 les gt Newman lt es4 2 Employee 2 las Kilroy lt asl 3 Employee 3 Kingsley Ts In the figure above only one pair of person tags occur at the beginning and end of the list when in fact there are three separate person elements the listitems in this list Only styles displayed in the Bullets and Numbering dialog are currently supported User defined bullets and numbering is currently not supported For numberi
132. XML document Static lists The content of a static list is contained entirely in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet To create a static list click Insert Bullets and Numbering or the Bullets icon or Numbering icon in the toolbar This creates the first item of the list Type in the content of the list item and press enter to create a new list item Static lists can be created for a single level To change from bullets to numbering click the Numbering icon and vice versa Dynamic lists Dynamic lists display the content of a set of sibling nodes of the same name with each node represented as a single list item in the list The element the instances of which are to appear as the list items of the list is created as the list The mechanism and usage are explained below General mechanism e Any element can be created as a list e When an element is created as a list the instances of that element are created as the items of the list For example if ina department element there are several person elements i e instances and you wanted to create a list of all the persons in the department then you must create the person element as the list e Once the list has been created for the element you can modify the appearance or content of the list or list item by inserting additional static or dynamic content such as text Auto Calculations dynamic content etc Usage Basic 1 Create the required element as a list In the example below
133. XML node no Elements or Attributes will be automatically created with the value of the expression above Select the XML node with an Path statement JLeaveLett Schema 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 62 Tutorial Using Auto Calculation 6 Set LeaveLeft as the node to be updated This updates the XML value of LeaveLeft whenever the Authentic View user edits the LeaveTotal or LeaveUsed value 7 To accommodate the new column change the font size of all the element contents in the cell to 10pt 8 Change the table properties as follows Place the cursor by turn in each of the three new columns and for each column in the Table Properties dialog Column tab set align to center Reset all the column widths as follows First 10 Last 13 Title 20 Ext 7 EMail 26 Leave Total 8 Leave Used 8 Leave Left 8 The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this Administration 3 Leave Leave First Last Title EMail Total Used Vernon Callaby onice v callaby nanonull com 25 4 Manager Frank Further Accounts ffurther nanonull com 22 Receivable Loby Accounting lmatise nanonull com 25 Manager Matise Notice that although the Leave fields are numeric fields no summary has been created for these columns in the footer This is because the Leave columns were appended to the table after the table wa
134. a 30 day evaluation period After the expiration of said period any other user must also purchase a license in order to be able to use StyleVision 2005 For further details please refer to the Software Product License at the end of this manual Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Appendices License Metering 331 9 3 License Metering StyleVision 2005 has a built in license metering module that helps you avoid any unintentional violation of our license agreement StyleVision 2005 can be licensed either as a single user or multi user product and the license metering module ensures that no more than the licensed number of users are using StyleVision 2005 concurrently This license metering technology uses your local area network LAN to communicate between instances of StyleVision 2005 running on different computers Single user licenses When StyleVision 2005 starts up it sends a short broadcast datagram to find any other instance of the product running on another computer in the same network segment If it doesn t get any response it will open a port for listening to other instances of StyleVision 2005 Other than that it will do nothing at all in a single user situation If you are not connected to a LAN or are using dial up connections to connect to the Internet StyleVision 2005 will NOT generate any network traffic Multi user licenses If more than one copy of StyleVision 2005 is used within the same LAN
135. a single element in the XML document are to be created as the list items of a list Additional Validation One or more XPath expressions can be set for each node The content of the node can be 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 12 Introduction StyleVision features evaluated against this expression and a suitable error message displayed in Authentic View in the event that the XPath is evaluated as false In the example below Additional Validation is set for the node PhoneExt If the value of the PhoneExt node is a string of length not equal to three then a validation error is generated and the message entered in the Error message filed is displayed Authentic Node Settings PhoneExt x J Content is editable Cancel M User Info M Additional validation with XPath valid when all Path results are true Error message Path expression Telephone extensions must be 3 digil string lenath 23 M Maximum number of database records to be displayed Masimum number C Al Parameters Parameters can be declared for the stylesheet This enables values to be passed to the stylesheet from the command line at processing time See Parameters for details Command line transformations and file generation StyleVision can be called from the command line to silently execute XSLT transformations and generate output files See StyleVision from the command line for details XML inpu
136. ables below The tables below show how StyleVision displays the prefixes of elements and attributes from the main schema and the imported schema respectively according to e the values of the elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes of each and e whether the target namespace is set as the default namespace of the main schema or with a defined prefix Handling of element namespace prefixes The following table gives StyleVision s handling of the namespace prefixes of elements Note that Main Schema column describes the handling of Main Schema elements while the Imported Schema column describes the handling of Imported Schema elements EFD stands for elementFormDefault NS for Namespace Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Namespaces 95 elementFormDefault EFD Main Schema Imported Schema Target Namespace has Target Namespace is EFD qualified EFD Namespace Prefix Default NS no prefix unqualified Main Schema Prefix of all elements Prefix of all elements Prefix of all Prefix of global EFD qualified exposed exposed Target NS prefix elements elements is default no prefix exposed exposed Main Schema _ Prefix of global elements Prefixes of global Prefix of all Prefix of global EFD exposed elements exposed Target elements elements unqualified Namespace prefix is n1 exposed exposed Handling of attribute namespace prefixes The followin
137. address as the parties may designate by notice given in the manner set forth above This Software License Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and our respective heirs personal and legal representatives affiliates successors and permitted assigns The failure of either of us at any time to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party s right at a later time to enforce the same or any other term of this Software License Agreement This Software License Agreement may be amended only by a document in writing signed by both of us In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Software License Agreement by either party the other shall have all applicable equitable as well as legal remedies Each party is duly authorized and empowered to enter into and perform this Software License Agreement If for any reason any provision of this Software License Agreement is held invalid or otherwise unenforceable such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder of this Software License Agreement and this Software License Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent allowed by law The parties knowingly and expressly consent to the foregoing terms and conditions Last updated 2005 03 04 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual Index 343 Index A Add element attribute prompt 275 for Authentic View 275 Add to parent 291
138. al qualifier that enables additional formatting options e Any number of fields can be specified and any two fields can be separated by the following characters space hyphen comma colon period or by a text string in single or double quotes Note however that fields do not need to be separated e One or more optional field options are allowed per field The field option s for each field must be contained in curly braces and must follow the field without any intervening space Multiple options are separated by comma Example for an xs date datatype element DD Month uc ro YYYY where uc and ro are field options for making the Month field uppercase and read only respectively An example of the output would be 24 SEPTEMBER 2003 Example for an xs decimal datatype element S 0 00 Examples of the output would be 25 00 25 42 267 56 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Input Formatting 141 Field types You will find examples for the datatype specific field types in the drop down menu of the Input Formatting dialog The following tables list the available field types Field Type Explanation Space if no digit at position 0 Zero if no digit at position i Digit separator Y Year y year base 1930 see Note below M Month D Day W Week number d Weekday number 1 to 7 i Day in the
139. ame element will be displayed Previewing the XML file To preview the Authentic View and HTML outputs we will use the Authentic Editor View of StyleVision Authentic Editor View shown below provides an accurate preview of both the Authentic View and HTML outputs The HTML Preview looks the same ef C Program FilesAltova S TYLEVISION Z Document Root Organization Chart E OrgChart CompanyLogo Name Office H T Global Templates If you look in the Text View of your Working XML File in an XML editor or text editor you will see that the contents of the OrgChart Name element is Organization Chart which is what appears in the Authentic Editor View Also click the HTML Preview tab to see a browser preview of the HTML Viewing the XSLT stylesheets To view the XSLT stylesheet for HTML output click the XSLT Stylesheet tab at the bottom of the Main Window It will look something like this syntax coloring has been added and Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Setting up the StyleVision Power Stylesheet 35 indentation changed in the code below so as to aid readability lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xsl stylesheet version 1 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmIns n1 http www xmlspy com schemas orgchart xmlIns ipo http www altova com IPO xmIns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema
140. ample to create a new file File New press Alt F and then AIt N Some menu commands can be selected directly by pressing a special shortcut key or key combination Ctrl KEY Commands which have shortcuts associated with them are indicated with the shortcut key or key combination listed to the right of the command For example you can use the shortcut key combination Ctrl N to create a new file the shortcut key F8 to validate an XML file Toolbar The toolbar contains buttons that are shortcuts for commands found in the menus The name of the command appears when you place your mouse pointer over the button To execute the command click the button Toolbar buttons are arranged in groups In the Tools Customize Toolbars dialog you can specify which toolbar groups are to be displayed In the GUI you can also drag toolbar groups to alternative locations by clicking and dragging a toolbar handle to the desired location Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Getting Started Working with StyleVision 27 2 3 Working with StyleVision The Altova StyleVision 2005 icon will appear in your Start Programs menu after the application has been installed In working with StyleVision your broad objectives would be as follows e Create a StyleVision Power Stylesheet The StyleVision Power Stylesheet is required in order to be able to edit XML documents in Authentic View The StyleVision Power Stylesheet is also the s
141. any maintenance releases or updates However Altova at its option and in its sole discretion on a case by case basis may decide to offer maintenance releases to you as a courtesy but these maintenance releases will not include any new features in excess of the feature set at the time of your purchase of the Software In addition Altova will provide free technical support to you for thirty 30 days after the date of your purchase the Support Period for the purposes of this paragraph a and Altova in its sole discretion on a case by case basis may also provide free courtesy technical support during your thirty 30 day evaluation period Technical support is provided via a Web based support form only and there is no guaranteed response time b If you have purchased SMP then solely for the duration of its delineated Support Period you are eligible to receive the version of the Software edition that you have licensed and all maintenance releases and updates for that edition that are released during your Support Period For the duration of your SMP s Support Period you will also be eligible to receive upgrades to the comparable edition of the next version of the Software that succeeds the Software edition that you have licensed for applicable upgrades released during your Support Period The specific upgrade edition that you are eligible to receive based on your Support Period is further detailed in the SMP that you have purchased Software that is
142. ara e NewNode gt contents Unorderedlist ListNode lt NewNode lt ListNode lt Unorderedist NewNode Notice how the list is displayed with a contents placeholder in the Design Document 3 Rename the NewNode element to Para Now save your StyleVision document and look at the newly saved XML file lt Article xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation C workarea html2xml article xsd lt Title gt A Sample Article lt Title gt lt Para gt This is a simple article marked up in HTML It is the example HTML document used to demonstrate how STYLEVISION can generate XML files and stylesheets from an HTML document a table an image schema files contains headlines paragraphs two lists and inline italics A number rt a hyperlink horizontal rules of these elements have attributes lt Para gt lt Unorderedlist gt lt ListNode gt lt Para gt Creation of a schema tree lt Para gt 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 193 lt ListNode gt lt ListNode gt lt Para gt Design of an Authentic Stylesheet lt Para gt lt ListNode gt lt Unorderedlist gt lt Article gt Note e Notice that for all elements created with contents placeholders the corresponding HTML content is imported into the XML file Notice also that the second HT
143. are carried out and the correct Auto Calculation value is displayed in Authentic View However no value in the XML document will be modified It is only when the user edits a node that is used in the XPath expression of an Auto Calculation that XML values affected by such an Auto Calculation are changed When the Authentic View user appends a new Person element all mandatory children are created with empty content This is because adding mandatory children is the default setting for the Person node it can be changed in the Authentic Node Settings dialog for the Person node select the Person element in the Design Window and click Authentic Node settings Any non mandatory child of the Person element is indicated with the prompt Add element name 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 64 Tutorial Using Conditional Templates 3 10 Using Conditional Templates A conditional template defines how a component is to be processed in the event that a specified condition is fulfilled Multiple conditions can be specified for a component thus allowing you to provide alternative ways to process a component for a range of conditions In this section of the tutorial you will create conditional templates for the following situations e Depending on whether an office is located in the US or Europe the address field will be structured differently e In the Office Summary statement a condition will be used to select the cor
144. ars below the mouse pointer To reset either of the menu bars 1 Select the Default Menu entry in the combo box 2 Click the Reset button just below the menu name A prompt appears asking if you are sure you want to reset the menu bar To customize a context menu a right click menu 1 Select the context menu from the combo box 2 Click the Commands tab and drag the commands to the context menu that is now open To delete commands from a context menu 1 Click right on the command or icon representing the command and 2 Select the Delete option from the popup menu or 1 Select Tools Customize to open the Customize dialog box and 2 Drag the command away from the context menu and drop it as soon as the check mark icon appears below the mouse pointer To reset a context menu 1 Select the context menu from the combo box and 2 Click the Reset button just below the context menu name A prompt appears asking if Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools 311 you are sure you want to reset the context menu To close a context menu window e Click on the Close icon at the top right of the title bar or e Click the Close button of the Customize dialog box Menu animations The menu animation option specifies the way a menu is displayed when a menu is clicked Select an option from the drop down list of menu animations Menu shadows If you wish to have menus displayed with a shadow around it
145. as a value of EU The address content model within it however is that for the US since this is a copy of the first conditional template Change this as follows Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Conditional Templates 67 1 Delete the entire Address element by clicking either its start or end tag and pressing Delete 2 From the schema tree drag the element Address_EU into the static table drop it between the conditional template tags and create it as a table The following dialog appears Create dynamic table l x foreach Address_EU Table Growth Header Footer Cancel C Top Down IV Create Header __ Cancel Left Right Greate Footer M Summary for Numeric fields Display cells as _ r Select attributes elements Contents export code Combo Box Ee Field Multiline Field Check Box C Radio Button 3 Deselect export code and ipo name Select Create Header Table Growth Left Right and Display cells as Field 4 Click OK The table is created 5 Format the headers in bold by highlighting the text and clicking the Bold icon or setting font weight to bold 6 Set the following table properties border to 0 cellspacing to 4px table width to 100 The Design Document looks like this Street po street gt contents City E contents Post Code porpostcode gt contents Address EU lt Note that the EU addre
146. at component a block component The pre defined formats used in StyleVision have either one or both of the following two components e atext formatting component e a spacing component For example the pre defined para p format has a spacing component only it puts vertical space before and after the selected component and does not apply any text formatting On the other hand the pre defined Heading 1 h1 format has both a text formatting component and a spacing component The following points about pre defined formats should be noted e The spacing component of a pre defined format applies for any type of StyleVision Power Stylesheet component but the text formatting only if it can be applied For example if you select an image and apply a pre defined format of Heading 1 h1 to it then the spacing component will take effect but the text formatting component will not e The text formatting component of pre defined formats does not apply to data entry devices e Only one pre defined format applies to a component at any given time 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 216 User Reference Formatting Block Style properties Block style properties are assigned in the Block Style window When an element attribute is created it is created with the default pre defined format of Normal and is not a block To make the element attribute a block assign it any pre defined format other than Normal Caution
147. ath expression pi 4 Click the Append Row icon twice to append two rows in the dialog box Enter the two values for US and EU as shown in the figure above The Visible Entry is the entry that will be visible in the combo box and available for selection The XML Value is the corresponding value that will be entered in the XML file when a Visible Entry is selected Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Conditional Templates 65 5 Click OK when done The Design Document will now look something like this Name gt contents ame Location US lt Cocation The corresponding output in Authentic Editor View will look like this Nanonull Inc Location Now specify the conditions that determine the selection of the appropriate address content model Do the following 1 Right click the Address element in the static table and select Insert Condition to insert a condition for the entire Address component in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The Edit XPath expression dialog appears Edit XPath expression Expression m Select Schema Attribute or Element Select Operator Select Function Selection Orgchart Difice Operator Operands Description Function any equal boolean any 3 Z Document Root any not equal ceiling number 5 OrgChart number less concatstring st number greater concat string st number less or equal contains string
148. atic and dynamic tables Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 265 8 6 9 Join Cell Left The Join Cell Left command joins the cell in which the cursor is to the adjacent cell on the left The contents of both cells are concatenated in the new cell All property values of the cell to the left are passed to the new cell This command applies to both static and dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 266 User Reference Table 8 6 10 Join Cell Right The Join Cell Right command joins the cell in which the cursor is to the cell on the right The contents of both cells are concatenated in the new cell All property values of the cell to the left are passed to the new cell This command applies to both static and dynamic tables Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 267 8 6 11 Join Cell Below The Join Cell Below command joins the cell in which the cursor is to the cell below The contents of both cells are concatenated in the new cell All property values of the cell on the top are passed to the new cell This command applies to both static and dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 268 User Reference Table 8 6 12 Join Cell Above The Join Cell Above command joins the cell in which the cursor is to the cell above The contents of both cells are concatenated in the new
149. ation gt altova gif lt LogoLocation gt Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 199 7 1 9 Converting HTML hyperlinks StyleVision also allows you to import the URL and text of an HTML hyperlink Do this in your document as follows 1 Select the HTML hyperlink text www altova com in the Design Document 2 Drag it into the schema tree and drop it as a child of Article 3 Select Convert selection to elements Schema from HTML Import Document Root Article Copyright Year Y Logo gt Title 3 Para Unorderedliist Section AltovaLink gt href LinkText C a amp 4 Rename the nodes to the names shown in the screenshot The URL is imported to the href attribute of AltovaLink and the link text is imported as content of the element LinkText The corresponding XML code should be lt AltovaLink href www altova com gt lt LinkText gt www altova com lt LinkText gt lt AltovaLink gt Note If instead of selecting Convert selection to elements you had selected Convert selection to attributes then the node now represented as the element LinkText would have been created as an attribute of AltovaLink 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 200 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 7 1 10 Completing the import Same name siblings If you look at the De
150. because the XPath in context then is Office Office Desc para that s one Of fice element too many The correct XPath in the context of the Of fice element is Desc para not Office Desc para In the error dialog click OK then press Ctrl Z to undo the move Select the Desc para element by clicking the start Desc tag Drag the Desc para element and drop it before the end tag of the Of fice element on the line above Your Design Window will now look like this Fp OraChart gt k Location of logo contents Name gt contents lt Name Dffice gt Name gt contents Name Desc gt para gt contents paral Desc Office Difice gt lt Office OraChart lt Delete the Office start and end tags on the last line and put a line break after the Office Name element and after the Office Desc element Your Design Window should now look like this Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Processing element content for output 43 Diara TS ETET Location of logo EEN contents CompanyLogo Name gt contents lt Name Difice gt Name gt contents lt Name Dese gt para gt contents paral Desc GraCharl Q The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this or Nan hull Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart Nanonull Inc The company was established in Vereno in 1995 and is privately held Nanonull has been actively involved in developing nanoelectrome software techn
151. become the subject of a Claim Altova shall attempt to resolve the Claim by using commercially reasonable efforts to modify the Software or obtain a license to continue using the Software If in the opinion of Altova s legal counsel the Claim the injunction 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 338 Appendices Software Product License or potential Claim cannot be resolved through reasonable modification or licensing Altova at its own election may terminate this Software License Agreement without penalty and will refund to you on a pro rata basis any fees paid in advance by you to Altova THE FOREGOING CONSTITUTES ALTOVA S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT This indemnity does not apply to infringements that would not be such except for customer supplied elements 6 SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE Altova offers multiple optional Support amp Maintenance Package s SMP for the version of Software product edition that you have licensed which you may elect to purchase in addition to your Software license The Support Period hereinafter defined covered by such SMP shall be delineated at such time as you elect to purchase a SMP Your rights with respect to support and maintenance as well as your upgrade eligibility depend on your decision to purchase SMP and the level of SMP that you have purchased a If you have not purchased SMP you will receive the Software AS IS and will not receive
152. ble is said to be static it has a fixed structure that does not change with the XML content e Dynamic tables are intended for data structures that repeat and they are based on schema elements that have a substructure at least one child attribute or element Any element with a substructure repeats if there is more than one instance of it Each instance of the element would be a row in the dynamic table and all or some of its child elements or attributes would be the columns In Authentic View a dynamic table s structure reflects the content of the XML file and changes dynamically with the content XML tables An XML table is created by the Authentic View user as a data structure in the XML document The purpose of XML tables is to give the Authentic View user the option of inserting a table type data structure in the XML document This XML data structure can then be transformed to the table markup of the output format The data structure for an XML table must correspond to either the HTML or CALS table model This XML table element and its content model must exist in the schema An XML table can be inserted at any point in the XML document where it is allowed according to the schema An XML table is formatted after it is inserted in the XML document Shown below is the Authentic View of an XML table that corresponds to the HTML table model Name Phone John Merrimack 6517890 Joe Concord 16402387 Data that is entered into t
153. blic of Austria excluding its conflict of laws principles and the U N Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and you expressly agree that exclusive jurisdiction for any claim or dispute with Altova or relating in any way to your use of the Software resides in the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna and you further agree and expressly consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction in the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna in connection with any such dispute or claim If you are located in the United States or are using the Software in the United States then this Software License Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts USA excluding its conflict of laws principles and the U N Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and you expressly agree that exclusive jurisdiction for any claim or dispute with Altova or relating in any way to your use of the Software resides in the federal or state courts of Massachusetts and you further agree and expressly consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction in the federal or state courts of Massachusetts in connection with any such dispute or claim If you are located outside of the European Union or the United States and are not using the Software in the United States then this Software License Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic
154. c View even if created as an input field This pops up the Auto Calculation dialog Auto Calculation Path Expression Enter an Path expression to generate or calculate a result count Person r Update XML node in AUTHENTIC optional In AUTHENTIC it is possible to automatically update an existing XML node no Elements or Attributes will be automatically created with the value of the expression above Select the XML node with an XPath statement Schema 4 Build or enter the XPath expression 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 254 User Reference Insert 5 If you wish to update a node select the node by clicking the Schema button and then the required node For examples of how to use Auto Calculations see Using Auto Calculation Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 255 8 5 13 Condition The Condition command enables you to insert a condition in a conditional template at the cursor point or around the selection A conditional template consists of one or more conditions and each condition has specific processing rules associated with it A condition can be inserted at any point in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The first condition you insert creates the conditional template subsequently conditions can be added to the same conditional template Use the Insert Condition command to insert a condi
155. cations you make to the Working XML File in Authentic Editor View Also see StyleVision interface Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Formatting 215 8 2 Formatting Formatting can be applied to a selected component in one of or any combination of the following three ways e By selecting a pre defined format e By specifying values for Block Style properties e By specifying values for Text Style properties To assign formatting to a component select it and then use one or more of the three methods listed Each method is explained below The properties in the Block Style Window and Text Style Window are broadly based on HTML styling principles Pre defined formats StyleVision has a number of pre defined formats the properties of which you cannot change When you apply a pre defined format to a component the formatting markup is created around the selected component When an element or attribute is created in the Design Document it is assigned the Normal format by default Any pre defined format must be explicitly assigned Pre defined formats can be assigned by clicking Insert Format and then the required format or by selecting the required format from the Format drop down list in the Toolbar Shown below Normal v Formatted pre Heading 1 h1 Heading 2 h2 Heading 3 h3 Heading 4 h4 Paragraph p Note Assigning a pre defined format to a component makes th
156. ce of the entity The value of the entity is the URI of the external XML file e External unparsed entity This is an external resource that will be called when the entity is processed The value of the entity is the URI of the external resource Clicking the command pops up the Define Entities dialog shown below OK Internal Nanonull Inc Internal Nanonull Europe AG Cancel Internal Nanonull Partners Inc Internal http www nanonull com Append SYSTEM branches xml logo SYSTEM Insert Delete For a description of how to use this dialog see Define Entities in the Authentic View documentation 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 288 User Reference Authentic 8 7 9 Validate XML F8 This command checks the validity of the XML file against the associated schema Any additional validation requirement that you have entered for individual nodes Authentic Node Settings is also checked The result of the validation check is displayed in a pop up message box Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference HTML Import 289 8 8 HTML Import The HTML Import menu enables you to convert HTML files to XML and to auto generate the XML Schema DTD XSLT stylesheet and XML content files For a detailed explanation see the tutorial Converting HTML to XML 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 290 User Reference HTML Impor
157. cell All property values of the cell on top are passed to the new cell This command applies to both static and dynamic tables Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 269 8 6 13 Split Cell Horizontally The Split Cell Horizontally command creates a new cell to the right of the cell in which the cursor is The contents of the original cell stay in the original cell All properties of the original cell are passed to the new cell This command applies to both static and dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 270 User Reference Table 8 6 14 Split Cell Vertically Ea ia SPLIT The Split Cell Vertically command creates a new cell below the cell in which the cursor is The contents of the original cell remain in the upper cell All properties of the original cell are passed to the new cell This command applies to both static and dynamic tables Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 271 8 6 15 View Cell Bounds The View Cell Bounds command toggles the display of table boundaries borders on and off for tables that have a table border value of 0 This command applies to both static and dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 272 User Reference Table 8 6 16 Table Properties The Table Properties command opens the Table Properties dialog box for static and dy
158. ces such as text fields combo boxes and check boxes If these components are used in the Design Document a suitably correspondent component appears in the HTML output XSLT for HTML output For HTML output obtained by using a StyleVision Power Stylesheet generated XSLT the following points should be noted e The formatting and layout of the HTML will be identical to the HTML Preview of StyleVision and near identical to the Authentic View of the XML document e Data input devices text input fields check boxes etc in the HTML file do not allow input These data input devices are intended for XML data input in Authentic View and though they are translated unchanged into the graphical HTML equivalents they cannot be used for data entry in the HTML document Using the command line to generate output You can use the command line to call StyleVision and generate various output files For details see StyleVision from the command line Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Introduction StyleVision concepts and terminology 7 1 5 StyleVision concepts and terminology The following concepts and definitions are important for an understanding of how StyleVision Power Stylesheets and Authentic View work The terms listed below are used frequently in this documentation Some are specific to Alt ova s StyleVision and Authentic View Others are terms used in the XML XML Schema XSLT and XPath specifications or terms
159. chanisms In order to build more sophisticated stylesheets with StyleVision you should have a knowledge of XPath StyleVision supports both XSLT 1 0 and XSLT 2 0 The XSLT 2 0 specification is considerably more powerful than XSLT 1 0 and with XSLT 2 0 you can access and manipulate XML documents with concise and efficient mechanisms In StyleVision you can select whether you wish to use XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 for individual StyleVision Power Stylesheets Depending on your selection the appropriate functionality will automatically be made available in the design interface and transformations will automatically be made with the corresponding XSLT processor XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 Note Since much of the power of XSLT 2 0 derives from XPath 2 0 features you should be familiar with XPath 2 0 in order to maximize the utility of XSLT 2 0 in StyleVision Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Introduction Uses of StyleVision Power Stylesheets 3 1 2 Uses of StyleVision Power Stylesheets The design document that you create in StyleVision is saved as a StyleVision Power Stylesheet or SPS file so called because of its sps file extension A StyleVision Power Stylesheet can be used for the following purposes e To display an XML file in Authentic View Authentic View is a graphical user interface that allows users unfamiliar with XML to enter content in the XML document You should therefore make your StyleVision Power Styl
160. claim that the content contained in the Software infringes a copyright or violates an intellectual or proprietary right protected by United States or European Union law Claim but only to the extent the Claim arises directly out of the use of the Software and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement except as otherwise expressly provided You must notify Altova in writing of any Claim within ten 10 business days after you first receive notice of the Claim and you shall provide to Altova at no cost with such assistance and cooperation as Altova may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the defense of the Claim Altova shall have sole control over any Claim including without limitation the selection of counsel and the right to settle on your behalf on any terms Altova deems desirable in the sole exercise of its discretion You may at your sole cost retain separate counsel and participate in the defense or settlement negotiations Altova shall pay actual damages costs and attorney fees awarded against you or payable by you pursuant to a settlement agreement in connection with a Claim to the extent such direct damages and costs are not reimbursed to you by insurance or a third party to an aggregate maximum equal to the purchase price of the Software If the Software or its use becomes the subject of a Claim or its use is enjoined or if in the opinion of Altova s legal counsel the Software is likely to
161. clared in a DTD and for any global element declared in an XML Schema 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual Introduction StyleVision features 1 6 StyleVision features The following is a list of major features supported in StyleVision Choice of XSLT and XPath language versions StyleVision Power Stylesheets are built upon the XSLT and XPath languages and StyleVision supports both XSLT 1 0 which works in conjunction with XPath 1 0 and XSLT 2 0 which works with XPath 2 0 When you create a StyleVision Power Stylesheet you can select the XSLT language version 1 0 or 2 0 in which that StyleVision Power Stylesheet must be written The selection ensures i that the correct language version features are displayed for that StyleVision Power Stylesheet in the GUI and ii that the correct processor XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 is used for internal XSLT validations e g XPath validations and transformations e g for Previews Document structure The Root Template is the template that defines the structure of the document It enables you to control the structure of the document by selecting nodes from the schema tree shown in the Schema Window below under Document Root and placing them in the document structure in the Design Window You can move nodes around in the design document and thus control the structure of the result document C Program Files AltovasS TYLEVISION 2004 E Document Root OrgChart
162. cons that appear in this tab see Symbols and Icons Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Getting Started StyleVision interface 23 2 2 4 Authentic Editor View The Authentic Editor View tab enables you to see how your Authentic XML document will look and to test it This is particularly useful if you wish to test the dynamic features of Authentic View For example you could test how Authentic View behaves when you Add new elements attributes entities Add new paragraphs or table rows Change values that affect conditional templates Add data via data entry devices for example combo boxes text fields and check boxes e Change image or link addresses Authentic Editor View and HTML Preview Authentic Editor View differs from HTML in that Authentic Editor View enables data entry to the XML document thus enabling dynamic changes to be made StyleVision creates a temporary XML file based on the Working XML File which is what is displayed in Authentic Editor View This temporary XML file accepts data from Auhentic Preview and any modification you make affects the display of the XML document in Authentic Editor View The HTML Preview on the other hand is exclusively an output document produced by a one time transformation of the XML document You cannot enter data in the HTML Preview The data that is being acted upon is that in the Working XML File Any change you make in the Document Design acts on the data i
163. ct Shares LeaveTotal LeaveUsed and LeaveLeft The default setting creates a header row for the table in which the header for each column is the name of the respective child element If the table grows from top to bottom you can also create a footer with or without sums of numeric columns Check the Create Footer and Summary for Numeric Fields check boxes Click OK to create the table To adjust the vertical spacing put a line break before the Department Name element and after the Department Person element This part of the Design Document will look like this Name gt c ontents lt Namel First Last Title PhoneExt its Last Title Phone xt contents contents contents contents First contents sum Person Notice that the column headers are the names of the child elements of the Person element and that a footer has been created with a sum of the numeric column for telephone extensions In the HTML Preview the corresponding output for the first department will look like this Administration First Last Title Calaby Clie sao Manager PhoneExt EMail Vernon v callaby nanonull com Frank Further Accounts 471 Receivable f further nanonull com Accounting Loby Matise Manager 963 matise nanonull com 2016 Modifying table properties To modify the table properties place the cursor anywhere in the table and click or
164. ct as the Document Element see File New You will not be able to see an Authentic Editor View or HTML Preview without assigning a Working XML File If a Working XML File has not been assigned and you click any preview tab you will be prompted to select a Working XML File Changing the Working XML File To change the Working XML File click File Assign Working XML File select the new Working XML File The new Working XML File is assigned Save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet if you want to keep the change Unassigning the Working XML File Open the StyleVision Power Stylesheet in an XML editor such as XMLSpy 2005 or a plain text editor such as Notepad The root element of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is lt structure gt Delete the contents of the workingxmlfile attribute of structure so that the attribute has an empty value The start tag of the structure element should now look something like this lt structure version 2 schemafile test xsd workingxmlfile templatexmlfile gt Save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The Working XML File is now unassigned Note that the Authentic Editor View in StyleVision cannot be used if no Working XML File is assigned Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 223 8 3 6 Edit Schema Definition in XMLSpy This command opens the schema file in XMLSpy 2005 so that you can edit it After you have edited and saved the modifications to your
165. ction of this documentation 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 174 Tips Handling components in the Design Document 5 2 Handling components in the Design Document A component in the Design Document can be a node including text nodes data entry device placeholder table image etc see Document design process Learning to handle components in the Design Document well will give you greater flexibility in using StyleVision and will enable you to create better StyleVision Power Stylesheets Given below are a few tips for handling components Placing schema nodes correctly When you drag nodes from the Schema Window and drop them into the Design Document place them in a structure that is efficient In the example below a static table is created within the Address element tags because all content of the table cells are planned to be children of the Address element Street postee contents pastel City po city gt ontents ipacity a paz gt contents Address Do not create the table outside the Address element and then drag the children of Address into the table cells In the example shown below the context node for the static table is not the Address element but the parent of Address Street Address gt lipo street gt contents ipo streel Address City Address gt pa street gt contents ipastree Address Peri Bades contents As a result t
166. ction to elements This action changes the selected HTML content to a contents placeholder This kind of a node is indicated in the schema tree by the symbol Alternatively you could have selected Surround selection with element which would have created an element node around the selected HTML content but would have left the HTML content as static text not dynamic text indicated by the contents placeholder Such an element node is indicated in the schema tree by the symbol Now click File Save to save the schema and XML files If you look at the XML file it should look something like this lt Article xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation C workarea html2xml article xsd gt lt Title gt A Sample Article lt Title gt lt Article gt The document element is Article and it has a child Title element which has the selected HTML content as its content Creating HTML content as an empty element node If when creating the Title node in the schema tree you had selected Surround selection with element the Title node would appear in the XML document but it would be empty the selected HTML content would not be passed on to the XML document as the content of the Title element You can try this out by doing the following 1 Inthe schema tree right click Title and select Delete This deletes the node in the schema tree and restores the contents placeholder to its original text for
167. cument with the result of the XPath evaluation The Auto Calculation feature is a useful mechanism for including e Calculations based on string or number operations on dynamic data e Calculations based on the dynamic structure of the document relative position of a node etc e Inserting dynamic XML content at any location in the output document Calculations based on string or number operations The result of an XPath operation on dynamic node content can be displayed at any location in the document The result can also be saved to an XML node if in the Auto Calculation dialog you specify an XML node to update Calculations based on the dynamic structure of the document Since an XPath expression can also operate on aspects of the document structure the Auto Calculation function can be used to display meta information about a dynamically changing document structure For example you can use it to count the number of Person elements in an Office element and in this way obtain the total number of employees in an office The result is dynamically updated as the number of Person elements changes Or you can use the position function of XPath to dynamically insert row numbers in a dynamic table Inserting dynamic XML content You can use the Auto Calculation function to insert content from any node in the document at another location and to save this data to another node The Auto Calculation function is a useful way to display dynamic c
168. curs above it ie Element Mg Attribute H Person Element with child elements Double clicking the element or the symbol to its left causes the element to expand collapse Global templates The entries in the global templates list are the global elements in an XML Schema or all elements in a DTD 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 212 User Reference Symbols and icons T Global Templates Department Name Person H Y Desc EMail Name Person F bold QF italic para Clicking an entry creates a default global template in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet A sign appears on the right of the element symbol indicating that a global template for this element now exists The default template which merely processes the element s contents with an xsl apply templates rule is now displayed in the Design Window where it can be modified If the global template for an element is removed by right clicking the global template entry and pressing Remove Global Template the sign disappears Design Window symbols and icons Element and attribute symbols can be moved around using drag and drop in the Design window The standard Cut Copy and Paste commands can also be used The following symbol and icons are displayed in the Design Window contents A Root element tags contents Placeholder for XML content of that elem
169. d HTML files Content editing with Authentic View Authentic View is an interface for editing an XML document that is linked to a StyleVision Power Stylesheet e When anew XML document is created it can be assigned a StyleVision Power Stylesheet and the document can then be edited in Authentic View using the document template and controls specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet e Existing XML documents can be assigned a StyleVision Power Stylesheet which must be based on the same schema as the XML file at any time and can be edited subsequently in Authentic View Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Introduction StyleVision and Authentic View 5 The user of Authentic View is not expected to be knowledgeable about either XML or the schema being used for the document The document display in Authentic View should make content editing as easy and non technical as possible It is therefore the task of the person who designs the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to produce a user friendly Authentic View display For detailed information about using Authentic View see the Authentic View documentation in the user manual of XMLSpy 2005 or Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition Authentic View in Altova Products Authentic View is a WYSIWYG view that enables users to edit XML documents in a GUI Authentic View is available as a view in the following Altova products Altova XMLSpy 2005 Enterprise Professional and Home
170. d XML document The content within the newly created node is static and is part of the Root Template of the generated StyleVision Power Stylesheet and XSLT You can format it as you do any template in StyleVision Convert selected table list to elements The whole HTML table or list will be imported as elements into the XML tree Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Quick Reference 205 Convert selected table list to attributes The whole HTML table or list will be imported as attributes into the XML tree When the selected HTML content is a table and you select either Convert selected table list to elements or Convert selected table list to attributes the following dialog box appears HTML Import selected table l x Do you want to import the selected table as static table Cancel as dynamic table table grows op down left right Creating the node as part of a table element is useful if the object is say a table cell and you wish to create an XML structure corresponding to the HTML table structure For a description of static and dynamic tables see Tables in StyleVision 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 206 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Quick Reference 7 2 3 Building the schema tree 2 You do not have to drag HTML content into the schema tree in order to be able to create elements You can d
171. d elements forming the columns of the table If the selected node is an attribute you might want to create the attribute as an image with the value of the attribute being the location of the image Or yet again you may wish to create the selected node as a data entry device to accept XML input in Authentic View Advanced processing You can build conditional templates to process a node in alternative ways depending on the value of any node in the XML document You can also use XPath expressions i to generate XML values from other XML content and ii to perform additional validation of nodes Formatting of content Precise formatting can be applied to any static or dynamic component in the design document Formatting properties include text and block styling as well as those for complex table layouts The above provides a broad outline of how a StyleVision Power Stylesheet is designed The more detailed aspects are explained in subsequent sections 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 30 Getting Started Working with StyleVision 2 3 2 Saving generated files When you save the document in the Design tab it is saved as a StyleVision Power Stylesheet sps file In order to generate and save XSLT stylesheets based on your design you must explicitly generate and save these files Additionally you can process the Working XML File with a stylesheet and save the resultant output You can save these generated
172. d table to the new location Moving dynamic content nodes When you move or copy dynamic content the XPath originally used to locate the node may be invalid in another location because the context node in the new location is different In this case an error message to this effect will appear and the node that has been moved to the new context will have a red strikethrough in its tags Location US lt Location lt 2 pestrec contents lt iparstee To correct such an error drag the correct context node to an adjacent location as shown here TE us Ean Address ASSN ipe steet gt contents pestres Then drag the descendant node into the context node as below Location 2notlAddress US Cocation lt 2 Address gt pa street gt c ontents bosteet contents The red strikethrough disappears indicating that the XPath in this location is now correct Delete the contents placeholder of the context node to complete the operation since you do not want its content to appear separately 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 176 Tips Selective processing of siblings 5 3 Selective processing of siblings Function An important requirement while selecting from among sibling elements of the same name is the ability to select by position For example you may wish to output only the first of several para elements equivalent to the XPath para 1 In your StyleVision Power Styles
173. d that only the Permitted Number of users actually use the Software at the same time The Permitted Number of concurrent users shall be delineated at such time as you elect to purchase the Software licenses d Backup and Archival Copies You may make one backup and one archival copy of the Software provided your backup and archival copies are not installed or used on any computer and further provided that all such copies shall bear the original and unmodified copyright patent and other intellectual property markings that appear on or in the Software You may not transfer the rights to a backup or archival copy unless you transfer all rights in the Software as provided under Section 3 e Home Use You as the primary user of the computer on which the Software is installed may also install the Software on one of your home computers for your use However the Software may not be used on your home computer at the same time as the Software is being used on the primary computer f Key Codes Upgrades and Updates Prior to your purchase and as part of the registration for the thirty 30 day evaluation period as applicable you will receive an evaluation key code You will receive a purchase key code when you elect to purchase the Software The purchase key code will enable you to activate the Software beyond the initial evaluation period You may not re license reproduce or distribute any key code except with the express written permission of Alto
174. der for the formats to be available when the file is next opened Creating a predefined format string A predefined format string is specific to a datatype To create a predefined format string do the following 1 Click Properties Predefined Format Strings The following dialog appears Predefined Format Strings g Predefined formats for date x A 2 Select a datatype from the drop down list in the combo box and then click the Append or Insert icon as required This pops up the Edit Format String dialog Edit Format String E J Format string is empty E Insert Field l Field Options Go to Error If you click the down arrow of the combo box a drop down list with the supplied predefined formats for that datatype is displayed shown in the screenshot below 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 300 User Reference Properties Edit Format String You can either select a format from the list and modify it or you can enter a format directly into the input field The syntax for defining a format is explained in Input Formatting If you need help with the syntax use the Insert Field and Field Options buttons 3 After you have defined a format click OK The format string is added to the list of predefined formats for that datatype and it will appear as an option in the Input Formatting dialog of the current SPS file when the selected element is of the corresponding datatype
175. document fragment you wish to link to You do this by specifying a URL in one of the following forms e astatic address that you enter you can select an HTML file via the Browse button and a fragment in the current document via the Bookmark button Examples would be http www altova com static Web page URL U documentation index html via Browse button or top_ of page via Bookmark button e a dynamic address that comes from a node in the XML document you specify the node An example would be a node such as otherdocs docl e a combination of static and dynamic text for an address you specify the static text and the XML document node An example would be www altova com department name intropara 4 Click OK The hyperlink is created and the component is underlined to indicate this Note When specifying the node for a dynamic hyperlink entry you can enter the XPath expression as an absolute XPath by checking the Absolute Path check box If this check box is not checked the XPath for the node you select via the Schema button is entered as being relative to the currently selected component Using unparsed entities For the dynamic part of a hyperlink address you can use the URI declared for an unparsed entity in the DTD if you are using a DTD For details of how to use unparsed entities see Using unparsed entity URIs Removing a hyperlink The link for the selected component can be removed by clicking the Remove
176. e for control of structure and global templates for universal application of certain rules What you use depends entirely on the output you want from your XML Note that StyleVision allows you to apply global templates within the Root Template So you can define a default formatting in a global template and then use it or override it in the Root Template General mechanism e A local template defines the processing of one particular element in the Root Template e A global template defines the processing of an element type For example a global template can be created for the element type title and this global template could then be used for any title element in the document e g book title chapter title section title etc e You can build variations in the global template by using conditional templates for particular elements for example book title could be given a different text color e Ifan element used in the Root Template has a global template defined for it either the local template or the global template can be used e fan element only has a global template defined then in order for the template to be processed and produce output it must be reached It is reached if there are other local or global templates that specify processing for each element in the hierarchy starting from the root element and reaching down to this element Elements for which Global Templates are allowed to be created When a schema is l
177. e Design Document as is the case with StyleVision Power Stylesheets is static text Undo s Now undo your changes till the Title element is again represented by the contents placeholder in the Design Document Notice that the Undo command works even though the file has been saved Do not delete the Title element If you delete the Title element that has been created to surround content any static content that is contained in that element in the Design Document will also be deleted In this case this is not what we want Adding more children elements Now convert the first HTML paragraph into a Para element that is a child of Article Your schema tree and Design Document should look like this when you have finished 2 Schema from HTML Import EZ Document Root m contents Karz Article F aa Para contents Paral Do not convert the second HTML paragraph into an element Additional elements In the schema tree you can also add elements that do not correspond to any HTML content You can right click a node and from the context menu that pops up choose whether to add a child element insert a sibling element before the selected node or append a sibling element Now do the following 1 Right click the Article node and from the context menu select Add Child element Notice that Insert element and Append element are grayed out This is because Article is the document element and cannot have any sibling Altova Sty
178. e can be contracted by double clicking either its start or end tag Deparment Name J Person gt To expand the contracted element attribute double click the contracted tag In large markup attributes are recognized by the symbol in the start and end tags of the attribute approved Hide all markup All XML markup is hidden Since the formatting seen in Authentic View is the formatting of the printed document this viewing mode is a WYSIWYG view of the document Content display In Authentic View content is displayed in two ways e Plain text You type in the text and this text becomes the content of the element or the value of the attribute Enter the department e Data entry devices The display contains either an input field text box a multiline input field combo box check box or radio button In the case of input fields and multiline input fields the text you enter in the field becomes the XML content of the element or the value of the attribute In the case of the other data entry devices your selection produces a corresponding XML value which is specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Thus the selection approved in the display example below could map to an XML value of 1 or to approved or anything else while not approved in the display could map to 0 or not approved or anything else Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 155 appro
179. e gt chema gt t gt lt Authentic Stylesheet gt Let us make two changes to this markup i Create a parent element called Output for the BasedoOn element and ii Convert the NewNode child element of BasedoOn to a child attribute and rename the attribute to Type This is how you would do it To create a parent for BasedoOn do the following in StyleVision 1 2 3 4 Right click the BasedOn element in the schema tree Select Insert element Rename the new element to Output Drag BasedoOn onto Output till the symbol indicating creation as child element appears and then drop it 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 196 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial Converting the NewNode child element to an attribute is described in the next section Creating schema attributes Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 197 7 1 7 Creating schema attributes Converting elements to attributes To convert the NewNode child element of Output BasedoOn to a child attribute right click NewNode and select Convert to attribute Then rename NewNode attribute to Type This part of the schema tree will look like this E Section Title Para Orderediist Output E f BasedOn J XML_Schema Authentic_Stylesheet a a E XML a XSLT The relevant XML file fragment will look like thi
180. e inserted anywhere in the document As with static and dynamic images hyperlink addresses can be contained in either the StyleVision Power Stylesheet or in the XML document or partly in both Static bookmarks A static named bookmark or anchor can be inserted anywhere in the document and can be referenced by a hyperlink Static and dynamic tables A static or dynamic table can be inserted anywhere in the document A static table is used to generate a table in the result document in which cell content comes from unrelated nodes in the document In the static table shown below nodes from anywhere in the schema can be dropped into any table cell Office gt Name gt contents ame A dynamic table below generates a table in the result document for a repeating data structure the child nodes form one dimension of the table while the element occurrences form the other dimension Name gt contents lt Name First Last Title PhoneExt First contents contents contents contents contents Firs sum Person epartment ffic Both static and dynamic tables can be re structured and re formatted as required Static and dynamic lists A static or dynamic list can be inserted anywhere in the document A static list is a list in which the list items are created directly in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet A dynamic list is one in which it is defined that multiple instances of
181. e processed for the Authentic View output 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 146 How To Use Parameters e The Edit Parameter dialog contains all the parameters that have been defined for the stylesheet e While it is an error to use an undeclared parameter in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet it is not an error to declare a parameter and not use it Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Unparsed Entity URIs 147 4 14 Unparsed Entity URIs If you are using a DTD and have declared an unparsed entity in it you can use the XSLT function unparsed entity uri to pass the URI of an unparsed entity from the DTD to the output In StyleVision you can use the unparsed entity uri function for the dynamic addresses of images and hyperlinks To use this function do the following 1 Define an entity in the DTD as unparsed and associate a URI with it lt ENTITY picture SYSTEM nanonull gif NDATA GIF gt The entity name can then be used in an XSLT stylesheet For example lt image source picture gt When the stylesheet is processed the URI associated with the entity name is substituted for the entity name IN StyleVision the option of treating a node value as the name of an unparsed entity is available in the Image Properties and Hyperlink Properties dialogs Static Dynamic Static and Dynamic Dynamic Address i Schema Use above field to e
182. e user of Authentic View the option of entering data as a table in Authentic View This data will be displayed as a table in Authentic View but will not automatically be displayed as a table in HTML output This is because no default processing for the XML table elements is defined In order to obtain table formatting in the HTML output you must either i define a global template for the table element or ii manually define your own templates to provide processing for the XML table elements and add these templates to the generated XSLT files If you wish to have a table in your HTML output we recommend that you use static and or dynamic SPS tables Defining the table content model in the schema The table element in the schema must have a content model corresponding to either the HTML or the Exchange model subset of the CALS table model The content model of the table element in your schema must correspond exactly with either of these two table models i e all elements and attributes defined in the table model must be correspondingly present in the element content model For information about the CALS table model see the CALS table model at OASIS For an example of a table element having an HTML table structure see the HTML OrgChart XML Schema in the Examples folder HTML OrgChart xsd A table model corresponding to the HTML table model would have a structure as shown in the XML fragment below lt table gt lt tbody gt lt tr gt lt td
183. eated when the dynamic table is defined You do this by checking the Create Header and Create Footer options in the Create Dynamic Table dialog Appending or inserting a row within a dynamic table does not create headers or footers but an extra row The difference is significant Real headers and footers are added to the top and bottom of a table respectively If a row is inserted or appended then the row occurs for each occurrence of the element that has been created as a dynamic table Nested dynamic tables You can nest one dynamic table within another dynamic table if the element for which the nested dynamic table is to be created is a child of the element that has been created as the containing dynamic table Do the following 1 Create the outer dynamic table so that the child element to be created as a dynamic table is created as a column 2 Inthe dynamic table in Design View right click the child element 3 Select Change to Table This pops up the Create Dynamic Table dialog 4 Define the properties of the nested dynamic table To nest a dynamic table in a static table drag the element to be created as a dynamic table into the required cell of the static table When you drop it select Create Table from the context menu that appears Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Tables 123 Tables for elements with text content To create columns or rows for child elements the element bein
184. eceeeeeeeceaecaeeereeaeeneeeneeeees 156 4 16 5 Features and their usage cccccscssecsseceseceseceeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeceeesaees 157 Tables in Authentic Vicw ccccccccccccccccssecccssececsceccsecsesseecessecssseesssseecssseessasensaes 158 Dat PICKER esses sivivossccchbestatetes sinadinns cavivastaxisisyeiatoies sane d avssaiVevesixe A Ei 165 Define Entities ceccccccccecccecescesecssecnecsecscecsecsecscesseceeceaecaeeeeeesecseeeneeaeseaeeaeeeees 166 Images in Authentic Vicw ccccccccceccecceceeseeeecucetseeeecesecueeeeeesecueeeeeeeeneeeatentes 168 Keystrokes in Authentic View cccccccccccccceesceecesetsseescececieeeseeecueeeeeeeeenseeateates 169 Tips 172 The schema for the Style Vision Power Stylesheet 0 cceccescceseeseeeeceeeceeeeneeeeneeeeees 173 Handling components in the Design Document 0 cccccsceeseesseeseeesseceneceseenseenaeens 174 Selective processing Of Sibling Sisian ienris N E 176 Manually editing generated XSLT oo cc ceeccesseeseeseeceeeeeeeeeeseecseecaeeceecueceaeenaeenaeens 177 Troubleshooting 180 HTML to XML Conversion 184 HTML to XMI Tutorial aenean n a E E R N tonnes 185 TAI Opening the HTML screens nesis a ES 186 7 1 2 The starting schema and XML files 00 0 0 eceeceeseeeceeeeesececeeeeeeceeeeaeeeeeeaeeaeens 187 7 1 3 Creating element nodes siiairc a a oa S 188 71 4 Importing an HIME list 2 si2c csctcdecesecidestidesiescsscasssccseasencdevtccaeavanasetecanessteder 192 TALS Creat
185. ed PUBLIC as the Type enter the public identifier of your resource in the PUBLIC field If you have selected Internal or SYSTEM as your Type the PUBLIC field is disabled 5 Inthe Value Path field you can enter any one of the following e If the entity type is Internal enter the text string you want as the value of your entity Do not enter quotes to delimit the entry Any quotes that you enter will be treated as part of the text string Note that entities are a good mechanism for including Unicode characters in your document do this by entering the Unicode number as the value of Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 167 an internal entity If the entity type is SYSTEM enter the URI of the resource or select a resource on your local network by using the Browse button If the resource contains parsed data it must be an XML file i e it must have a xm1 extension Alternatively the resource can be a binary file such as a GIF file e Ifthe entity type is PUBLIC you must additionally enter a system identifier in this field 6 The NDATA entry tells the processor that this entity is not to be parsed but to be sent to the appropriate processor The NDATA field should therefore be used with unparsed entities only Dialog features You can append insert and delete entities by clicking the appropriate buttons You can also sort entities on the alphabetical value of any column by clicki
186. eecsaeenseseaeenseenes 298 8 9 4 Predefined Format Strings ccccccccescceecseseseeeeeeeeeseecseecseecaecsaeceseenseenseeaes 299 89 5 Selected Obj Ct iisi i aa E EE ai 301 8 10 Tools ceesssiseecsasetxteckasact ohpvsiderais ncaa N E E A 302 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 8 10 Spelling nenene A REEE ER A E E N EE 303 8 10 2 Spelling options ccccccccsscssecesecenecesecseeceeeeseeeeeeeesseeeseeesaeeseeessecneceeeseeees 304 BANOS CUStOMIZE ronie r E EE R AA TE R 307 8 104 Optone eynine E E Sai 312 Sl Help serpisodidan a E E E E AE RERE 313 8 11 1 Table of contents oo cccesccssecesecenecseeseeeseeesceeeseeesaeecseecseecsaecsseceaeenseenseeees 314 Pe Dea hoe o gt E etree ere creer peter oon erere re trent crete errr E E 315 SA3 Ocarane E E AE E sade deve TERRE 316 BUA Registratioienie oenn a eE AEAEE A R TRE 317 8 115 Order formises scssiccsstsascasavesccasssesccasasesdueanveadagaavecdut EEE E ES 318 SAIL SUPPOrl Cente tsenseeris enn o a R oa oE a o E Sy 319 B17 FAQ On the Webneprreniceiomicarri in a A E S 320 8 11 8 Components download ccccesccesssssecseeceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeseecseeeeeeaecnseeeaeenseeees 321 8 11 9 StyleVision on the Internet 2 ee ccecceesceecceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseecnaeceeeeeeseeees 322 8 11 10 About StyleVision ccc cccseecccsssiasccsssecscacssscceacovtcosacedtacsndadedeseaaasacensasveceess 323 8 12 Context MENUS srren sean chavsel esasaee us caaaaud dodaags TEA S 32
187. eeeeseeenneeaees 124 ABA KML tableg cies fesecsdesncestecnsoanscvsvseedtessseni Gobesenducssecied chats nd detQussesnceseagnceteenedereaueey 126 4 9 Autto Calculations ecceccceceescesecsseeseesececesseseecaecaeeeneeaecaeeeceseecaeeaeseeceaecaeeeeeeaeenaeeates 130 4 10 Conditional templates 2 0 0 ccccccccesecsssceeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeseeescecsaecsaecsaecaeceseceaeeeeeesereseneesss 133 ALD Date PICKET iccs cect ccs exec Laveeussstasticavagenencidnsncted neanecsaiasecdes ander cenedacest satdersaravacherneacecutiateds 136 4 12 Input Formatting 0 cc ccccesccssecesecsseceseceeeceeeeeeceeesecsseeeseecsaecsaecaecaeceseeeaeeseeeseeeseneeses 138 4 13 Parameters sn E E E eee tee nie enema cas 145 4 14 Unparsed Entity URIS ccociesissstisseadeam ies eetecpedavincotiseiienmuneedaoedeinsindednde iene 147 4 15 StyleVision from the command line 0 0 cece ccceesseeseeenceescecseeceaeceaecesecnseeeeeeneneennenaes 148 4 16 Authentic View sais oateriectantvatancviesan vis na e A sistas eee anaemia 150 4 16 1 Overview of the GUI oo eee cceeceeeeceseeseeereesecaeeeeeeseceaeeaeeeeaecaeeeneeaecaeeateeees 151 4 16 2 Authentic View toolbar icons ccsccesccesscessceseceeeceeeeeeseeeneeeseeeseesaeecseessaees 152 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 5 1 3 2 5 3 5 4 7 2 8 4 16 3 Authentic View main Window eccseeeesecseeeseeeeceeeeseeeeceaecaeeereeaeenaeeaeeeees 154 4 16 4 Authentic View context Menus 2 0 0 ceeeccesecsceeeeeeec
188. eet Looping through a nodeset A common feature of XML documents is the repeating data structure For example an office department typically has several employees The data for each of these employees is stored in Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Introduction StyleVision features 9 a data structure which is repeated for each employee Similarly the data for each department in the office is stored in a repeating data structure In the StyleVision Power Stylesheet the processing for each such data structure is defined in a single template and the rules of this template are applied to each node in the nodeset in turn Diam N ENET Location of logo Erei contents Name gt contents lt Name Office aN ame Ae Name Office OrgChart lt Creating a template for Office Name causes the names of all three offices to be output as shown below Nan hull Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart Nanonull Inc Nanonull Partners Inc Nanonull Europe AG Conditional templates Conditions can be attached to a template This allows you to specify alternative processing for different XPath based conditions For example a condition can specify that a template apply only to the first node in a nodeset or that nodes with numerical values above a certain value be processed differently than those with a value equal to or less than that value contents xa lt First The screenshot abo
189. eleted and click the menu item Table Delete Column Table Delete Row or Table Delete Table respectively If you have nested tables the table immediately containing the cursor will be deleted when the Table Delete Table command is used Toolbar table editing icons The table editing icons in the second row of the toolbar are shortcuts to the Table menu commands These commands allow you to insert delete edit the structure of and assign formatting properties to the dynamic table These icons can also be used for static tables They cannot be used for XML tables since XML tables cannot be created in StyleVision but must be created in Authentic View by the user XML tables can only be enabled in StyleVision Creating dynamic tables in global templates You can also create dynamic tables in global templates The process works in the same way as for the Root Template given above The important point to note is that in a global template a dynamic table can only be created for descendant elements of the global template node it cannot be created for the global template node itself For example if you wish to create a dynamic table for the element authors within a global template then this dynamic table must be created within the global template of the parent element of authors It cannot be created within the global template of the authors element 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 124 How To Use Tables 4
190. eleted at the end of the processing e The verbose option provides a detailed report of all steps carried out during the processing of the command e When specifying HTML output make sure that the generated file is placed in a location in which relative paths to images etc will point correctly to their targets 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 150 How To Use Authentic View 4 16 Authentic View In StyleVision you can preview the Authentic View of an XML document that has been assigned as the Working XML File to the currently open Altova StyleVision 2005 This preview is available when you click the Authentic Preview tab in the Main Window of StyleVision In order for the Authentic Preview to be enabled you must assign the currently open StyleVision Power Stylesheet a Working XML File File Assign Working XML File This section provides An overview of the interface A description of the toolbar icons specific to Authentic View A description of viewing modes available in the main Authentic Preview window A description of the context menus available at various points in the Authentic View of the XML document e A detailed description of how to use various Authentic View features Additional sources of Authentic View information are e An Authentic View Tutorial which shows you how to use the Authentic View interface This tutorial is available in the documentation of the Altova XMLSpy 2005 and Altova
191. elong to a single namespace Schema modules that belong to different namespaces can be combined by using the xsd import element Since each schema has its own elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes mixed values across combined schemas can produce complex namespace prefixing in StyleVision These rules are given in Schemas with multiple namespaces Namespace binding When the XML instance document is created it will be in the target namespace The namespace declaration in the XML document can bind the target namespace to any prefix It does not necessarily have to be the same binding as that used in the schema or StyleVision Power Stylesheet What is important is that the namespace URI referenced by the namespaces in each document be the same So even though a namespace in the schema has a prefix of doc in the schema the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and the generated XSLT stylesheets for HTML and the same namespace has a prefix of org in the XML instance document the XML instance file is valid and will transform correctly with the stylesheets If you are creating an StyleVision Power Stylesheet for use with Authentic View we recommend that you create a Template XML File that uses the same prefixes as those used in the schema and StyleVision Power Stylesheet This would ensure that an XML file based on your StyleVision Power Stylesheet will have the same namespace prefixes as your schema and StyleVision Power Stylesheet Al
192. ement e2 appears in the Elements Entry Helper so that it can be inserted if desired screenshot below Pressing the tab key in e1 takes the user to e3 Parent EDFirst ENED lt E lt parent Al parent alje The above content model scenario is the only scenario Authentic View considers unambiguous All other cases are considered ambiguous and in order for Authentic View to disambiguate and efficiently display the desired elements the design must adhere to a few simple rules These are explained below 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 104 How To Use Adding Elements Ambiguous content model For Authentic View to correctly and efficiently display elements correctly while an XML document is being edited the StyleVision Power Stylesheet must adhere to the following rules e Child elements will be displayed in the order in which they are laid out in the design e In order for Authentic View to disambiguate among sibling child elements all child elements should be laid out in the design document in the required order and within a single parent node If the sibling relationship is to be maintained in Authentic View it is incorrect usage to lay out each child element of a single parent inside multiple instances of the parent node These two rules are illustrated with the following example We consider a content model of an element parent which consists of a single sequence of mandatory child elements Thi
193. en test your StyleVision Power Stylesheet with different data to check that various data input scenarios are covered Your StyleVision Power Stylesheet is correct in the first respect i e correctness of XPath expressions if you have followed this tutorial exactly There is however one significant data input scenario that has not been covered This is as follows Suppose the Authentic View user selects a value in the Location combo box say US and then creates the Address element and enters data into the child elements of Address Suppose now that the user for whatever reason changes the value in the Location combo box to EU The add Address EU prompt appears and the user does add the Address_EU element The XML document now contains an Address element as well as an Address_EU element this is invalid since the schema specifies that either of the two but not both must be present To cover this data input scenario you can take one of the following measures e Inform the Authentic View user about not adding a second address element in a pop up message that appears on mousing over the Location combo box You can enter the message in the User Info field of the Authentic Node Settings for the Location node This however does not prevent the user from going ahead and doing just what is not supposed to be done e Make the Location combo box non editable once an address element has been created for the Office and explaining this t
194. en the table is formatted in Authentic View the appropriate attributes and their values are added to the relevant elements in the XML document Defining schema elements for the selected table model In the combo box select the table model CALS or HTML with which you want your schema table structure to correspond This combo box is enabled only if the Enable XML tables check box has been checked Note the following points e The table elements in the schema must correspond exactly with the structure of the selected table model either CALS or HTML to ensure the correct functioning of this feature however they do not need to have the same names as those of the table model elements e If a table element in the schema is named differently from the corresponding element in the selected table model then the schema element must be mapped to the corresponding table model element by entering its name in the User Defined column of the CALS HTML Table Properties dialog Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic 281 e The names of all attributes of schema table elements must correspond exactly with the relevant attribute names in the table model These attributes must therefore be defined in the schema Attribute names must correspond exactly because when the Authentic View user modifies the table structure or enters for HTML tables table properties Authentic View enters attributes and enters modi
195. ence 203 7 2 1 Importing the HTML file Importing the HTML file To import an HTML file into StyleVision for conversion to XML click the menu item HTML Import Open HTML file or File Open HTML file and select the required HTML file The selected file will be imported into the Main Window and a schema tree with a document element called Root will be created in the Schema Window 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 204 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Quick Reference 7 2 2 Building the schema tree 1 Creating HTML content as child or sibling When you select HTML content and drag it to a node in the schema tree you could create it as a child element or attribute or as a sibling element or attribute a sibling attribute is an attribute of the selected node s parent The icons that appear in either case are as follows Re Indicates creation as child node of the highlighted schema tree node Some nodes can have both children and siblings In these cases the icon for accepting siblings appears when the cursor is moved to the left side of the node To create a child or sibling node release the mouse button when the appropriate icon appears Indicates creation as sibling node of the highlighted schema tree node Converting HTML content to an XML node type After selecting whether the HTML content is to be created as a child or a sibling you select whether it is to be created as an ele
196. ent It corresponds to the xsl apply templates rule You can select the placeholder and apply formatting to it this formatting will be applied to the XML content of the element You can also delete the contents placeholder P Blova gt Person contents Person Altova lt Start and end tags of elements An element inserted from the schema tree is inserted with the correct ancestors relative to the location into which it is dropped gt Altova Person q A contracted element tag Tags can be expanded contracted by double clicking Mar gt contents lt Mal Attribute tags contain the prefix contents e An input field The width can be adjusted by dragging the right border Shares gt contents Conditional template tags are blue and contain a question Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Symbols and icons 213 ET Toolbar items mark An Auto Calculation is indicated by an equals to sign followed by the first characters of the XPath expression used for the Auto Calculation Most toolbar items are intuitive and display a tooltip when you mouseover Some are specific to XSLT 1 0 XSLT 20 StyleVision Select XSLT 1 0 Uses XSLT 1 0 as the XSLT language version of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and any generated XSLT stylesheet Also selects the XSLT 1 0 processor for internal processing of StyleVision Power Stylesheet or XSLT stylesheets
197. ent will now look like this gt raChart gt CompanyLogo A hret 4 Name gt contents lt Name OrgChart lt A The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this the data comes from the Working XML File and is the value of the href attribute nanonull gif Organization Chart Note that the href attribute has been created as an input field while the Name element was created as contents The Authentic View user will be able to edit both types of display The input field however indicates more clearly to the user that data in this field can be modified Adding non XML XSLT text In order to indicate what data is contained in the input field text can be added before the input field This text is part of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet it does not come from the XML document To add text to the XSLT document type it into the Design Document at the required location In your StyleVision Power Stylesheet do the following 1 Place the cursor before the start tag of the CompanyLogo element and press Enter This adds a line break 2 Type Location of logo before the opening tag of the href attribute The Design Document now looks like this Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Processing attribute values for output 37 gt DrgChart gt Companylogo gt Location of logo contents Name gt contents lt Name Orathar lt 7 The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like
198. ents Person 6 Delete the contents placeholder of the Person element 7 Drag the First element into the Design Window and drop it between the tags of the condition you created in the previous step and create it as contents 8 Do the same for the Last element This part of the footer row will now look like this Person gt Shares lt 0 gt First gt contents Fis Last contents Las 2 Person 9 We now want to put commas after each non shareholder except the last in the list To do this place the cursor after the end tag of the Last element and insert a condition The XPath should be following sibling Person Shares lt 0 or not Shares The XPath location axis is following sibling which checks the following siblings of the current Person element The condition searches for following sibling Person elements which contain either Share child elements with values equal to or less than 0 or which contain no Shares Child element 10 Insert a comma and a space This puts a comma and space in the output if the condition is evaluated as true If not evaluated as true the conditional template is skipped Then put a period after the Person end tag This causes a period to be inserted after all the Person elements have been looped through The Design Window of this part of the footer will look like this Shares lt 0 gt First gt contents lt Fist Last gt contents lt Lastl position l gt lt 2 lt 2 lt P
199. er rows of the table A row is selected by placing the cursor inside it Note Each row of a dynamic table represents an occurrence of a repeatable element within the set of all those repeatable elements 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 286 User Reference Authentic 8 7 7 Markup With the Markup command you can select between the Hide Markup and Show Full Markup modes In Hide Markup mode node tags are not displayed In Show Full Markup mode opening and closing tags with their node names are displayed Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic 287 8 7 8 Define Entities The Define Entities command is available only in Authentic View With the Define Entities command in Authentic View you can define entities that you want to add to your XML document After an entity has been defined it can be inserted in the XML document by right clicking at the location where you wish to insert the entity and from the context menu that pops up selecting Insert Entity and then the name of the entity to be inserted An entity that you define with this command can be any of three types e Internal parsed entity The value of the entity is a text string that usually occurs frequently in the document Using an entity ensures that all occurrences are expanded to the value defined here e External parsed entity This is an external XML file that will replace each occurren
200. ers and footers When you create a dynamic table you can specify whether you wish to include headers and or footers Footers are allowed only when the table grows top down You can create a header and footer in a static table by manually inserting a top and bottom row respectively The structures of headers and footers in both static and dynamic tables can be modified by splitting and joining cells Navigating in tables Use the Tab and arrow keys to navigate the table cells Adding cell content You can inset any type of StyleVision Power Stylesheet component as the content of a cell The component should be formatted using the standard formatting tools See Tables for a description of the various types of tables used in StyleVision Power Stylesheets and CALS HTML Table properties for a description of how to enable XML tables for the Authentic View user Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 257 8 6 1 Insert Table The Insert Table command inserts an empty static table into the design tab Selecting this command opens a dialog box which allows you to define the size of the table in terms of its rows and columns You can change this structure subsequently by appending inserting and deleting rows and or columns To insert a dynamic table see Creating dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 258 User Reference Table 8 6 2 Delete
201. erson 11 You still have to make allowance for the event that there are no non shareholders in a department i e all department employees are shareholders To cover this eventuality place the cursor before the period and insert a condition The XPath should be count Person count Person Shares gt 0 Insert the text None between the tags of the condition as shown below lt Person count Pers gt None 2 12 Format the entire footer row text suitably 13 Save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and refresh the Authentic View of the Working XML File 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 76 Tutorial Creating the Table Footer The Authentic View of the dynamic table with the footer modifications will look like this Administration Frenk Further art fah ull t er peceivable er nanonull com Accounting Loby 963 Lmatise nanonullcom addShares 25 7 Manager Employees 3 20 of Office 9 of Company Shares 1500 13 of Office 6 of Company Non Shareholders Frank Further Loby Matise Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Text formatting with global templates and text state icons 77 3 12 Text formatting with global templates and text state icons The schema NanonullOrg xsd contains two elements that are intended for applying text styling These two elements are bold and italic they are child elements of para and are recursive with r
202. erson lt gt first last age 3 You could modify the list item further as follows Add the text shown in the illustration below The equals to symbol indicates an Auto Calculation it returns the position of the current person element in the node set gt ist gt person gt 1 Employee position contents sl lt person lt is 7 The HTML Preview looks like this 1 Employee 1 Newman 2 Employee 2 Kilroy 3 Employee 3 Kingsley Usage Advanced The following issues which are related to more complex list structures in schemas are considered e Schemas often have separate elements for numbered lists and for bulletted lists However they usually have a common listitem type element An example is the HTML language in which both the ol and ul elements have 1 as the listitem element In this kind of scenario it is best to define global templates for both the o1 and ul elements Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Lists 115 making sure to create the correct element as the list Shown below is a view of the Design Document for the global template of an o1 type element Document Root lt lists me contents ol i li para H ul Global Templates lt li The 1i element was dragged from the content model of the o1 element in the Global Templates list in the Schema Window and was created a
203. es Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Data entry devices 111 4 6 3 Check boxes You can create a check box as a data entry device This enables you to constrain user input to one of two choices In the Edit Check Box dialog shown below you specify the XML values to map to the checked and unchecked events x for Element Name Cancel checked values true 1 Unchecked value false In the above screenshot an element called Name has been created as a check box If the Authentic View user checks the check box a value of t rue will be entered as the value of the element Name If the value is unchecked then the value false is entered as the XML value of Name as defined in the dialog To edit the properties of the check box right click the check box not the node and select Edit Properties from the context menu that pops up Note When a new Name or check box element is created in Authentic View its XML value is empty it is not the Unchecked Value The Unchecked Value is entered only after the check box has first been checked and then unchecked To have a default value in a node create a Template XML file that contains the default value 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 112 How To Use Data entry devices 4 6 4 Buttons There are two types of button radio buttons and buttons Radio buttons allow the Authentic View user to enter data i
204. es not apply to Evaluation and or Pre release Software b No Other Warranties and Disclaimer THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY AND REMEDIES STATE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ALTOVA OR Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Appendices Software Product License 337 ITS SUPPLIER S BREACH OF WARRANTY ALTOVA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING THE SOFTWARE EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY AND FOR ANY WARRANTY CONDITION REPRESENTATION OR TERM TO THE EXTENT WHICH THE SAME CANNOT OR MAY NOT BE EXCLUDED OR LIMITED BY LAW APPLICABLE TO YOU IN YOUR JURISDICTION ALTOVA AND ITS SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS OR TERMS EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER BY STATUTE COMMON LAW CUSTOM USAGE OR OTHERWISE AS TO ANY OTHER MATTERS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ALTOVA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SATISFACTORY QUALITY INFORMATIONAL CONTENT OR ACCURACY QUIET ENJOYMENT TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE AND THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS YOU MAY HAVE OTHERS WHICH VARY FROM STATE JURISDICTION TO STATE JURISDICTION c Limitation Of Liability TO THE MAX
205. esheet as user friendly as possible The WYSIWYG Authentic View of an XML document can be printed directly to a printer e To generate an XSLT stylesheet to obtain HTML output from the source XML The illustration below shows how StyleVision StyleVision Power Stylesheets and Authentic View can be used in an XML environment Authentic View Altova StyleVision and Preview DTD or XML Schema XSLT HTML Printer Note Altova XMLSpy 2005 and Altova Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition have built in Altova XSLT processors So XML documents created in the Authentic View of these products can be processed with a StyleVision generated XSLT stylesheet directly from within the interface Additionally the Enterprise and Professional editions of XMLSpy 2005 also include support for external XSLT processors and FO processors This means that from within XMLSpy 2005 Enterprise and Professional editions you can use either the built in XSLT processor or an XSLT processor of your choice to obtain HTML output Design Document HTML Preview Working XML File 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 4 Introduction StyleVision and Authentic View 1 3 StyleVision and Authentic View The StyleVision Power Stylesheet you create with StyleVision is used to control the display of an XML document in Authentic View a document view available in Altova products see Authentic View in Altova Products With Aut
206. espaces can be combined by using the xsd import element lt xsd schema targetNamespace http www xmlspy com schemas orgchart xmlns xsd http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns org http www xmlspy com schemas orgchart xmlns ipo http www altova com IPO elementFormDefault qualified attributeFormDefault qualified gt lt xsd import namespace http www altova com IPO schemaLocation address xsd gt If the imported schema also has its elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault set to qualified all namespace prefixes are exposed as shown below C Program Files AltovaMLSPY2004 E xamples N anonull0rg xsd Document Root org OrgChart org CompanyLogo org href org Name S org Office ora Name org Desc org Location orgAddress orgAddress_EU ipo export code ipo name ipo street ipo city ipo postcode Important The elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes apply to the schema they are in The values of these attributes in an importing schema do not override the values of these attributes in an imported schema Note also that the default value of these two attributes is unqualified Namespace prefixing with combined schemas Since each schema has its own elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes mixed values across the various schemas can produce complex namespace prefixing The rules followed by StyleVision are given in the t
207. espect to themselves and each other i e they can occur multiple times within themselves and each other The boldand italic elements can occur at any location and at multiple locations within a para element Since their location cannot be precisely fixed in the Design Document the formatting for these two elements must be specified in a global template Creating a global template for the bold element 1 Inthe Schema Window expand the Global Templates entry A tree showing all the elements for which global templates are allowed is displayed C Program Files Altova xmispy E samples Z Document Root OrgChart Global Templates Department Desc EMail Name Person H bold italic para E Page Layout PDF 2 Select the bold element The bold element in the Global Templates tree is marked with a to indicate that a global template has been created In the Design Window the view changes to show the bold element which has a contents placeholder see below bold dean pe Dold 3 Note that the entire element is selected Keeping the element selected in the Text Style Window select the Text tab and set font weight to bold The global template is now created with bold formatting Alternatively you could select the contents placeholder and assign the bold formatting bold AA pod 4 Nowcheck the HTML Preview All text in para elements that
208. eted by selecting it and pressing the Del key on the keyboard It can also be inserted for a node by placing the cursor inside the node tags right clicking and selecting Insert Contents Note You can create an empty template rule by deleting the contents placeholder of a node An empty template rule is useful if you wish to define that some node have no template applied to it i e produce no output Also see Processing attribute values for output Processing element content for output Data entry devices and Rest of Contents 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 248 User Reference Insert 8 5 7 Rest of Contents The Rest of Contents command inserts the rest of contents placeholder for that node This placeholder represents the content of unused child nodes of the current node it corresponds to the xsl apply templates rule of XSLT applied to the unused elements and text nodes of the current element Note that templates are not applied for child attributes Use the rest of contents placeholder in situations where you wish to process one child element in a specific way and apply templates to its siblings It is important to apply templates to siblings in order to avoid the possibility that the siblings are not processed This enables you to reach elements lower down in the document hierarchy The rest of contents placeholder can be deleted by selecting it and pressing the Del key on the keyboard It can
209. evice Data in XML File Input Field Text Box Text entered by user Multiline Input Field Text entered by user Combo box User selection mapped to value Check box User selection mapped to value Radio button User selection mapped to value Button User selection mapped to value The values entered in the text input fields are entered directly as XML content For the other data entry devices the Authentic View user s selection is mapped to a value StyleVision enables you to define the list of options the user will see and the XML value to which each option is mapped Typically you will define the options and their corresponding values in a dialog Usage To create a data entry device do the following 1 Drag a node from the Schema window into the Design Window and drop it at the desired location 2 From the context menu that appears select the data entry device you wish to create the node as 3 For some data entry devices a dialog pops up In these cases enter the required information in the dialog and click OK To reopen and edit the properties of a data entry device right click the data entry device not the node containing it and select the menu option Edit Properties Alternatively click Properties Selected object Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Data entry devices 107 Note e Data can be entered in data entry devices only in Authentic View e Data entry devices ca
210. f as multiple paragraphs Cause In the Design Document the node as opposed to the contents placeholder has been assigned the predefined Paragraph p format Solution Select the node and assign it a predefined format of Normal Then select the contents placeholder and assign it a predefined format of Paragraph p See Formatting the components An Auto Calculation does not update the XML node specified in the Auto Calculation dialog Cause 1 The XPath specified for the Auto Calculation does not use a value from the XML file and or 2 none of the nodes used in the Auto Calculation XPath has had its XML value modified In other words in order for a node in the XML file to be updated with the result of an Auto Calculation the XPath used in the Auto Calculation i must use at least the value of one node in the XML file as an operand in the calculation and ii at least one of those XML values operated on in the Auto Calculation XPath must be modified in Authentic View Solution Force the Authentic View user to modify the value of a node used in the XPath for Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Troubleshooting 181 the Auto Calculation You could do this explicitly with a message to the user via Authentic Node Settings or implicitly by creating an XPath for the Auto Calculation that uses a node which must be updated If you are using a static value as the XPath of your Auto Calculation such as a stri
211. f the first condition to be evaluated as true is processed the other conditions in the template are ignored even if one or more of them evaluate to true Note therefore that the order in which the conditions are listed is significant e Optionally an Otherwise condition can be specified for the event that none of the previous conditions evaluates to true e f particular processing is required to match different conditions i e if the conditions are not mutually exclusive then separate conditional templates must be constructed for these conditions The non exclusive conditions should not be included in the same conditional template Usage 1 Place the cursor where the conditional output is required or select the node or static content or both around which the condition is to be created 2 Right click and select Insert Condition The Edit XPath expression dialog appears It looks like this Edit XPath expression Expression Select Schema Attribute or Element Select Operator Select Function Selector are Operator Operands Description Function any equal boolean any Z Document Root any not equal ceiling number OrgChart peg number less concat string st antes number greater concat string st H CompanyLogo number less or equal contains string Name number greater or equ count nodes DateToday number add false Office number subtract floor number
212. fies attribute values for the appropriate element in the XML file If these attributes are not present in the schema or are named or spelled differently in the schema then the XML file will be invalid After selecting the appropriate model all elements in the selected model which do not exist in the table structure of the schema or which do not have a corresponding schema element specified for it are displayed in red If a schema element exists that corresponds to a CALS HTML element then you must map this element to the corresponding CALS HTML element Note When all the elements in the CALS HTML Table Properties dialog are displayed in black this means that the schema contains elements that correspond to the elements of the selected table model If an element name in the Default column is displayed in red this indicates that either no corresponding schema element exists or that a corresponding schema element exists but has not been mapped to the table model element in the latter case you must enter the name of the corresponding schema element into the User Defined column Caution If all the element names are displayed in black be aware that this does not necessarily mean that the table structure of the schema corresponds exactly with the selected table model There may still be additional elements in the table structure of the schema that could cause errors You should carefully check your schema for this Also check the attributes of
213. files using one of two methods e Using the File Save Generated Files command e Calling StyleVision from the command line There is one significant difference between the two methods If you use the File Save Generated Files command files assigned to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet are used for the processing for example the Working XML File Note e You must save all changes to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet before saving generating files e Output HTML files are generated by default by processing the Working XML File assigned to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet If you wish to use an alternative XML file you can use StyleVision from the command line Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Chapter 3 Tutorial 32 Tutorial 3 Tutorial The aim of this tutorial is to create a StyleVision Power Stylesheet for a company with offices in the US and EU After the StyleVision Power Stylesheet has been created it can be used to edit an XML document in Authentic View To do this the XML document must be linked to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The following general points apply to this tutorial Previewing the outputs and checking for differences among them While you create the StyleVision Power Stylesheet in StyleVision you can directly preview the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and HTML output in StyleVision To do this you must assign a Working XML File to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet You should
214. footer of the Extensions column which sums up the telephone extension numbers of employees This summary was created when the table was created because you checked the Summary for Numeric Fields checkbox and because the PhoneExt element is defined as an integer datatype To delete the summary auto calculation click it and press Delete Note that when the cursor is in the footer the context node is Department Summarizing the shares in departments E 1 Place the cursor in the Shares column footer and click LJ or Table Join Cell Right thrice in order to combine these cells into one cell 2 Type in Shares 3 Insert an Auto Calculation to sum the number of shares held by department employees The XPath expression will be sum Person Shares 4 Insert an Auto Calculation to sum the number of shares held by department employees as a percentage of shares held by all shareholders in that office The XPath expression willbe round sum Person Shares div sum Department Person Shares 100 The round function is used to round off the result of the Auto Calculation 5 Insert an Auto Calculation to sum the number of shares held by department employees as a percentage of shares held by all shareholders in the whole company The XPath expression will be round sum Person Shares div sum Office Department Person Shares 100 6 Insert text so that your output reads Shares X Y of Office Z of Company
215. g 312 for output files 312 changing in active SPS 224 Enter key 169 effects of using 169 Entities 166 287 defining in Authentic View 166 287 unparsed 147 Evaluation key 317 for your Altova software 317 Exit 232 StyleVision 232 Expanding and collapsing elements in Authentic View 133 F FAQs on StyleVision 320 File 220 closing SPS 220 opening SPS 219 File menu 217 Files 231 open recently used in StyleVision 231 Find 236 command in Authentic Preview 236 command in Authentic Preview 238 FO 17 compliance levels Enterprise Edition 17 setting up in StyleVision Enterprise Edition 17 Footers 124 for large tables 124 in Authentic tables 73 in SPSs 256 FOP 17 in StyleVision Enterprise Edition 17 Format 211 marking 211 defining for Inout Formatting 299 Formatting 44 in SPS 44 in SPSs 215 244 in StyleVision 21 of numeric fields 138 of tables in SPSs 272 text in Authentic View 278 in Authentic Stylesheets 215 Formatting text 77 in SPS 77 G Generated files 30 saving 30 Generated XSLT 177 editing manually 177 Generating output 201 in HTML to XML conversion 201 Global templates 96 and dynamic tables 96 and mixed content 96 creating and using 96 description of 8 effect on rest of contents 102 for Authentic text formatting 77 in HTML to XML conversion 207 in interface 20 in SPS 77 Graphics formats 168 in Authentic View 168
216. g appears Insert Hyperlink Selection Go to top Above field shows the current Document selection Static Dynamic Static and Dynamic Static Address Use above field to ent Absolute Path Browse Bookmark eer sae rora i Since you want to link to a bookmark click the Bookmark button The following dialog appears with all the bookmarks in the document listed Select Place in Document d x Select an existent place in the document OK Cancel Select the bookmark you want and click OK The bookmark appears as the static address of the hyperlink in the Insert Hyperlink dialog i e the hyperlink is explicitly specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and is not contained in the XML document Click OK The hyperlink is created In the previews go to the end of the document and click the hyperlink Go to top The view will change to the top of the document Inserting a hyperlink to a Website 1 Right click the logo image and in the popup menu that appears select Insert Hyperlink In the Insert Hyperlink dialog that appears enter http www nanonull com as the static address of the hyperlink target Click OK The hyperlink is created In the HTML document click the logo image The www nanonull com Web page appears in the view Inserting a hyperlink to a pre addressed e mail The objective is to create a link to an e mail that has in its address field the correct office or em
217. g created as a table must have a child element or attribute node Having a child text node does not work If you have this kind of situation then create a child element called say Text and put your text node in the TableElement Text elements Now you will be able to create TableElement as a dynamic table This table will have one column for Text elements Each row will therefore contain one cell containing the text node in Text and the rows of the table will correspond to the occurrences of the TableElement element Contents of table body cells When you create a dynamic table you can create the node content as any one of a number of StyleVision components In the examples above the table body cells were created as contents They could also be created as data entry devices There are two points to note here e The setting you select is a global setting for all the table body cells If you wish to have an individual cell appear differently edit the cell after you have created the table right click in the cell and in the context menu that appears select Change to and then the required cell content type e f you create cells as element contents and if the element has descendant elements then the content of the cell will be a concatenation of the text strings of the element and all its descendant elements Deleting columns rows and tables To delete a column row or table place the cursor in the column row or table to be d
218. g table gives StyleVision s handling of the namespace prefixes of attributes The EFD value of the Main Schema does not have an effect on the prefixing of attributes Note that Main Schema column describes the handling of Main Schema attributes while the Imported Schema column describes the handling of Imported Schema attributes AFD stands for attributeFormDefault NS for Namespace attributeFormDefault AFD Main Schema Imported Schema Target Namespace Target Namespace is AFD qualified AFD has Namespace Prefix Default NS no prefix unqualified Main Schema Prefix of all attributes Prefix of all attributes is Prefix of all Prefix of all AFD qualified exposed nls attributes exposed attributes hidden Main Schema Prefix of all attributes Prefix of all attributes Prefix of all Prefix of all AFD hidden hidden attributes exposed attributes unqualified hidden Note If the Target Namespace is the default namespace and EFD is qualified when AFD is qualified attributes will not be prefixed 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 96 How To Use Global Templates 4 3 Global Templates Function The Design Document consists of a Root Template and one or more optional global templates The Root Template defines the structure of the output document For example it could specify the following sequence e Name of company e Company address and contact details e List of products
219. generate a schema file DTD or XML Schema an XML file and stylesheets from an HTML document In order to generate these files from the HTML document you import the HTML document into the Design Window of StyleVision and use it to build a schema tree In the Design Document view you select the HTML elements or attributes you wish to include in the schema and drag and drop them into the desired location in the schema tree You can also add your own nodes to the schema tree i e nodes that do not come from the HTML document After you have created the schema tree you can edit the Design Document as you would a normal StyleVision Power Stylesheet At the end of the process you will have created i a schema tree and ii a StyleVision Power Stylesheet HTML to XML conversion steps The HTML to XML conversion process consists of the following steps Each step of the process is described in detail in the tutorial that follows this section 1 Import the HTML file into StyleVision The HTML will be displayed without markup tags in the Design Document view of StyleVision At the same time a schema tree with a single element a document element called Root is created in the Schema Window 2 Create the schema tree by i dragging nodes from the HTML document to the required location in the schema tree and optionally ii adding your own nodes to the schema tree In the Design Window HTML content that has been used to build nodes in the schema
220. h format from the Drop down Format menu in the toolbar the contents of all para elements in that Desc element will run on and be displayed as a single paragraph i e the entire selection is formatted as a single paragraph Specifying Text Style properties 1 Select the contents placeholder of the OrgChart Name element Notice that the Text Style Window is enabled but the Block Style Window is disabled grayed out This is because the selected component is not a block It gives the appearance of being a block because it is on a line by itself This effect however was created by a line break which by itself does not make the component a block In the Text Style Window select the Text tab and set the font to Arial 18pt bold TEXT STYLE font family font size font style font variant text decoration text transform letter spacing line height direction Position Layout More Now select the color tab and specify a color for the text The component in the Design Window displays the specified formatting Check the Authentic or HTML Preview and make changes if required In the Design Window select the contents placeholder of the Office Name element set the font to Arial 15pt bold and give it a color Insert a line break before the Office element Check the Previews and take a look at the XSLT code 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 46 Tutorial Formatting the compone
221. h it was generated contains only this one element e Nowopen article xml in an editor program The document has an empty Root element only This is because article xsd on which the XML file is based has just the one Root element The important point to note is that the XML document is generated on the basis of the schema you create in StyleVision In the next sections you will learn how to create a schema that generates the required XML file 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 188 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 7 1 3 Creating element nodes Renaming schema elements Rename the element Root to Article by right clicking Root in the schema tree selecting Rename and keying in the new name Article Notice that the name changes in the both the schema tree as well as the Design Document Creating HTML content as an element 1 Inthe Design Document select the article title A Sample Article 2 Drag the selection to the Article node in the schema tree till the pointer becomes a right and down arrow Schema from HTML Import Document Root oi pap El Mova A Sample Article This is a simple article marked up in HTML It is the example HTML document used to 3 This indicates that the selected HTML content will be created as a child node element or attribute of Article in other words that a child node of Article will be created around the selected content When
222. have received with this license is pre commercial release or beta Software Pre release Software then this Section applies In addition this section applies to all evaluation and or demonstration copies of Altova software Evaluation Software and continues in effect until you purchase a license To the extent that any provision in this section is in conflict with any other term or condition in this Software License Agreement this section shall supersede such other term s and condition s with respect to the Pre release and or Evaluation Software but only to the extent necessary to resolve the conflict You acknowledge that the Pre release Software is a pre release version does not represent final product from Altova and may contain bugs errors and other problems that could cause system or other failures and data loss CONSEQUENTLY THE PRE RELEASE AND OR EVALUATION SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED TO YOU AS IS WITH NO WARRANTIES FOR USE OR PERFORMANCE AND ALTOVA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OR LIABILITY OBLIGATIONS TO YOU OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHERE LEGALLY LIABILITY CANNOT BE EXCLUDED FOR PRE RELEASE AND OR EVALUATION SOFTWARE BUT IT MAY BE LIMITED ALTOVA S LIABILITY AND THAT OF ITS SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE SUM OF FIFTY DOLLARS USD 50 IN TOTAL If the Evaluation Software has a time out feature then the software will cease operation after the conclusion of the designated evaluation period Upon such expiration date your lice
223. he Address element is repeated in the XPath expressions of each table cell node The processing of the nodes is slowed down and the Design Document becomes harder to read Such constructs should therefore be avoided Moving components in the Design Document You can move or copy any component from one part of the Design Document to another You can do this using the following mechanisms e Drag and drop move component e Cut and paste move component e Copy and paste copy component To move a component first select it either by clicking on it in the case of nodes for example or by marking it static text for example Then either drag it to the new location move or cut and paste it to the new location move or copy and paste it to the new location copy Moving complex components such as tables You can even move or copy complex components such as a table and all its contents a list an auto calculation or a conditional template Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tips Handling components in the Design Document 175 For example to move a static table mark the table from one whitespace before the table to one whitespace after the table and drag or cut copy and paste the static table to the new location In the case of dynamic tables select either tag of the element created as a table these tags are located directly before and after the table and drag or cut copy and paste the selecte
224. he following 1 Select the contents placeholder of the PhoneExt element e Selecting the contents placeholder and not the entire node is the mechanism to be used in order to display invalid data in red and display an error message when the user mouses over the invalid data On validation F8 also an error message will be generated e Selecting the entire node on the other hand only generates an error message on validation Grates hone xt 2 Select Authentic Node Settings The following dialog appears 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 80 Tutorial Using Additional Validation Authentic Node Settings PhoneExt x V Content is editable Cancel M User Info r Additional validation with Path valid when all Path results are true Error message Path expression Telephone extensions must be 3 digil string lengtht M Maximum number of database records to be displayed Wasimum number C All 3 In the Additional Validation field click the Append button 4 Enter the XPath expression for valid values string length 3 The indicates the current node When the number of characters in the current node the PhoneExt node is equal to 3 the XPath expression is true and the data is valid The expression is false when the number of characters in the PhoneExt node is any other than 3 If this happens the node content will be displayed red in Authentic View a
225. he required element as the root element Save it and assign it as the Working XML File See The schema for the StyleVision Power Stylesheet No Global Templates are displayed in the Global Templates list in the Schema Window when the schema is loaded Cause You are using an XML Schema not a DTD and there are no global elements in your XML Schema Solution If you wish to use global templates you must have the required elements created as global elements in your XML Schema This is not a requirement for DTDs all elements in a DTD are displayed in the Global Templates list In the XML Schema create the required elements as global elements and reference them where they are required See Global Templates The Block Style Window is disabled Cause The currently selected component in the Design window is not a block type component Solution All components in the Design Window are originally inline components No component is inherently a block component In order to make a component a block component you have to explicitly specify a block type formatting for the component Do this by selecting the component in the Design Window and assigning it a Predefined Format Insert Format or select an option in the Predefined Format combo box in the toolbar All predefined formats except Normal are block type See Formatting the components In the output multiple paragraphs run on and are displayed together as a single paragraph instead o
226. he respective add element prompt to insert the element and its content Note e lf an element can occur multiple times and if the rules above are followed then the element appears in the Entry Helper till the number of occurrences in Authentic View equals the maximum number of occurrences allowed by the schema maxOccurs e Creating each child element inside a separate parent node see screenshot below not only creates isolated child parent relationships for each child element so instantiated it also increases processing time because the parent node has to be re traversed in order to locate each child element gt Paren ET contents el lt parend Paren E2 contents 2 lt paren parent gt e3 gt contents es Parent a 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 106 How To Use Data entry devices 4 6 Data entry devices Function StyleVision enables you to add data entry devices into a StyleVision Power Stylesheet In Authentic View when data is entered into a data entry device it is inserted into the XML document as element content or as an attribute s value Data entry devices enable you to constrain the data that goes into the XML document and are therefore a useful way of improving data integrity General mechanism Given below is a list of data entry devices you can use together with an explanation of how data is entered in the XML file for each device Data Entry D
227. he same tasks as the items in the context menu that appears shown below when a element or attribute is dragged from the Schema Window into the Design Window Create Contents Create Paragraph Create Table Create Bullets and Numbering Create Image Create Input Field Create Multiline Input Field Create Combo Box Create Check Box Create Radio Button Create Button The explanations of the Change to commands given below apply to the corresponding Create commands as well Change to Contents The Change to Contents option causes the text content of the selected node element or attribute and of all its descendants to be output in document order There will be no whitespace 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 326 User Reference Context menus between text output of descendant elements and the output document structure and all local inline formatting will disappear However if a global template is in use for the selected element or any of its descendants the inline properties of that template will be retained for that element Change to Paragraph The Change to Paragraph option causes the text content of the selected node element or attribute and of all its descendants to be output in document order and within a single paragraph No new paragraph will be generated for any descendant element There will be no whitespace between descendant elements and the output docume
228. he table s cells is entered as content of the corresponding XML elements For example the text view of the XML table shown in the illustration above looks like this lt table border 1 width 40 gt lt tbody gt lt tr gt lt td gt Name lt td gt lt td gt Phone lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt John Merrimack lt td gt lt td gt 6517890 lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Joe Concord lt td gt lt td gt 6402387 lt td gt lt tr gt lt tbody gt lt table gt Note that the structure of the table exists as XML elements An element in the XML table hierarchy can have any name it is only important that the table structure correspond to the Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Tables 119 HTML or CALS table model The elements of the XML table from the example above could as easily be lt phonelist border 1 width 40 gt lt 1tems gt lt person gt lt name gt Name lt name gt lt phone gt Phone lt phone gt lt person gt lt person gt lt name gt John Merrimack lt name gt lt phone gt 6517890 lt phone gt lt person gt lt person gt lt name gt Joe Concord lt name gt lt phone gt 6402387 lt phone gt lt person gt lt items gt lt phonelist gt Also note the following e An XML table can be inserted at any location in the XML document where according to the schema a table is allowed e In Authentic View data is entered direct
229. heet the way to do this with XSLT 1 0 is by using a conditional template and the position function Remember a predicate of the form para 1 is shorthand for para position 1 Usage To select and process a specific sibling from among several of the same name do the following 1 Create the conditional template around the contents placeholder of the element you want to output 2 The conditional template can occur anywhere in the document However you must ensure that the context node for the condition is the element for which you want to make the predicate So if you wish to select the first para element then the context node for the condition must be para This means that the condition must be created directly within the para element tags 3 For the condition create an XPath expression that checks the position of the element for example position 1 The Design Document will look like this P position gt contents Z The above steps do the following e Foreach para element check whether the position is 1 e Ifthe position is 1 then output the contents of this para element e If the position is not 1 then do not process this para element Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tips Manually editing generated XSLT 177 5 4 Manually editing generated XSLT Occasionally you may wish to manually edit your XSLT stylesheets Typically this would be because you need some proce
230. hen StyleVisionBatch is called it looks in the current directory for stylevision exe If your StyleVision executable is named otherwise or located in another folder use the option to specify the executable e Paths may be absolute or relative and should use backslashes e Commands paths and folder and file names are case insensitive e Ifthe SPS file is specified the Working XML File associated with it and XSLT generated from it will be used to generate output therefore no input XML or XSLT file is required If however the SPS file is not specified an input XML file and input XSLT file must be specified as options An input XML File must also be specified if the SPS file does not have a Working XML File assigned it e Parameter declarations refer to parameters in the XSLT Parameter names and values are case sensitive Each parameter declaration on the command line must be prefixed Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use StyleVision from the command line 149 with a and if multiple parameters are used they must be separated from each other with a space e No default output is specified so you must specify the required output e f you specify only the output file no XML or XSLT the Working XML File specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is used for the source XML and the required XSLT is generated from the StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS file Any temporary files that are created are d
231. hen you drag an element or attribute from the Schema Window and drop it into the Design Window It requires you to specify what component type the element or attribute is to be created as Create Contents Create Paragraph Create Table Create Bullets and Numbering Create Image Create Input Field Create Multiline Input Field Create Combo Box Create Check Box Create Radio Button Create Button The commands in this menu perform the same task as the corresponding commands in the Change to submenu above Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Context menus 325 8 12 1 Change to The Change to item of a context menu has a number of subitems These are shown in the figure below and are described below Change to Contents Paragraph Change to Global Template Authentic Node Settings Table Bullets and Numbering Insert Image Cut Shift Delete Input Field Multiline Input Field Copy Ctrl C Delete Combo Box Remove All Text Styles ee ee Remove All Block Styles Radio Button Button The Change to submenu allows you to change the component type see Document design process of the selected node Note that the Change to submenu is available when a node is selected it is not available when the component within a node is selected The commands in the Change to submenu perform t
232. hentic View users who are unfamiliar with XML can easily enter XML document content without needing to learn XML A document creation process that involves Authentic View consists of two separate stages document design and content editing The StyleVision Power Stylesheet that is created with StyleVision in the document design stage is linked to the XML document in Authentic View and controls the way the XML document is processed and displayed D ment Creation Pr Document Design Content Editing STYLEVISION XML Power Document Stylesheet SPS Document design with StyleVision In the document design stage a developer typically an XML knowledgeable person uses Altova s StyleVision to create an StyleVision Power Stylesheet The StyleVision Power Stylesheet basically processes the XML document to produce a display of the XML document Most importantly however and unlike typical XSLT stylesheets which are used to process finished XML documents the StyleVision Power Stylesheet also provides mechanisms for the Authentic View user to input data into the XML file Authentic View therefore provides users the opportunity to input XML data and to instantaneously preview the output of the XML document Not only does the StyleVision Power Stylesheet control data input to an XML document It also defines how data should be processed and output These processing definitions are used to produce the end outputs the Authentic View display an
233. hs to use After checking the previews do the following 1 PON Place the cursor anywhere in the first column of the outer static table but not in the nested dynamic table and click or Table Table Properties In the Table tab set table width to 100 In the Column tab set column width to 60 Place the cursor in the second column of the outer static table but not in the nested static table and click or Table Table Properties In the Column tab set column width to 40 For the nested dynamic table set the table width to 100 width of first column to 30 and width of second column to 70 For the nested static table set table width to 100 width of first column to 25 and width of second column to 75 The Authentic and HTML Previews of the static SPS table should look like this Nanonull Inc Street 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 Phone 1 321 555 5155 City Vereno Fax 1 321 555 5155 9 State amp Zip DC 29213 E mail office nanonull com 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 56 Tutorial Inserting bookmarks and hyperlinks 3 8 Inserting bookmarks and hyperlinks You can create bookmarks anchors and hyperlinks in the HTML output In the StyleVision Power Stylesheet you can insert a bookmark at any location in the Design Document You can then insert a hyperlink to that bookmark in the document or to any URL In the output HTML the anchor for the book
234. ibution information relevant to your product Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Appendices OS and Memory Requirements 329 9 1 OS and Memory Requirements Operating System StyleVision 2005 is a 32 bit Windows application that runs on Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 and Windows XP Memory Since StyleVision 2005 is written in C it does not require the overhead of a Java Runtime Environment and typically requires less memory than comparable Java based applications However each document is loaded fully into memory so as to parse it completely and to improve viewing and editing speed The memory requirement increases exponentially with the size of the document For example a 512kB document would typically require about 2MB of RAM whereas a 5MB document can consume up to 50MB Memory requirements are also influenced by the unlimited Undo history When repeatedly cutting and pasting large selections in large documents memory can rapidly be depleted 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 330 Appendices Electronic Software Distribution 9 2 Electronic Software Distribution StyleVision 2005 is available through electronic software distribution This provides customers the following unique benefits e You can freely evaluate the software before making a purchasing decision e Once you decide to buy the software you can place your order online and immediately get a fully licensed product
235. ice Name element 1 Place the cursor before the end tag of the OrgChart element and press Enter to insert a line break 2 Expand the office element in the schema tree 3 Drag the Office Name element to the location before the OrgChart end tag and create the element as contents Your Design Document will look like this O Draha zl Location of logo contents Name gt contents lt Name Office dN ame daanan ame lt DrgChar lt 7 Notice that tags are created for all levels of the hierarchy between the Office Name element and the containing OrgChart element The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this Nan hull Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart Nanonull Inc Nanonull Partners Inc Nanonull Europe AG The Working XML File has three Office Name elements Notice that the contents of all three are output without any whitespace between elements Create the Office Desc para element 1 Puta line break before the OrgChart end tag 2 Drag the Office Desc para element to the location before the OrgChart end tag and create the element as contents Your Design Document will look like this Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Processing element content for output 41 Y OraChart gt Location of logo Ere contents Name gt contents lt Name Difice gt Name gt contents lt Name Office Office ADesc Apara 4 contents parak Desc Office l
236. iew user The formatting of an XML table cannot be controlled through the StyleVision Power Stylesheet e Inthe CALS table model the cols attribute of the Table group element tgroup specifies the number of columns in the table This attribute value pair is entered both attribute and value into the XML when the Authentic View user inserts an XML table This is because the user must specify the number of columns when inserting the table is inserted The value of this attribute changes automatically whenever a column is inserted appended or deleted using the GUI tools The cols attribute is therefore not shown in the Attributes Entry Helper and its value therefore cannot be modified there Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Tables 129 e Data entered in the cells of an XML table is entered as content of the entry element in the case of a CALS table or td element HTML table or corresponding user defined element as the case may be e To obtain the content of XML tables in HTML output you must generate the XSLT using a File menu command and in it create a global template for the table element 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 130 How To Use Auto Calculations 4 9 Auto Calculations Function The Auto Calculation feature i displays the result of an XPath evaluation at any desired location in the output document and ii optionally updates a node in the XML do
237. ik e E E E E Ea aN a 14 Getting Started 16 Setting up StyleVision essessesseessessrssessersrersrstesesserssersersievessresonreisssssesstnsererssossrrsresotssts 17 Style Vision Iter ACE se sv eecewesscedeteesceearcesnadenste EEC ETEA 18 22 1 Schernia Wan Owe ccscaeshcdccasesxiscaasedeciiesenievsas aiea RE E EENG 20 2 2 2 Text and Block Style Windows eccecccecseeeceeseeeseeeseeeseecseecaecaecnsecnseenseenes 21 2 2 3 Document Design Tab ccc cccccescessceseceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeaeecaecaecnaeenaeenaeenes 22 224 Authentic Editor View sssccccsciesgsavsveceds aideasacis ccqntess venaaeeidaate a 23 223 MSL ESAT ML Ta rege ccniiencs eccansaxvedstasecsestedveaveescasuneiedenteasaeasaathesdansersioshnctedwesees 24 22 0 HU MIL Preview iscisessccstesd oases seadersheneectepenlpcaabectdtnasevinvaaspeaeteaysdennaapneecnnegeveveap 25 2 2 7 Menu Bar and Toolbar eccececceesccesesseeeecesecseeeneesecaceeseeseceaeeaeseeeeaecaeeeneeaeeaee 26 Working with StyleVision ccceceescesecsseeseesececeeseeseceaecaeeeeceaecaaeeseesecaesaeeeeceaeeaeeeneeaes 27 2 3 1 Document design process cscesccesesseeeecesesseeeeeesecaceeseesecaesaeseeeeaeeeeeeeeaeenee 28 23 2 Saving generated Ples srneci nainen aa a 30 Tutorial 32 Setting up the StyleVision Power Stylesheet cccccccecsceeseeteeeeseeseeeneeeneecneeneenseees 33 Processing attribute values for output oo ee cee cecceesceeseeetseesecsecsseceaeceseesaeeneeeseeeseneeses
238. illegal use of the Software and to improve customer service Activation is based on the exchange of license related data between your computer and the Altova license server You agree that Altova may use these measures and you agree to follow any applicable requirements c LiveUpdate Altova provides a new LiveUpdate notification service to you which is free of charge Altova may use your internal network and Internet connection for the purpose of transmitting license related data to an Altova operated LiveUpdate server to validate your license at appropriate intervals and determine if there is any update available for you d Use of Data The terms and conditions of the Privacy Policy are set out in full at http www altova com privacy and are incorporated by reference into this Software License Agreement By your acceptance of the terms of this Software License Agreement or use of the Software you authorize the collection use and disclosure of information collected by Altova for the purposes provided for in this Software License Agreement and or the Privacy Policy as revised from time to time European users understand and consent to the processing of personal information in the United States for the purposes described herein Altova has the right in its sole discretion to amend this provision of the Software License Agreement and or Privacy Policy at any time You are encouraged to review the terms of the Privacy Policy as posted on the Altova Web
239. in several paragraphs then pressing Return inside the text of the paragraph causes a new paragraph to be appended immediately after the current paragraph If a chapter can contain one title and several chapters pressing Enter inside the chapter but outside any paragraph element including within the title element causes a new chapter to be appended after the current chapter assuming that multiple chapters are allowed by the schema Note The Return key does not insert a carriage return line feed i e it does not jump to a new line This is the case even when the cursor is inside a text node such as paragraph 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual Chapter 5 Tips 172 Tips This section lists tips that enable you to use StyleVision features to advantage It also points out some common errors The section is divided into sub sections according to function Tips and commonly made errors for each heading are discussed together For more information about issues raised in this section refer to the relevant sections in the StyleVision How To Use section Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tips The schema for the StyleVision Power Stylesheet 173 5 1 The schema for the StyleVision Power Stylesheet XML Schema and the Root Template If you use an XML Schema and not a DTD as your schema you will very likely have declared more than one global element In such a case it is not possible
240. inafter defined only a single user may install and use the software on one computer If you have licensed the Software as part of a suite of Altova software products collectively the Suite and have not installed each product individually then the Software License Agreement governs your use of all of the software included in the Suite If you have licensed SchemaAgent then the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement apply to your use of the SchemaA gent server software SchemaA gent Server included therein as applicable and you are licensed to use SchemaA gent Server solely in connection with your use of Altova Software and solely for the purposes described in the accompanying documentation In addition if you have licensed XMLSPY Enterprise Edition or MAPFORCE Enterprise Edition your license to install and use a copy of the Software as provided herein permits you to generate source code based on i Altova Library modules that are included in the Software such generated code hereinafter referred to as the Restricted Source Code and ii schemas or mappings that you create or provide such code as may be generated from your schema or mapping source materials hereinafter referred to as the Unrestricted Source Code In addition to the rights granted herein Altova grants you a non exclusive non transferable limited license to compile into executable form the complete generated code comprised of the combination of the Restric
241. ing XML File has been assigned the Save Generated HTML File command is disabled e An XSLT file which is automatically generated from the currently open SPS file Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 229 8 3 12 Print Preview The Print Preview command is enabled only in Authentic Editor View It opens a window containing a preview of the Authentic View of the Working XML File 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 230 User Reference File 8 3 13 Print 5 The Print command prints the Authentic View of the Working XML File Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 231 8 3 14 Most recently used files The list of most recently used files shows the file name and path information for the nine most recently used files which you can select with the mouse Print Preview amp Print 1 OrgChart sps 2 l sps 3 CBTMenu_Schema_5 sps 4 CBTMenu_Schema_4 sps 5 HTML Orachart sps 6 OrgChart sps 7 ExpReport sps 8 CBTMenu_Schema_4_soll sps 9 C workarealjayantitest sps Exit To access these files using the keyboard press ALT F to open the File menu and then the number of the file you wish to open for example pressing 1 will open the first file in the list 2 the second file and so on 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 232 User Reference
242. ing a SECON cs siccenccgiccecredictesscendeovbs e TEE ETEEN 194 7 1 6 Importing HTML tables e ccc ccecccecssecsneceeceeceseceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenaeesseeeeeeaees 195 7 1 7 Creating schema attributes 0 0 ecesceseeseeeeceseeseeeeeesecaeeeeeesecaeeaeeeenaeeaeees 197 7 1 8 Importing an HTML image eceeceseeseeeeceeeeaeeeeeesecaeeeneesecaesaeeeeenaeeaeees 198 7 1 9 Converting HTML hyperlinks 0 0 0 eecccceceseceseceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeeaees 199 7 1 10 Completing the import ccc cccececeestecseceeceseceseeeeeceeeeseeeseseeeseeeeeeseeesees 200 TAA Generating the Output oci ccccccssscccscestedecciesevcessesne cvesesacessassslevsaessnceransvaceceseneees 201 HTML to XML Quick Reference cceccecccesccesseeeeeeeeeseseeeneeeseecseecseecaecsuecnaeenseenseens 202 7 2 1 Importing the HTML file oo eee eeececeeneeeeceseeseeeeeesecaeeeeeeaecaeseeeeenaeeatees 203 7 2 2 Building the schema tree 1 oo eeescesesseeeecesecseeeeeesecaeeeneesecaeeaeeeeenaeeaeees 204 7 2 3 Building the schema tree 2 oo ccccccccsseesseceteceeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeneeeaees 206 DBAS POMETO NOE eierens ieee oe EEA EEEE eee 207 User Reference 210 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 Symbols ANd ICONS sccesecss cesues Aecvesevacecenan eE Ee EERE KECER i 211 FOI ACEUIN Ga soic cet ve Hoa vss evex cent edie ose wen EE E ee aap ei e eiae 215 1509 Sameer reer terse rer penne tere crane cer eer cert vere trrer e
243. instance gt lt xsl template match gt lt html gt lt head gt lt body gt lt xsl for each select n1 0rgChart gt lt xsl for each select n1 Name gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xsl for each gt lt xs1 for each gt lt body gt lt html gt lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt You are not allowed to edit the XSLT code If you wish to modify these XSLT files you can save them as a generated XSLT file and then edit the generated files in XMLSpy 2005 or other editor If you do this however note that the modified file will be different from the StyleVision Power Stylesheet which you can modify only in the Design view of StyleVision A generated XSLT stylesheet can be saved by selecting the menu command File Save Generated Files and then selecting the stylesheet from the submenu Saving the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The StyleVision Power Stylesheet is saved as an SPS sps file it controls the display and processing of the Authentic View of an XML document The SPS file also contains information about related files such as the underlying schema Working XML File and Template XML File See StyleVision concepts and terminology for a description of these terms To save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet click File Save Design and enter NanonullOrg sps as the name of the file Be sure to save a copy of the original Supplied NanonullOrg sps file under another name The name you enter appears
244. ions modifications or attempts to change the Software without Altova s written approval iii causes external to the Software such as natural disasters the failure or fluctuation of electrical power or computer equipment failure iv your failure to maintain the Software at Altova s specified release level or v use of the Software with other software without Altova s prior written approval It will be your sole responsibility to 1 comply with all Altova specified operating and troubleshooting procedures and then notify Altova immediately of Software malfunction and provide Altova with complete information thereof ii provide for the security of your confidential information iii establish and maintain backup systems and procedures necessary to reconstruct lost or altered files data or programs SOFTWARE ACTIVATION UPDATES AND LICENSE METERING a License Metering Altova has a built in license metering module that helps you to avoid any unintentional violation of this Software License Agreement Altova may use your internal network for license metering between installed versions of the Software b Software Activation Altova s Software may use your internal network and Internet connection for the purpose of transmitting license related data at the time of installation registration or update to an Altova operated license server and validating the authenticity of the license related data in order to protect Altova against unlicensed or
245. ions include inserting appending or deleting a node adding entities or cutting and pasting content 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 152 How To Use Authentic View 4 16 2 Authentic View toolbar icons Icons in the Authentic View toolbar are command shortcuts Some icons will be already familiar to you from other Windows applications or your Altova product others might be new to you This section describes icons unique to Authentic View In the description below related icons are grouped together Show hide XML markup Markup tags can be turned on or off in Authentic Preview xX Hide markup Show all markup XML element attribute tags are shown with names Editing dynamic table structures Rows in a dynamic SPS table are repetitions of a data structure Each row represents an occurrence of a single element Each row therefore has the same XML substructure as the next The dynamic table editing commands manipulate the rows of a dynamic SPS table That is you can modify the number and order of the element occurrences You cannot however edit the columns of a dynamic SPS table since this would entail changing the substructure of individual element occurrences The icons for dynamic table editing commands appear in the toolbar and are also available in the Authentic menu SESE Append row to table Insert row in table Duplicate current table row i e cell contents are d
246. irectly create elements as children or siblings of a selected node as well as convert a selected node to an element or attribute These commands are available in a context menu that pops up when you right click a node Rename Add Child element Insert element Append element Convert to attribute Delete The commands of this menu are explained below Rename Allows you to rename the selected node Add child element Adds a child element to the selected node Insert element Inserts a sibling element before the selected node Append element Appends a sibling element after the selected node Convert to attribute Converts the selected element to an attribute Convert to element Converts the selected attribute to an element Delete Deletes the node in the schema tree If the node was created from HTML content and if the HTML content has been created as a contents placeholder by selecting Convert selection to elements or Convert selection to attributes when the HTML content was dropped into the schema tree then the node is deleted in the Design Document and the original HTML content is restored Otherwise the node is deleted from the Design Document but the original HTML content is not restored Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Quick Reference 207 7 2 4 Points to note The following important points should be noted If you wish to edi
247. is marked up with the bold element is now displayed in bold Such text was earlier not displayed bold because there was no formatting defined for the bold element Creating a Text State Icon A Text State Icon is a toolbar icon in Authentic View i e in Altova s XMLSpy 2005 Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition and Authentic View products that is used to add formatting to text in 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 78 Tutorial Text formatting with global templates and text state icons Authentic View A text state icon is created in StyleVision for a particular element and it appears in the Authentic View toolbar in the products listed above not in Authentic Preview of StyleVision The formatting for that element must be defined as a global template and it is this formatting that is applied when the Authentic View user clicks the text state icon Create a text state icon for the bold element as follows 1 Click Authentic Text State Icons The Text State Icons dialog appears Text State Icons In order to make user editing experience in Authentic more comfortable you can define in this dialog toolbar buttons for specific Schema elements which modify text styles like bold italic Bitmap file italic bmp 2 Enter bold as the element name for which the text state icon is being created 3 Enter bold bmp as the name of the bitmap file in the sos Picts folder in your application folder This b
248. itions are carried out first and node values are updated if this is specified Auto Calculations which are within conditions that are not currently active are not carried out 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 132 How To Use Auto Calculations 3 After Auto Calculations are done a condition may be activated that contains an Auto Calculation When this happens the result of the Auto Calculation within this new condition is generated on the fly and displayed in Authentic View But no node is updated even if it is specified that a node be updated We step through an example to give you a better idea of how this works Consider the following situation e Node A contains a conditional template with two conditions e Condition One says if B 0 display nothing e Condition Two says ifB 1 use an Auto Calculation to display the value of B and to update the value of A with the value of B The following list describes what happens when the value of B is changed We start withB 0 andA 0 e WhensB 0 no Auto Calculation is visible Condition One So B OandA 0 e Now change the value of B to 1 This corresponds to Step 1 above e The current condition is still Condition One it will be changed only after Auto Calculations are done Since no Auto Calculation is visible Condition One no Auto Calculation is done This corresponds to Step 2 above e Now since B 1 the condition is switched from
249. itmap will be used as the toolbar icon in Authentic View It is already present in the sps Picts folder so you do not have to create the bitmap 4 Now append a row and add the italic element and italic bmp as the bitmap file for the italic icon also present in the sps Picts folder 5 Save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet 6 The toolbar icons can be viewed in Authentic View in XMLSpy 2005 Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition or Authentic 2005 Browser Edition They cannot be viewed in Authentic Preview in StyleVision So in order to see the toolbar icons for bold and italic that you have created you must open Nanonul1lOrg xml1 in Authentic View in one of the Altova products listed above If the file is already open in one of these products close it and open it again to see the toolbar icons Help BBS SER p 7 The text state icons are grayed out when the cursor is not inside a para element They will be enabled when you place the cursor inside a para element because the bold and italic elements are child elements of para 7 In Authentic View now mark some text in a para element and click the bold icon The text turns bold 8 Now mark some text and click the italic icon Nothing happens This is because you have not yet defined a global template for the italic element in your StyleVision Power Stylesheet 9 Inthe StyleVision Power Stylesheet create a global template for the italic element and assign it an italic style i
250. known and a schema tree is displayed without you having to assign a Working XML File All elements defined in the DTD are created in the Global Templates list in the Schema Window If your schema is not well formed or is invalid you may get an error message when you try to load it In this case open the schema and try to resolve the problem in it Only one file can be open at a time in StyleVision A newly opened file replaces the previously opened file If you have not saved changes to the previously opened file you will be prompted about whether you wish to save your changes or not Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 219 8 3 2 Open Ctri O The Open command allows you to open a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS file The familiar Open dialog of Windows systems is opened and allows you to select a sps file type If a Working XML File was assigned to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet during a previous session then the Authentic Editor View will be also be enabled Otherwise you will have to assign a Working XML File in order to enable Authentic Editor View Note e Only one file can be open at a time in StyleVision Opening a new file causes the currently open file to close If you have not saved changes to the currently open file you will be prompted about whether you wish to save your changes or not If the new file cannot be opened for whatever reason the previously open file
251. l and assigning width properties in the Cell tab of the Table Properties dialog You can also modify column widths by dragging column borders However it is advisable not to mix different measurement formats percentages and absolute values or different measurement units px and mm You can assign properties for cells in the Block Style Window also in addition to the Cell tab of the Table Properties dialog See also Formatting static and dynamic tables 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 52 Tutorial Inserting a static SPS table 3 7 Inserting a static SPS table A static SPS table is a StyleVision Power Stylesheet component that you use for improved visual presentation The cells of a static SPS table may contain either dynamic content from the XML document or static content text images etc The structure and formatting of a static SPS table are defined by you the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The Authentic View user is not allowed to modify either the structure or formatting The Authentic View user is allowed to edit only the dynamic XML content of the table excepting for Auto Calculation nodes and nodes that you specify as non editable Inserting a static table with miscellaneous content The objective is to create a table that presents the contact details of each office in a visually attractive way Let us put the address in the first column of a two column table and the
252. leVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 191 2 Name the newly created node Unorderedlist Schema from HTML Import 4 Document Root Rename Add Child element Insert element Append element Convert to attribute Convert to element Delete We will create the unordered list in the next section 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual HTML to XML Tutorial 192 HTML to XML Conversion 7 1 4 Importing an HTML list You can import the unorderedlist HTML list as an XML structure in the following way 1 Select the bulletted list in the Design Document and drop it into the schema tree as a child of Unorderedlist The following menu pops up E Schema from HTML Import Z Document Root Article C Title Para Unorderedlist Convert selection to elements Convert selection to attributes Surround selection with element Convert selected tablejlist to elements Convert selected tablejlist to attributes Processes 2 Select Convert selected table list to elements and in the next dialog as dynamic list This creates a ListNode element that contains a child element NewNode HIML to 20ML conversion ef Schema from HTML Import involves two parallel processes Z Document Root El Article Title Unorderediist P
253. lement of authors It cannot be created within the global template of the authors element Copying Global Template properties to a Local Template When an element uses a global template no local template exists You can however create a local template from the global template This is useful when you have a global template for an element and wish for example to change the formatting for a majority of element occurrences but retain the current global template properties for a few element occurrences In such a case you would copy the global template to local templates wherever required and then make the change in the global template To copy a global template to a local template in the Design window right click the element that uses the global template the element tags will be gray and click Copy Global Template Locally The global template is copied as the local template for the element and the newly created local template is applied The element tags turn from gray to beige indicating that the local template is being used The global template remains unchanged it can be used for other occurrences of that element type Editing a Global Template To change the formatting properties of a global template do the following 1 Select the Design window tab 2 Inthe Schema Window from the list of Global Templates click the global template you wish to edit 3 Enter the required values in the Text Style and or Block Style windows
254. lements must be declared in the DTD with the namespace prefix as part of the element name as for example lt ELEMENT altova title PCDATA gt A valid XML document based on such a DTD would look something like this lt altova userman version 1 0 xmlns altova http www altova com gt lt altova title gt Some Title lt altova title gt lt altova userman gt In such a DTD you would have to define all elements and attributes with the namespace prefix as part of the name This means that when you create an XML instance document you are committed to the prefix you use in the DTD If you subsequently wish to change the prefix in the XML document then all the element and attribute declarations in your DTD would have to be modified You could gain a little flexibility by using parameter entities but clearly using a DTD to validate an XML document with namespaces is not an ideal strategy If you wish to use namespaces it is best to base your StyleVision Power Stylesheet on an XML Schema In what follows the focus is on XML Schemas The topics covered are e A general overview of namespaces in StyleVision e How StyleVision handles a schema with a single namespace e How StyleVision handles a schema that uses multiple namespaces Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Namespaces 89 4 2 1 Namespaces and StyleVision Target namespaces If you wish to use a namespace with your X
255. les which are in the folder will be displayed in the tab for that folder Unassigning the Template XML File Open the StyleVision Power Stylesheet in an XML editor application such as XMLSpy 2005 or in a plain text editor such as Notepad The root element of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is lt structure gt Delete the contents of the templatexml file attribute of structure so that the attribute has an empty value The start tag of the structure element should now look something like this lt structure version 2 schemafile test xsd workingxmlfile templatexmlfile gt Save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The Template XML File is now unassigned 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 284 User Reference Authentic 8 7 5 Auto add Date Picker This is a toggle command that switches the Auto add Date Picker ON and OFF When the Auto add Date Picker is ON any xs date datatype element that is created as contents or as an input field will have the Date Picker automatically inserted within the element tags and after the contents placeholder or input field Also see Date Picker in the How To Use section Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic 285 8 7 6 Table The Table command allows you to manipulate the rows of a dynamic table You can append insert duplicate and delete rows and you can move the selected row up and down relative to the oth
256. ltova GmbH User Reference Help 315 8 11 2 Index The Index command opens the onscreen help manual for StyleVision with the Keyword Index displayed in the left hand side pane of the Help window The index lists keywords and lets you navigate to a topic by double clicking the keyword If a keyword is linked to more than one topic you are presented a list of the topics to choose from 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 316 User Reference Help 8 11 3 Search The Search command opens the onscreen help manual for StyleVision with the Search dialog displayed in the left hand side pane of the Help window To search for a term enter the term in the input field and press Return The Help system performs a full text search on the entire Help documentation and returns a list of hits Double click any item to display it Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Help 317 8 11 4 Registration When you start StyleVision for the first time you are presented with the Registration dialog box You must enter your unique license key code in this dialog to register your product with Altova Registering your product is required to activate your license and unlock your software Eligibility for technical support depends upon the type of license you have purchased so registration is required in order for you to avail of technical support If you need to manage your licenses
257. ltova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Auto Calculation 61 Street 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 City Vereno State amp Zip DC 29213 Vereno Office Summary 4 departments 15 employees The company was established in Vereno in 1995 and is privately software technologies since 1996 and released the first version of Including the leave details The objective is to allow the Authentic View user to edit the LeaveTotal and LeaveUsed entry for each employee The LeaveLeft is auto calculated LeaveTotal minus LeaveUsed and displayed Appending the LeaveTotal LeaveUsed and LeaveLeft columns 1 Place the cursor anywhere in the dynamic table for the Person element and click Table Append Column or the icon thrice to create three new columns 2 Type in Leave Total Leave Used and Leave Left as the headers of the three appended columns respectively 3 Format the headers appropriately 4 Drag the LeaveTotal and LeaveUsed elements from the schema tree into the Leave Total and Leave Used columns respectively and create them as contents 5 In the Leave Left column create an Auto Calculation LeaveTotal LeaveUsed See figure below Auto Calculation Path Expression Enter an Path expression to generate or calculate a result LeaveT otal LeaveUsed Build Update XML node in AUTHENTIC optional In AUTHENTIC it is possible to automatically update an existing
258. ly into table cells This data is stored as the content of the corresponding XML table element e The formatting properties of an XML table are assigned in Authentic View Note that XSLT stylesheets generated with StyleVision will not contain XML tables because the XML tables are not included in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Summary for designer From the document designer s perspective the following points should be noted e An SPS table occurs in the XML document at a location determined by the designer of the document not the user of Authentic View The structure and formatting of SPS tables are specified by the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet in StyleVision e The location structure and formatting of XML tables are specified by the user of Authentic View The user may insert an XML table wherever this is allowed by the schema remember the table element corresponds to an element in the schema Note also that the table format of XML tables is available only in Authentic View The HTML output will not automatically display a table format You will have to create your own template s to match the table element and manually add these to the generated XSLT stylesheets 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 120 How To Use Tables 4 8 1 Creating static tables To insert a static table click Table Insert table or the icon The following dialog appears xi E roe FS Columns E Rows 3
259. m A Sample Article 2 Select the title text drag it to the schema tree so it will be a child of Article and after dropping it select Surround selection with element 2 Schema from HTML Import H Z Document Root El Article Dem El Atove NewNode mA Sample Articles Notice that instead of a contents placeholder being created the original text remains and is surrounded by the start and end tags of the new node 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 190 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 3 Rename NewNode to Title 4 Save the schema and XML files If you look at the XML file you will find that the Title element is empty lt Article xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation C workarea html2xml article xsd gt lt Title gt lt Article gt This is the main difference between i converting the selection to elements and ii Surrounding the selection with an element node But in the latter case why is the Title element empty although the Design Document displays the text A Sample Article as the contents of the node The text in the Design Document in this case is static text that will be included in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet What you need to remember is that for HTML content to appear as element content in the XML document the Design Document has to display that HTML content as a contents placeholder All actual text in th
260. mark and the hyperlink to internal anchors and external locations is created Note however that linking is not available in Authentic View since this is a view of the source XML document In this section you will Create a bookmark at the top of your document Create a hyperlink at the bottom of the document which links back to the bookmark Create a hyperlink to a Website Create a hyperlink to a pre addressed e mail Creating a bookmark at the top of your document 1 Place the cursor just after the start tag of the OrgChart element and right click 2 From the popup menu that appears select Insert Bookmark The following dialog appears Insert Bookmark xi Bookmark name top_of_page Other bookmarks on this page lear Goto Cancel 3 Give your bookmark a name such as top_of_page and click OK The bookmark is created and is indicated by a flag gt BrgChart gt Ap Conpanloco Gre 2 Inserting a hyperlink to a bookmark 1 Place the cursor just before the end tag of the OrgChart element and type in Go to top 2 Format this text in the Text Style Window and modify the line breaks at the bottom of the document to your satisfaction 3 Highlight the text and right click Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Inserting bookmarks and hyperlinks 57 4 5 From the popup menu that appears select Insert Hyperlink The Insert Hyperlink dialo
261. ment with or without the HTML content or as an attribute If the HTML content is a list or table you have the additional options of whether the list or table should be converted to a corresponding element or attribute structure After you drag HTML content to the schema tree the following menu pops up when you release the mouse button This menu can also be accessed by selecting the following StyleVision menu options HTML Import Add to parent HTML Import Insert and HTML Import Append Convert selection to elements Convert selection to attributes Surround selection with element Convert selected tablejlist to elements Convert selected tablejlist to attributes The commands of this context menu are described below Convert selection to elements The HTML content is inserted as an element or elements into the tree How many elements are created depends on the structure of the object The HTML content is created as a contents placeholder and becomes the content of the element node in the generated XML document Convert selection to attributes The HTML content is inserted as an attribute or as attributes into the tree The HTML content is created as a contents placeholder and becomes the content of the attribute node in the generated XML document Surround selection with element The HTML content is surrounded by an element No contents placeholder is created and the HTML content does not appear in the generate
262. mn The Append column command appends a column to the end of the currently active table Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 163 Insert row coo The Insert row command inserts a row above the current cursor position in the currently active table Insert column The Insert column command inserts a column to the left of the current cursor position in the currently active table Join cell left aq The Join cell left command joins the current cell current cursor position with the cell to the left The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Join cell right The Join cell right command joins the current cell current cursor position with the cell to the right The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Join cell below FA The Join cell below command joins the current cell current cursor position with the cell below The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Join cell above The Join cell above command joins the current cell current cursor position with the cell above The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Split cell horizontally 4b The Split cell Horizontally command creates a new cell to the right of the currently active cell The size of both cells is now the same as the
263. n command Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools 309 xi Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Category Set Accelerator for aes Fie Defaut 7 Commands Current Keys 5 Import HTML File Ctrl 0 New from DB New Remove Print Preview Print Zi Press New Shortcut Key Reset All Description o Open an existing document To assign a shortcut to a command 1 Select the category in which the command is by using the Category combo box 2 Select the command you want to assign a shortcut to in the Commands list box 3 Click in the Press New Shortcut Key input field and press the shortcut keys that are to activate the command The shortcut immediately appears in the Press New Shortcut Key input field If this shortcut has already been assigned to a command then that command is displayed below the input field For example in the screenshot above Ctrl C has already been assigned to the Copy command and cannot be assigned to the Open File command To clear the New Shortcut Key input field press any of the control keys Ctrl Alt or Shift 4 Click the Assign button to permanently assign the shortcut The shortcut now appears in the Current Keys text box To de assign or delete a shortcut 1 Select the command for which the shortcut is to be deleted 2 Click the shortcut you want to delete in the Current Keys list box 3 Click the Remove bu
264. n SPSs 248 Rest of contents 102 description of 102 Return key 215 and pre defined formats 215 see Enter key 169 2005 Altova GmbH 350 Index Root element 186 in HTML to XML conversion 186 Root node 7 definition 7 Root template 8 description of 8 in HTML to XML conversion 186 207 is empty in schema tree 173 Row 259 append to table in SPS 259 delete from table in SPS 263 insert in table in SPS 261 RTF in Enterprise Edition 6 design considerations 6 Rule 246 inserting in an SPS 246 S Same name siblings 200 in HTML to XML conversion 200 Save 228 files generated from StyleVision 228 Working XML File 227 in StyleVision 226 Save Authentic XML Data 227 Save command 225 in StyleVision 225 Saving 207 HTML to XML conversion 207 Saving generated files 30 Saving schema 187 in HTML to XML conversion 187 Schema 173 and Root Template 173 editing for SPS 223 editing in mid session 223 effect of changing name or location on StyleVision Power Stylesheet 173 effect of modifying on StyleVision Power Stylesheet 173 opening to create SPS 33 saving in HTML to XML conversion 201 viewing output of HTML to XML conversion 187 general description 20 in HTML to XML conversion 188 Schema Window 18 20 description of 18 20 symbols and icons 211 Schemas 89 importing modules 89 popular industry standards and SPSs 4 Schemas and namespaces 88 Select all 240
265. n also be created by changing the current component type of a node to a data entry device See Change to e Inthe HTML output the visible entry that has been selected by the user is displayed in the output Changing the value of a data entry device in the HTML file does not change the text value in either the XML file or HTML file See also Context menus 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 108 How To Use Data entry devices 4 6 1 Input fields You can insert an Input Field or a Multiline Input Field in your StyleVision Power Stylesheet when you drop a node from the schema tree into the Design Window The text that the Authentic View user enters into these fields is entered into the XML node for which the field was created Editing the dimensions of input fields You can modify the dimensions of fields in two ways by dragging the border s of the field or entering a value in the Edit Properties dialog for the field which you access by right clicking the field not the node and selecting Edit Properties For Input Fields the width can be modified drag the right border or in the Edit Properties dialog enter the number of characters the field should accommodate For Multiline Input Fields both width and height can be modified drag the right or bottom border or enter the required values in the Edit Properties dialog Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Data entry device
266. n the Text Style Window 10 Save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet In Authentic View refresh the view by switching to another view before switching back again All text that has been marked up as italic will now be displayed as italic Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Additional Validation 79 3 13 Using Additional Validation The Additional Validation feature allows you to check data on the basis of XPath expressions and to draw the attention of the Authentic View user to values that are outside the range of values specified by the XPath expression When an invalid value is entered or becomes the result of an auto calculation then the user is informed about this in two ways e On validating the document a validation error is reported e Optionally the value can be displayed in red and an error message will be displayed in a mouseover This feature is useful if you wish to inform users that certain values are not allowed and that appropriate action is required Additional validation is also useful when the validity check you wish to make is not specified in the schema Additional validation of Telephone Extensions The objective is to validate the content of the PhoneExt element which is an integer datatype The validation should check whether the extension has three digits or not If not the user should be notified To build additional validation for the PhoneExt element do t
267. n the Working XML File and a new transformation is carried out each time you switch to the HTML Preview Authentic Editor View Limitations Authentic Editor View is similar to the full fledged Authentic View available in XMLSpy 2005 and Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition except in the following major respects e Entry Helpers are not available in the interface To insert or append nodes you must right click and use the context menus e You cannot insert XML tables A full description of how to use Authentic View features is given in the How to Use section For additional reference please see the Authentic View tutorial in the XMLSpy 2005 or Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition documentation 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 24 Getting Started StyleVision interface 2 2 5 XSLT HTML Tab The XSLT HTML tab displays the XSLT stylesheet for transformation to HTML This view is useful for debugging the XSLT stylesheet and for planning how to process the generated XSLT It also enables you to see the code of the HTML document that will be created which can be useful for designing HTML related files such as CSS and JavaScript Note the following points about the XSLT HTML tab e Any change made in the Design Document is immediately reflected in the XSLT HTML tab To view the change in the XSLT stylesheet switch from the Design Document to the XSLT Tab No editing is allowed in this view All editing is done in the Docume
268. namic tables Table Properties x Table Row Column Cell align bgcolor border border collapse cellpadding Cancel cellspacing frame height page break after page break before rules table layout WANNE EE In the Table Properties dialog you can specify the formatting properties of the table as a whole as well as for individual rows columns and cells The cursor must be in the cell column row or table to be formatted before you select this command The table properties available in this dialog closely follow those of HTML So the frame and rules properties define whether and how table and cell borders are drawn border defines the width of borders and so on Cellpadding The following points about cellpadding in tables should be noted e Inthe Table Properties dialog cellpadding is specified globally in the Table tab as the padding of all cells in the table To specify padding for a particular cell place the cursor in the cell and specify the padding separately for each of the four components left top right and bottom in the Layout tab of the Block Style window Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Table 273 8 6 17 Vertical alignment of cell content Commands to set the vertical alignment of cell content are available as icons in the toolbar Place the cursor anywhere in the cell and click the required icon Vertically Align Top vertically align
269. namic SPS table The Department element has two child elements Name and Person The Person element has several child elements First Last Title etc Since there are a number of people in a given department the Person element will occur several times The Person element is a repeating data structure In this part of the tutorial you will first insert the department s name and below it a table containing the names and other details of the persons in that department Do the following 1 Drag the Department Name element from the schema tree and drop it just after the end tag of the Desc element Create it as contents and give it suitable text formatting 2 Drag the Department Person element from the schema tree and drop it just after the end tag of the Department Name element 3 In the pop up menu that appears select Create as Table The Create dynamic table dialog appears foreach Person m Table Growth Header Footer Top Down IV Create Header Left Right IV Create Footer J Summary for Numeric fields rm Display cells as Select attributes elements Contents Combo Box Title Field PhoneE xt EMail Multiline Field Shares C treasa tee Radio Button LeaveLeft Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Inserting a dynamic SPS table 49 4 All the child element fields are highlighted by default and will be created as columns Desele
270. namic tables See Formatting static and dynamic tables and Table Properties for details 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 298 User Reference Properties 8 9 3 Bullets and Numbering The Bullets and Numbering command allows you to edit the bullet and numbering styles of the selected list in the case of a numbered list the initial number can also be specified Bullets and Numbering j x Plain Bullets Numbering Cancel Note This command should be used to change the list style of an already created list Also see Lists and Bullets and Numbering Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Properties 299 8 9 4 Predefined Format Strings Any contents placeholder input field or Auto Calculation which is of a numeric date time dateTime or duration datatype can be assigned a custom format with the Input Formatting dialog In the Input Formatting dialog you can either create a format directly or select from a drop down list of predefined formats This list consists of two types of predefined formats e supplied predefined formats delivered with StyleVision and e customized predefined formats that you define with the Predefined Format Strings command These customized formats are created for the currently open SPS file and not for the entire application After the customized formats have been defined the SPS File must be saved in or
271. nary are displayed in the Not in Dictionary field of the dialog and highlighted in the Design Document Spelling English U S x Not in Dictionary Ignore Once Suggestions Ignore All i Add to Dictionary Change Change All Recheck Document Options You can then select an entry from the list in the Suggestions pane and click Change or Change All to change the highlighted instance of this spelling or all its instances respectively Double clicking a word in the Suggestions list causes it to replace the unknown word Alternatively you can ignore this instance of the unknown word Ignore Once or ignore all instances of this unknown word Ignore All or add this unknown word to the default user dictionary Add to Dictionary Adding the unknown word to the dictionary causes the spell checker to treat the word as correct and to pass on to the next word not found in the dictionary After all the words not found in the dictionary have been displayed in turn and an action taken for each the spell checker displays the message The spelling check is complete You can then recheck the document from the beginning Recheck Document or close the dialog Close The Options button opens the Spelling options dialog in which you can specify options for the spell check 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 304 User Reference Tools 8 10 2 Spelling options The Spelling options
272. nd a mouseover displays the error message that you key into the Error message box of the Additional Validation field 5 Now enter the error message in the Error message box of the Additional Validation field such as Telephon xtensions must be three digits long 6 You can also key in text for the User Info The text you key in here is displayed in Authentic View shortly after the cursor is placed over that node When the Authentic View user validates the XML document any invalid data will generate the error message for that node Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Completing the stylesheet 81 3 14 Completing the stylesheet To complete the stylesheet you should check the following e Whether Auto Calculations Conditional Templates and Additional Validation statements are correct especially whether all user situations are covered e Whether formatting and layout is as required e Whether the Authentic Node Settings for individual nodes are correctly set Checking Auto Calculations Conditional Templates and Additional Validation Two kinds of error are likely here first that the XPath expression is incorrect either in syntax or because it selects the wrong node nodeset or operates on the selected node nodeset in an unintended way second that some data input scenario has not been covered You should check all XPaths for correct syntax and correct processing and th
273. nd ipo zip In order to make the input areas for the two elements easily recognizable to the Authentic View user change the ipo state and ipo zip nodes toa Combo box and an Input Field respectively Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Completing the stylesheet 83 To change the ipo state element to a combo box do the following 1 Right click the element in the Design Document and select Change to Combo Box The following dialog pops up Edit Combo Box x for Element ipo state Use schema enumerations C Use list of values Visible Entry XML Value C Use XPath expression p 2 Check the Use Schema Enumerations option so that the values enumerated in the schema become the options available in the combo box The Visible Entries will be the same as the XML Values that have been enumerated in the schema 3 Click OK to finish creating the combo box To change the ipo zip element to an input field right click the ipo zip element and select Change to Input Field The Design Window after these two changes have been made should now look like this Street po stteet gt contents pastreel City fpocity gt contents pocity Addes lt 7 Checking the Node Settings You can make detailed and specific settings for each node in your document right click the node and click Authentic Node Settings or select Authentic Node Settings For example
274. ng nested lists so that list items have a form like 3 4 1 there is no option for such a format you would like in the Bullets and Numbering dialog To do this you will have to use Auto Calculations in a recursion mechanism For details see Numbering elements recursively Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Tables 117 4 8 Tables In a StyleVision Power Stylesheet two types of tables are used SPS tables and XML tables There are crucial differences between the two types and it is important to understand these A detailed description of SPS tables and XML tables and instructions about how to use them follows in the next sections For now we look at the broad picture The illustration below shows the relationship of SPS tables and XML tables to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and to the XML document Authentic View XML Document XML Tables ON OFF Can be inserted as XML i elements by user of l Authentic View STYLEVISION Power STYLEVISION Stylesheet for XML document Power Stylesheet SPS Table Generate XSLT from SPS XSLT for XSL FO XSLT for HTML _ _ zi SPS tables An SPS table is a component of a StyleVision Power Stylesheet and is created and formatted using StyleVision If present in a StyleVision Power Stylesheet an SPS table appears in Authentic View as well as in the XSLT stylesheets you can generate with StyleVision An SPS
275. ng the column header clicking once sorts in ascending order twice in descending order You can also resize the dialog box and the width of columns Limitations e An entity contained within another entity is not resolved either in the dialog Authentic View or XSLT output and the ampersand character of such an entity is displayed in its escaped form i e samp e External entities are not resolved in Authentic View except in the case where an entity is an image file and it is entered as the value of an attribute of type ENTITY or ENTITIES Such entities are resolved when the document is processed with an XSLT generated from the StyleVision Power Stylesheet 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 168 How To Use Authentic View Images in Authentic View Authentic View is based on Internet Explorer and is able to display most of the image formats that your version of Internet Explorer can display The following commonly used image formats are supported GIF JPG PNG BMP WMF Microsoft Windows Metafile EMF Enhanced Metafile SVG for PDF output only Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 169 Keystrokes in Authentic View Enter Carriage Return Key In Authentic View the Return key is used to append additional elements when it is in certain cursor locations For example if the chapter of a book may according to the schema conta
276. ng value for example string www altova com replace the string with a locator expression Such as company url where url is the node that contains the required value However the value of the XML node e g ur1 will have to be modified in Authentic View for the Auto Calculation function to pass the result to the XML node that is to be updated See How to use Auto Calculations XML tables do not display in HTML output Cause No global template has been defined for the XML table element Solution Since it cannot be known where in the XML document the user will insert an XML table you must use a global template for the XML table element This global template must be added manually to the XSLT stylesheet you generate from the StyleVision Power Stylesheet In Authentic View optional child elements are listed in a specific order as add_childl add_child2 etc even though the schema specifies that child elements can occur in any order Cause Templates for the child element s have been specified within the template for the parent element Solution Delete the templates for the child element s in the parent element Define the template for the parent element to contain just the contents placeholder and define Global Templates for the child elements 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual Chapter 7 HTML to XML Conversion 184 HTML to XML Conversion 7 HTML to XML Conversion Altova StyleVision 2005 can
277. ngle fixed location in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and by extension in the XML document If you create a bookmark around an element the bookmark is created around the first occurrence of that element and not around each occurrence of that element The name of the bookmark is a static name that you give It does not come dynamically from the XML document You cannot assign a dynamic name to a bookmark You can delete a bookmark after it has been created by selecting the bookmark in the Other Bookmarks on this page list in the Insert Bookmark dialog and clicking the Clear button Also see Inserting bookmarks and hyperlinks in the Tutorial section and Hyperlink 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 252 User Reference Insert 8 5 11 Hyperlink Ctri K The Hyperlink command icon allows you to insert a link from any part of the output document HTML to an anchor within the output document or to an external document or document fragment Note however that linking is not available in Authentic View since this is a view of the source XML document To insert a hyperlink do the following 1 Select the StyleVision Power Stylesheet component or text fragment to be made into a hyperlink 2 Click the Hyperlink icon in the toolbar or select Insert Hyperlink or right click and select Insert Hyperlink or use the shortcut CTRL K 3 Inthe Insert Hyperlink dialog specify the document or
278. ns 258 80 3 Append ROW nieces noi E EE E cons suctcansstancauet cha dasduceueanssceves 259 8 6 4 Append Column s 2sccssavisdersssicccassaesdccanveassaaave cosasavacosacaae condaded oenaaveicensarsccesss 260 BOD NMSSM ROW aaseccsnseaetses oer a a a e A Mac a e a tases a E a S 261 8 6 6 Insert Colmi siini ann Eia aE EA N a 262 8 6 7 Delete ROW srriceierioeri oeeie oarn e A E E EE EER AEAEE 263 30 8 Delete Columns icnn n E AE EETA RE 264 869 Jom Cell Lett scsicsscccacesuaesdhigs oxsccatexasiccanved a E A E 265 8 6 10 Join Cell Right 0 0 ccceccsecssecenecsseceeeseeseeesceeeseeesseecseeeseecsaecnseceaeenaeenseeees 266 8 6 11 Jom Cell Below scisccisscstscccditcsscesssia tensa eden iecesishai cosnaaads cctaadea E a 267 8 6 12 Jom Cell ABOVE oo cececcccececssecsseceteceeceeesecseeesseeeececeseeeseessaecsaecaeceaeceaeenseeaes 268 8 6 13 Split Cell Horizontally 0 ccc cecccescesecseeceeceeeeeeeneesseeeseeceeeseecsaeenseceeesseeeas 269 8 6 14 Split Cell Vertically 0 cece cesccescssecssecseeceeeeeseeesseesseeeseeceeeseeenseeneceaeesseeees 270 8 6 15 View Cell Bounds oc cceccccccssecsseceseceseeeeecseeesseeseeeesseesaeecseecsaessaecnseenaeenseenes 271 8 6 16 Table Properties 3 ics scesssedecdecsetsazeceadncass ca segenetaadasansovaceana Qonanaceaseteiccdasaviceass 272 8 6 17 Vertical alignment of cell Content 2 0 0 0 ec ceccceeseeteeesceeneeeneecnseeneceeeneeees 273 8 7 PUMCM EC sorire E E RE tes de oxscaduedanedadecestcdavedldes es saxeav
279. ns set forth in this Agreement and as provided in FAR 12 211 and 12 212 48 C F R 12 211 and 12 212 or DFARS 227 7202 48 C F R 227 7202 as applicable Consistent with the above as applicable Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Documentation licensed to U S government end users only as commercial items and only with those rights as are granted to all other end users under the terms and conditions set forth in this Software License Agreement Manufacturer is Altova GmbH Rudolfsplatz 13a 9 A 1010 Vienna Austria EU You may not use or otherwise export or re export the Software or Documentation except as authorized by United States law and the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Software was obtained In particular but without limitation the Software or Documentation may not be exported or re exported 1 into or to a national or resident of any U S embargoed country or ii to anyone on the U S Treasury Department s list of Specially Designated Nationals or the U S Department of Commerce s Table of Denial Orders By using the Software you represent and warrant that you are not located in under control of or a national or resident of any such country or on any such list GENERAL PROVISIONS If you are located in the European Union and are using the Software in the European Union and not in the United States then this Software License Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Repu
280. nse will expire unless otherwise extended Access to any files created with the Evaluation Software is entirely at your risk You acknowledge that Altova has not promised or guaranteed to you that Pre release Software will be announced or made available to anyone in the future that Altova has no express or implied obligation to you to announce or introduce the Pre release Software and that Altova may not introduce a product similar to or compatible with the Pre release Software Accordingly you acknowledge that any research or development that you perform regarding the Pre release Software or any product associated with the Pre release Software is done entirely at your own risk During the term of this Software License Agreement if requested by Altova you will provide feedback to Altova regarding testing and use of the Pre release Software including error or bug reports If you have been provided the Pre release Software pursuant to a separate written agreement your use of the Software is governed by such agreement You may not sublicense lease loan rent distribute or otherwise transfer the Pre release Software Upon receipt of a later unreleased version of the Pre release Software or release by Altova of a publicly released commercial version of the Software whether as a stand alone product or as part of a larger product you agree to return or destroy all earlier Pre release Software received from Altova and to abide by the terms of the license
281. nserts a horizontal rule at the cursor insertion point It is not available when a StyleVision Power Stylesheet component is selected By default the inserted rule is black and has a thickness of 1pt You can change the default values after inserting the rule by right clicking the rule and selecting Edit Properties The following dialog appears Edit Properties Horizontal Line x 000000 i Cancel Edit the color and thickness values as required and then click OK Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 247 8 5 6 Contents The Contents command inserts the contents placeholder for that node This placeholder represents all the content of the element text element or mixed content or in the case of an attribute its value The contents placeholder corresponds to the xsl apply templates rule of XSLT which causes the relevant templates to be applied to all child nodes including attribute and text nodes The contents placeholder can be formatted by selecting it and using a Predefined Format and or properties in the Text Style and or Block Style windows This formatting is visible in the Design Document and in the output it will be applied to the content of the node If another node from the schema tree is dropped into a node containing a contents placeholder then the existing contents placeholder is replaced by the new node The contents placeholder can be del
282. nt Design tab The XSLT HTML tab features line numbering and expandable collapsible elements To expand or collapse an element click the and icons in the left margin e Text searches are enabled select Edit Find Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Getting Started StyleVision interface 25 2 2 6 HTML Preview The HTML Preview shows an exact preview of the HTML file that will be obtained by transforming the Working XML File using the XSLT for HTML that you generate for the current StyleVision Power Stylesheet using File Save Generated Files Save Generated XSLT HTML File You can use the generated XSLT file to transform any other XML file based on the same schema as that on which the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is based If you make a change in the Design Document you can view the effect of this change on the HTML output by switching to the HTML Preview Note however that although the HTML Preview may look identical to the Authentic Editor View it is different in one important respect Unlike the Authentic Editor View it does not accept XML data input So components which are intended for XML data input such as check boxes combo boxes etc will not accept any input in HTML Preview Note HTML Preview is enabled only if a Working XML File has been assigned to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet If none is assigned you will be prompted to assign a Working XML File when you click HTML Preview
283. nt structure and all local inline formatting will disappear The inline formatting of global templates will however be retained Change to Table The Change to Table option changes the component type of the selected element to a dynamic table It can be applied to elements with children it cannot be applied to attributes or to elements with no child How to specify table options is described in Creating dynamic tables Change to Bullets and Numbering The Change to Bullets and Numbering option changes the component type of the selected element to an itemized or a numbered list A new list item will be created for each instance of the selected element For usage of lists in StyleVision Power Stylesheets see Lists Change to Image The Change to Image option changes the component type of the selected node element or attribute to an image that you browse for Change to Data entry device Data entry devices are input fields combo boxes check boxes etc The various types of data entry devices used in StyleVision Power Stylesheet are described in the section Data entry devices You can change the component type of a selected node to a data entry device How to specify settings for the data entry device is described in Data entry devices Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Chapter 9 Appendices 328 Appendices 9 Appendices The appendices contain technical background information and licensing and distr
284. nt that comes from the XML document Form of component This refers to the form the component takes which could be text or a table image hyperlink etc Two forms that require explanation are the contents placeholder and data entry devices The contents placeholder is used with dynamic components specifically an element or attribute and serves to output the contents of the node Data entry devices are described in the section Data entry devices Inserting static components e Static components Additional components that are external to the XML source can be added to the design document These components could be text images table structures hyperlinks etc They are considered static because they are non XML Since they are sourced in the stylesheet they cannot be changed in the XML document they are inserted in the output document from the stylesheet at the time of transformation Processing of dynamic content Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Getting Started Working with StyleVision 29 Basic processing When an element attribute is dropped into the design document you must decide in what form its content is to be displayed Some possibilities are as follows If the content model of the selected node is text you might want to create the content as a paragraph If the content model of the selected node is other elements you might want to create the selected element as a table with the chil
285. ntent of the newly created condition is a copy of the content of the selected condition you can modify this content as required 8 Tocreate an Otherwise template follow Step 6 to create another conditional template In the Edit XPath expression dialog check the Otherwise check box shown below The Otherwise check box appears if one conditional template already exists on that node static content or document fragment Edit XPath expression Expression Otherwise J Select Schema Attribute or Element Selection OrgChart Office Departm The Expression field is grayed out 9 Click OK to create the Otherwise template and then add or modify content for the template To change the order of conditions in a list of conditions in a conditional template right click the conditional template and use the Condition Move Up and Condition Move Down commands to set up the required order The order of the conditions in a conditional template is significant This is because the first condition in the list to be evaluated as true is processed the other conditions are then ignored To move a conditional template to a new location drag the conditional template to the desired location If the context node of the new location is not the same as that of the original location then correct the XPath in the condition s of the conditional template as well as the location paths of any dynamic content within the condition template
286. nter a dynamic gt lt Path Address Use button to select Schema content J Treat as unparsed entity for XSLT transformation Cancel When the node selected in the dynamic part of an image or hyperlink address contains the name of an unparsed entity selecting the Treat as unparsed entity option causes the node value to be read as the argument of the unparsed entity uri function For example when the context node is image source and the Treat as Unparsed Entity option is checked then the XSLT generated for this construct will be lt xsl template match image source gt lt img gt lt xsl iattribute name src gt lt xsl value of select unparsed entity uri gt lt xsl attribute gt lt img gt lt xsl template gt When the XML document is processed this XSLT fragment generates the URI associated with the unparsed entity named in the source attribute of image elements If the URI is a relative URI then the XSLT processor expands it to an absolute URI applying the base URI of the DTD So the above XSLT fragment outputs something like file c some_ folder nanonull gif where the DTD is in the folder some_folder 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 148 How To Use StyleVision from the command line 4 15 StyleVision from the command line The command line feature enables you to call StyleVision i e the StyleVision executable file from the command line to generate the req
287. ntic Node Settings Settings for Element Attribute nodes The following Authentic Node Settings dialog appears when an element or attribute is selected Authentic Node Settings Location x V Content is editable MV Show add Name when XML Element is missing Conca When adding this content add In Mixed Markup Mode C Allits children Hide markup Mandatory children Show large markup No children Show small markup M User Info After you add the address element corresponding to your Location selection the Location field becomes non editable M Additional validation with Path valid when all Path results are true 7 Error message Path expression M Maximum number of database records to be displayed Havimum number C All The name of the selected element attribute appears in the title bar of the dialog Settings for content nodes and Auto Calculations The following Authentic Node Settings dialog appears when the contents placeholder data entry device etc or an Auto Calculation is selected 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 276 User Reference Authentic Authentic Node Settings PhoneExt x J Content is editable Cancel M User Info M Additional validation with Path valid when all Path results are true Error message Path expression Telephone extensions must be 3 digil string lenath 23 M Maximum
288. nto the XML file Buttons do not allow data entry in Authentic View but are useful for triggering events in the HTML output Radio buttons Inserting radio buttons in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet allows you to give the user a choice among multiple alternatives Each radio button you insert maps to one XML value The way to use this feature is to create the node for which the data entry is required multiple times as a radio button For each radio button enter i some static text to indicate its value to the user and ii a different XML value The radio buttons for a node are mutually exclusive only one may be selected at a time and the associated XML value is entered as the value of the node Buttons The button option allows you to insert a button and specify the text on the button This is useful if you wish to associate scripts with button events in the generated HTML Note however that a button does not map to any XML value and does not allow data entry in Authentic View Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Lists 113 4 7 Lists Function If an element has multiple instances to output its instances as the items of a list A list can be bulletted or numbered A list can be a static list or a dynamic list Static lists in which all list content comes from the StyleVision Power Stylesheet are described first the rest of the section is about dynamic lists the content of which comes from the
289. ntract Id D t Number add contractExtension add documentVersion add contractT yg ocuement Numocr TransactionNumber add buyerContractldentifier add sellerContractldentifier add brokerContrac Invoice Number peoo You can easily customize any of the supplied standard industry StyleVision Power Stylesheets which are available in the Examples IndustryStandards folder of your application folder 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 6 Introduction StyleVision and output 1 4 StyleVision and output In StyleVision you can generate XSLT stylesheets for output to HTML from your StyleVision Power Stylesheet See figure in Uses of StyleVision Power Stylesheets for an overview Presentation properties formatting layout hyperlinking etc in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet are translated into the corresponding HTML markup Essentially therefore one design document created in Design View is translated into the markup for the XML document displayed in Authentic View and for the HTML output These transformations from XML source to marked up output documents are achieved with XSLT stylesheets You can see output previews in the HTML Preview Window Note Since Authentic View is a display of an XML file and since the Authentic View display accepts input for the XML some components in the Authentic View display do not have corresponding input devices in the HTML output Such components could be data entry devi
290. nts Your Authentic and HTML Previews should look something like this Nan hull Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart Nanonull Inc The company was established in Vereno in 1995 and is privately held Nanonull has been actively involved in developing nanoelectromc software technologies since 1996 and released the first version of its products in February 1999 Due to the fact that nanoelectronic software components are so small that nobody can see it the company is not well known to the public Note To control vertical spacing for text components use the line break feature in the Design Window and or the properties in the Position tab of the Text Style window Text formatting icons You can also make text bold italic or underlined by highlighting the text and then clicking the appropriate icon in the toolbar These icons are shortcuts to creating the required values in the Text Style Window Specifying Block Style properties Block Style properties are applied to blocks via the Block Style Window In order for this window to be enabled the selected component must be a block A component is specified as a block by assigning it any pre defined format other than Normal 1 Select the href element that has been created as an image not the one created as an Input Field by clicking its start tag 2 From the drop down Pre defined Format menu in the toolbar select Block div This makes the image display a
291. nts of a custom dictionary click the Custom Dictionaries button and select the required custom dictionary from the list of custom dictionaries When you click the Custom Dictionaries button the following dialog appears Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools 305 Custom Dictionaries x custom tl Modify C app_terms tlx CO nanonull tlx Add Remove OK Cancel Editing the Custom Dictionaries list The listed custom dictionaries are part of the current dictionary The default user dictionary is selected e To add an existing custom dictionary to the list click the Add button then browse for the required dictionary and select it e To remove a custom dictionary from the list and therefore from the current dictionary select the dictionary to be removed and click the Remove button This causes the dictionary to be removed from the list It is however not deleted and can be added to the list subsequently e To create a new custom dictionary and add it to the list click the New button open the folder in which the new dictionary is to be created and give the new dictionary a name This file must have a t1x suffix When you start a spell check all dictionaries listed in the Custom Dictionaries list box are searched If you want to limit the search to specific dictionaries use the Remove command to remove form the list those dictionaries
292. o Calculation field the following dialog appears Input Formatting i m Format for AutoCalc field C Unformatted Formatted please choose data type No errors in format Insert Field Field Options V Apply same format to XSLT 1 0 output not all Since an Auto Calculation field has no datatype assigned to it you must select one from the drop down menu shown in the figure above 3 To specify a customized format select the Formatted radio button then enter a format in the input field You can enter a format by selecting a pre defined format from the drop down menu shown below by building one using the Insert Field and Field Options buttons or by typing in the format What pre defined formats are available depends upon the datatype of the element or in the case of an Auto Calculation the datatype you select x m Formats for type date Unformatted Standard format VYYY MM DD Formatted DD Month Vv For details of syntax see the section below 4 The formatting that you enter will apply to the Authentic View of an XML document By default the check box Apply same format to XSLT 1 0 output is checked which means that the formatting will also be applied to HTML output via the generated XSLT stylesheets If you wish to not have the formatting apply to HTML output uncheck this check box Note that some output formats cannot be applied to the HTML output In these cases
293. o local namefnod CustomerSup Notice that in the Select Schema Attribute or Element window the First element is highlighted in gray This indicates that for the XPath expression you are creating the context node is the First element 6 Double click the Shares element to insert it into the Expression field Then select the gt operator and type in the value 0 Your XPath expression should be Shares gt 0 Click OK to create the condition 7 Make the contents placeholder bold This means that if the condition is evaluated as true i e if the content of Shares which is a numeric field is a number greater than 0 then the content of First will be displayed in bold The First element in the Design Document should now look like this contents lt 2 Fis Check the Authentic Editor View Notice that Frank Further has 0 shares and his First name is not displayed in the table This is because you have defined processing in the event that the condition is true but no processing if the condition is false as is the case with Frank Further since he has 0 shares You therefore have to define a condition to process the element in the event that the condition is false 8 To process the element s content when the above condition is false you must define a condition that specifies all the other eventualities not defined in the above condition Right click the condition and select Condition Add New The
294. o the user in a pop up This effectively rules out the possibility of two address elements occurring inside an Office element Additional specifications for how the Location combo box is processed The objective is to make the Location combo box non editable after the address element corresponding to the Location selection has been created This prevents the possibility of a second address element being created Do this as follows 1 Select the Location element and insert a condition around it with the XPath not Address or Address EU Location P notlAddress US Koca lt 2 This creates a conditional template for the scenario where neither an Address nor an Address EU element exists for that office element 2 Right click the Location node and select Authentic Node Settings or select Authentic Node Settings 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 82 Tutorial Completing the stylesheet aR Authentic Node Settings Location x I Content is editable MV Show add Name when XML Element is missing Eosi mM When adding this content add In Mixed Markup Mode C All its children Hide markup Mandatory children C Show large markup No children C Show small markup M User Info After you add the address element corresponding to your Location selection the Location field becomes non editable M Additional validation with Path valid when all Path
295. oaded into StyleVision a single Global Templates entry is created in the Schema Window This entry contains all the elements for which global template rules are allowed 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 98 How To Use Global Templates C Program Files Altova xmlspy E Document Root J OrgChart Global Templates Department Desc EMail Name Person italic para strong E E Page Layout PDF gt Elements that appear in the Global Templates list are e All elements named in element declarations in a DTD e All elements declared as global elements in an XML Schema i e elements declared as children of the xs schema element Creating Global Templates Global templates can be created in either of two ways 1 By clicking an entry in the Global Templates list and defining properties for it Clicking an element listed under Global Templates will create an empty global template for that element An empty global template has only the lt apply templates gt rule specified but no other template rule that is it will process child elements but not do anything else such as format text 2 By right clicking an item in the Design window and selecting Make Global Template A global template is created for that element type from the local template that is the global template will be created with the properties of the local template the local
296. of Austria excluding its conflict of laws principles and the U N Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and you expressly agree that exclusive jurisdiction for any claim or dispute with Altova or relating in any way to your use of the Software resides in the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna and you further agree and expressly consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction in the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna in connection with any such dispute or claim This Software License Agreement will not be governed by the conflict of law rules of any jurisdiction or the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods the application of which is expressly excluded This Software License Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof Any notice or other communication given under this Software License Agreement shall be in writing and shall have been properly given by either of us to the other if sent by certified or registered mail return receipt requested or by overnight courier to the address shown on Altova s Web site for Altova and the address shown in Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Appendices Software Product License 341 Altova s records for you or such other
297. ologies since 1996 and released the first version of its products in February 1999 Due to the fact that nanoelectromc software components are so small that nobody can see it the company is not well known to the public Nanonull Partners Inc On March 1st 2000 Nanonull established it s new office in Brenton WLA This subsidiary primarily is responsible for marketing technical support and sales to key customers and partner networks 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 44 Tutorial Formatting the components 3 5 Formatting the components The formatting that can be applied to a StyleVision Power Stylesheet component is of two types text formatting and block formatting Text formatting is applied to text and includes font sizes font weights and font colors Block formatting can be applied to components that have been explicitly defined as blocks and include background colors for the block spacing around the block and borders for the block A component can be explicitly defined as a block by assigning it a pre defined format To apply formatting to a component the following three mechanisms are used either alone or in combination e Applying a pre defined format a pre defined format includes text and block formatting and is also used to define a component as a block e Applying Text Style properties in the Text Style Window or using toolbar icons e Applying Block Style properties in the Block Style
298. on 2005 User Manual 48 Tutorial Inserting a dynamic SPS table 3 6 Inserting a dynamic SPS table A dynamic SPS table hereafter called dynamic table organizes the child nodes elements and attributes of a given element into a table The table can have headers and footers which can have static or dynamic content The entire structure of the table including that of headers and footers can be modified graphically in the Design Window One dimension of the table say the columns consists of the child elements of the node that is being created as a table the other the rows would then consist of the occurrences of the selected element Thus the first row would show the child nodes of the first occurrence the second row the child nodes of the second occurrence and so on Dynamic tables are ideal for presenting the content of repeating data structures The structure and formatting of a dynamic table are defined by you the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The Authentic View user is not allowed to modify the formatting of the table but can insert append or delete occurrences of the element that has been created as the table i e modify one dimension of the table structure The Authentic View user can also edit the XML content dynamic content of the table except for Auto Calculation nodes you specify the input parameters of the Auto Calculation and nodes that you specify as non editable Inserting the Person element as a dy
299. on Power Stylesheet or SPS document from a schema i e an XML Schema or DTD The schema is loaded into the Schema Window in a tree form The Document Element or Root Element is created immediately below the Document Root After the schema is loaded you can start designing the StyleVision Power Stylesheet by dragging and dropping elements from the Schema Window into the Design Window Creating the StyleVision Power Stylesheet from an XML Schema If there is more than one global element in the XML Schema then the Document Root will be empty This is because it is not known to the application which one of the global elements should be used as the Document Element To indicate this to the application assign a Working XML File File Assign Working XML File which is based on the same XML Schema to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet As soon as you do this the Document Element of the XML file is selected as the Document Element of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and the schema tree is displayed in the Schema Window If you do not have a Working XML File handy create a rudimentary XML document with the desired Document Element Only elements defined as global elements in the XML Schema are created in the Global Templates list in the Schema Window Creating the StyleVision Power Stylesheet from a DTD Note A valid DTD must define a single Document Element So if you create a StyleVision Power Stylesheet from a DTD the Document Element is
300. ontent of some node at another location Note however that ifa nodeset is selected by the XPath only the content of the first node of the nodeset is displayed Usage To insert an Auto Calculation do the following 1 Place the cursor as an insertion point at the location where the Auto Calculation result is to be displayed and click Insert Auto Calculation In the submenu that appears select Value if the result is to appear as plain text Input Field if it is to appear within an input field i e a text box or Multiline Input Field if in a multiline text box Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Auto Calculations 131 Auto Calculation Path Expression Enter an Path expression to generate or calculate a result count Person Build m Update XML node in AUTHENTIC optional In AUTHENTIC it is possible to automatically update an existing XML node no Elements or Attributes will be automatically created with the value of the expression above Select the XML node with an XPath statement es Schema 2 Enter the XPath expression for the Auto Calculation The XPath expression must be a dynamic expression i e it must include at least one node value as an operand The result of the Auto Calculation will be displayed at this location in the result document 3 Optionally select a node in the schema document to update Moving Auto Calculations You can mo
301. or Authentic 2005 Desktop Edition The Authentic View Tutorial is available with these products 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 158 How To Use Authentic View Tables in Authentic View The three table types fall into two categories SPS tables static and dynamic and XML tables SPS tables are of two types static and dynamic SPS tables are designed by the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to which your XML document is linked You yourself cannot insert an SPS table into the XML document but you can enter data into SPS table fields and add and delete the rows of dynamic SPS tables The section on SPS tables below explains the features of these tables XML tables are inserted by you the user of Authentic View Their purpose is to enable you to insert tables at any allowed location in the document hierarchy should you wish to do so The editing features of XML tables and the XML table editing icons are described below SPS Tables Two types of SPS tables are used in Authentic View static tables and dynamic tables Static tables are fixed in their structure and in the content type of cells You as the user of Authentic View can enter data into the table cells but you cannot change the structure of these tables i e add rows or columns etc or change the content type of a cell You enter data either by typing in text or by selecting from options presented in the form of check box or radio button
302. orial 185 Hyperlinks 199 in HTML to XML conversion 199 in SPS 56 in SPSs 252 Hyphenation 180 in PDF output 180 Icons 77 for Authentic View text 77 for formatting text in Authentic View 278 in SPS 77 in StyleVision 211 Image formats 168 in Authentic View 168 Images 198 in HTML to XML conversion 198 in SPS 38 in SPSs 242 Import 289 HTML 289 and namespaces 89 Importeds chemas 94 and namespace prefixing 94 Importing HTML 186 203 for conversion to XML 186 203 Input field 106 creating in lt AUTH STYLE gt s 106 how to use 108 in SPS 36 Input formatting 299 defining format strings 299 Insert 292 HTML import 292 in table in SPS 262 Insert menu 241 StyleVision 241 Insert row 261 in table in SPS 261 Integer 138 formatting of 138 Interface 18 description of 18 2005 Altova GmbH 348 Index J Joining cells 265 266 267 268 in SPS tables 265 266 267 268 K Key codes 317 for your Altova software 317 L License metering 331 Licenses 317 for your Altova software 317 Links 199 in HTML to XML conversion 199 in SPS 56 specifying colors of in SPS 296 List properties 298 in SPS 298 Lists 113 creating in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 113 in HTML to XML conversion 192 in SPSs 245 moving in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 174 Local templates 8 description of 8 Manually editing XSLT 177 Marking 211 table data 211 Markup 152 154 28
303. original cell Split cell vertically Lt The Split cell Vertically command creates a new cell below the currently active cell Align top This command aligns the cell contents to the top of the cell Center vertically This command centers the cell contents Align bottom 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 164 How To Use Authentic View This command aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell Table properties The Table properties command opens the Table Properties dialog box This icon is only made active for HTML tables it cannot be clicked for CALS tables Table Properties Table Row Column Cell bgcolor Cancel border border collapse cellpadding cellspacing frame height page break after page break before rules table layout EN EM EE K CEN E EET Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 165 Date Picker The Date Picker is a graphical calendar used to enter dates in a standard format into the XML document Having a standard format is important for the processing of data in the document The Date Picker icon appears near the date field it modifies it is shown below Organization Chart Location of logo nanonull gif Last Updated 2003 09 01 To display the Date Picker shown below click the Date Picker icon Location of logo nanonull gif Last Updated 2003 09 01 M September p q amp
304. orld Wide Web Consortium W3C marks of the W3C are registered and held by its host institutions MIT INRIA and Keio Except as expressly stated above this Software License Agreement does not grant you any intellectual property rights in the Software Notifications of claimed copyright infringement should be sent to Altova s copyright agent as further provided on the Altova Web Site LIMITED TRANSFER RIGHTS Notwithstanding the foregoing you may transfer all your rights to use the Software to another person or legal entity provided that a you also transfer each of this Software License Agreement the Software and all other software or hardware bundled or pre installed with the Software including all copies updates and prior versions and all copies of font software converted into other formats to such person or entity b you retain no copies including backups and copies stored on a computer c the receiving party secures a personalized key code from Altova and d the receiving party accepts the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement and any other terms and conditions upon which you legally purchased a license to the Software Notwithstanding the foregoing you may not transfer education pre release or not for resale copies of the Software 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 336 Appendices Software Product License 4 PRE RELEASE AND EVALUATION PRODUCT ADDITIONAL TERMS If the product you
305. ormatting appears in the Authentic View output and for a subset of the formattable datatypes optionally in the HTML output 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 14 Introduction About this documentation 1 7 About this documentation Altova StyleVision 2005 documentation The Altova StyleVision 2005 documentation consists of the following sections An Introduction which shows the relationship between StyleVision Power Stylesheets and Authentic View describes the benefits of using Authentic View and explains the concepts behind the working of StyleVision Power Stylesheets and Authentic View A description of how to set up StyleVision and an explanation of the StyleVision interface Getting Started A tutorial to get you started using StyleVision A How To Use section for commonly used StyleVision features The How to Use section also contains a section on how to use the editing features of Authentic View These features can be tried out in the Authentic Editor View of StyleVision A section with tips on how to use StyleVision efficiently and correctly StyleVision Tips A Troubleshooting section for commonly encountered problems A description of how to convert HTML to XML A user reference containing a description of the various menu commands StyleVision User Reference This documentation is available in the following formats Onscreen Help within the application click the Help menu in Altova StyleVision
306. ort an image into the XML file StyleVision recognizes an HTML image and imports the value of the lt img gt element s src attribute as the content of element or attribute according to how you want this content created Creating the image source as attribute value To import the image as an attribute value of an element do the following Create an element Logo as a child of Article Select the image in the Design Document Drop it in the schema tree as a child of the Article element In the context menu that appears select Convert selection to attributes Enter Location as the name of the attribute IRUNA If you now check the XML file you will find the element Logo at the bottom of the document and that the value of the image s src attribute has been imported as the value of the Location attribute lt Logo Location altova gif gt You can move the element Logo to alternative locations in the schema tree Your schema tree should now look something like this 8 Schema from HTML Import H Z Document Root Article Copyright Year lt Logo Be Location Title Para Unorderedlist Section Creating the image source as element value Alternatively you could have dragged the image into the schema tree and created it as a child element of any element In this case the value of the image s src attribute is imported as the content of the element you create it as For example lt LogoLoc
307. ote that the parentheses in the figure above have been inserted as a design item they are not placeholder delimiters 6 Check the HTML Preview The HTML Preview of the Auto Calculation result for the first department is shown below Administration 3 First Last Title Vernon Callaby Office Manager Frank Further Accounts Receivable Loby Matise Accounting Manager Auto calculating departments and employees in each office 1 2 Place the cursor in front of the start tag of the Office Desc element Note that the context node will therefore be Office Use the method above to create Auto Calculation values for the number of departments count Department and the number of employees in the department count Department Person Add the word departments after the auto calculation for the number of departments and employees after the auto calculation for the number of employees Format the line as required count Depart departments count Depart employees Peso para Insert the Address ipo city element as contents before the Auto Calculation placeholders and append the words Office Summary so that the line in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet now looks similar to this Address dipo cito POGO R Do cite ddressAA AEA count Depart Format the inserted components as required The corresponding line in the Authentic and HTML Previews should look something like this A
308. ource from which XSLT stylesheets are generated e Generate and save XSLT stylesheets and their output files e Convert an HTML file to an XML file In this section we outline the process used to design a StyleVision Power Stylesheet see Document design process and explain how XSLT stylesheets and their output files are saved Using StyleVision from the command line is described in StyleVision from the command line and HTML to XML conversions are explained in the section HTML to XML Conversion 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 28 Getting Started Working with StyleVision 2 3 1 Document design process The document you create in StyleVision is a StyleVision Power Stylesheet and it is created in the Design tab of the Main Window The process for creating a StyleVision Power Stylesheet known also as the Design Document can be divided into the following general parts Selection of dynamic content and its placement in document e Schema A schema DTD or XML Schema is used as the starting point The schema which provides the structure in terms of elements and attributes according to which an XML document can be built is loaded into StyleVision It is displayed as a tree in the Schema Window Your StyleVision Power Stylesheet is based on the schema you load into StyleVision Be sure to finalize your schema before starting to build the StyleVision Power Stylesheet If you change your schema subsequently
309. ove Up or Move Down commands The relative position of conditions within a conditional template is significant because the first condition to evaluate as true is executed and the conditional template is then exited The use of conditional templates is described with examples in Conditional templates in the How To Use section 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 256 User Reference Table 8 6 Table The Table menu provides commands enabling you to insert a static table and to change the structure and properties for both static and dynamic tables You can edit table structure by appending inserting deleting joining and splitting rows and columns Properties of the table as well as of individual columns rows and cells are defined in the Table Properties dialog The Table commands are available in the Table menu and as icons in the toolbar The availability of various table commands depends on the current cursor position A static table can be inserted at any location in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet by clicking the Insert Table command A dynamic table is inserted by creating an element as or changing an element to a table To edit the table structure place the cursor in the appropriate cell column or row and select the required editing command To edit a formatting property place the cursor in the appropriate cell column row or table and define the required property in the Table Properties dialog Head
310. ovided software Software and any accompanying documentation including without limitation printed materials online files or electronic documentation Documentation By clicking the I accept and Next buttons below or by installing or otherwise using the Software you agree to be bound by the terms of this Software License Agreement as well as the Altova Privacy Policy Privacy Policy including without limitation the warranty disclaimers limitation of liability data use and termination provisions below whether or not you decide to purchase the Software You agree that this agreement is enforceable like any written agreement negotiated and signed by you If you do not agree you are not licensed to use the Software and you must destroy any downloaded copies of the Software in your possession or control Please go to our Web site at http www altova com eula to download and print a copy of this Software License Agreement for your files and http www altova com privacy to review the privacy policy 1 SOFTWARE LICENSE a License Grant Upon your acceptance of this Software License Agreement Altova grants you a non exclusive non transferable except as provided below limited license to install and use a copy of the Software on your compatible computer up to the Permitted Number of computers The Permitted Number of computers shall be delineated at such time as you elect to purchase the Software During the evaluation period here
311. plate for parent then not only will child1 and child4 be processed using the explicitly defined processing rules in the template Additionally templates will be applied for the child2 and child3 child elements If global templates for these are defined then the global templates will be used If these child nodes have built in default templates such as for element attribute and text nodes then the built in templates are applied Important It is important to note what nodes are selected for rest of contents e As described with the example above all child element nodes and child text nodes are selected by the rest of contents placeholder e Child attribute nodes are not selected e Ifa global template of a child element is used in the parent template then the child element does not count as having been used locally As a result the rest of contents placeholder will also select such child elements However if a global template of a child element is copied locally then this usage counts as local usage and the child element will not be selected by the rest of contents placeholder Also see Inserting Rest of Contents and Global Templates Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Adding Elements 103 4 5 Adding Elements When creating elements in the design the way you create the elements determines how Authentic View will respond to user actions like pressing the Tab key and clicking the Add
312. ployee address 1 In the Design Document right click the OrgChart Office EMail element or its contents placeholder and in the popup menu that appears select Insert Hyperlink 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 58 Tutorial Inserting bookmarks and hyperlinks 2 3 In the Insert Hyperlink dialog click the Static and Dynamic tab The address consists of a static part and a dynamic part Fill these in as shown in the figure below Don t miss the period in the dynamic part of the address this specifies that the content of the current node shown in the Selection field is to be processed Insert Hyperlink x Selection OrgChart Office EMail Above field shows the current Document selection Static Dynamic Static and Dynamic Static Dynamic Static Address mailto j Compose ddress by combining two Static h and one Dynamic expression _Schema Treat dynamic part as unparsed entity for XSLT transformation Remove Link Cancel Click OK The hyperlink is created The static mailto part of the address is the protocol part of the URL The dynamic part of the address is the content of the Office EMail element which is the e mail address of each office respectively Right click the Person EMail element or its contents placeholder and follow the same steps as for the previous office e mail address Each person s e mail address is now a hyperlink which on
313. ployees in each department 1 Place the cursor after the end tag of the Department Name element 2 Right click and from the popup menu select Insert Auto Calculation Value The Auto Calculation dialog appears Auto Calculation Path Expression Enter an Path expression to generate or calculate a result count Person Build m Update XML node in AUTHENTIC optional In AUTHENTIC it is possible to automatically update an existing XML node no Elements or Attributes will be automatically created with the value of the expression above Select the XML node with an XPath statement eT Schema 3 Build the XPath expression by clicking the Build button Notice that the context node is Department indicated by its being highlighted in gray Now build the XPath expression count Person by double clicking the required node and XPath operators and functions Alternatively you can type the XPath expression directly into the XPath expression field 4 Click OK The Auto Calculation placeholder is inserted 5 Format the placeholder as desired using the Text Style Window This part of the Design Document will look something like this 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 60 Tutorial Using Auto Calculation Name gt c ontents lt Name count Pers First Last Title Fitst gt contents Fist Last contents Tast Title gt contents lt Titl N
314. r then the century is the same as that of the base year If the user value is less than the last two digits the century is the century of the base year plus one For example if you set base 1940 then if the lt DOCED gt user enters 50 the XML value for the year will be 1950 if the user enters 23 the XML value will be 2023 Although two digits are commonly used as the short year format one digit and three digit short year formats can also be used with a base year Note that if you use the y field type the base year is taken to be 1930 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Parameters 145 4 13 Parameters In StyleVision you can declare parameters globally for the entire StyleVision Power Stylesheet A parameter is declared with a name and a string value This value is the default value and can be overridden by a value passed from the command line Mechanism 1 You declare one or more global parameters using the Edit Edit Stylesheet Parameters command This pops up the Edit Parameters dialog shown below Declaring a parameter involves giving it a name and a string value which is its default value If no value is specified the default value is an empty string Edit Parameters j In this dialog enter parameter names without leading Parameter Name Default Value state cA state2 NY In the Edit Parameters dialog you can append or insert new parameters as well
315. r Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 195 7 1 6 Importing HTML tables You can import the HTML table into the XML document as follows 1 Select any text fragment in the table and drag it into the Schema Window Drop it as a child of Section and select Convert selected table list to elements In the dialog that pops up select the dynamic table option the top down option and the with header option Rename TableNode to BasedOn Your schema tree should now look like this Schema from HTML Import E Article Title Para Z Document Root Y Unorderedlist Section Title Para Orderediist B BasedOn NewNode DTD XML_Schema ML E Authentic_Stylesheet XSLT Save the StyleVision document and view the table markup in the XML file lt Based On gt lt NewNode gt Schema Tr lt DT lt XMI D gt e lt DTD gt lt XML gt lt XML gt lt Au lt X5SI lt Base lt Based thentic don gt On gt lt NewNode gt Aut lt DT D gt lt DTD gt lt XML_Schema gt lt XML gt lt XML gt lt Au lt X5SI lt Base thentic S don gt tyleshee LT gt lt XSLT gt hentic S lt XML_S tyleshee LT gt lt XSLT gt lt NewNode gt L Schema gt lt XML Schema gt t gt lt Authentic_ Stylesheet gt tylesheet lt NewNod
316. r eee reer tore trate rece ter cter reer trerhre er etree 217 83l NEWs cesagexestansadestaveedonnedudevssisventian sa EN EA O EE EE NNER ESEESE 218 8 32 OP Sire sirae aa a ate ain iee aae EE T e Ea a iise 219 839 ClOSE roinne E a a ES 220 8 3 4 Import HTML Filesi sessiun E AS 221 8 3 5 Assign Working XML File c ccceccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeesecseeesseceeesseees 222 8 3 6 Edit Schema Definition in XMLSpy eecceecceesceeseeeseeeseeeseecseeceseeeteenseeees 223 S3 ENCOCIN Gis cccteca cece ded cuezvess cc E ARER I E R ccsteestsededetscoves 224 B38 SAVE DeSioT s esssscccdsaccedetidedised Shteadelidededsdacgands Seka dee debiae sided diese N R 225 8 3 9 Save Design Asie svesiccsisvesdcasssssccasasesistanved sagaavs ciuasavarosacane A E 226 8 3 10 Save Authentic XML Data ccccceccccsccsscseseeeeeeeseeeeeeseecseecseecsaeeeseeneeneeees 227 8 3 11 Save Generated Files ccccccssssecscseneseccsecsscccsetcssncssnscsnecesecentscsseceanesscseas 228 S312 Print PREVI OW sii ssedeicocsedcac ss ceased er e E E E AREE sereecsehedececeveus 229 8313 Prite acneea are EEE E N A ees 230 8 3 14 Most recently used files 0 0 ceccescssecssecseeeseeeeeeeesseecseecseeceecseecsseenaeenseeees 231 Bisel ENIE a E E R N E 232 Edit ene E E IE EE EE 233 SAD Undo sasicenesteahavecciaseudecnedvdcvesssteaieanseiectienndeeatspaaivicsenasiaadedu NEER ESERSE 234 CAD REGO aeeoea iios rt iaae EAE aea RE AE E A EEE 235 BAS Find ssporineai aren
317. r the image that is specified in the href attribute value Do the following 1 Drag the href attribute from the schema tree and drop it immediately after the start tag of the CompanyLogo element 2 Inthe pop up menu that appears select Create Image 3 Inthe Insert Image dialog shown below switch to the Dynamic tab Static Dynamic Static and Dynamic Dynamic Address i Schama Use above field to enter a dynamic Path Address Use button to select Schema content J Treat as unparsed entity for XSLT transformation 4 Check that the Address field contains a period This is the XPath expression for the current node which is the href attribute this is the node that was dragged from the schema tree If there is no period then type in one 5 Click OK 6 Save your changes The Design Document will now look like this hret 4 K Ghref Location of logo EHER contents Name gt contents lt Name OraCharl lt 7 Notice that the href attribute appears twice in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet first as an image then as an input field This way the user can specify in the input field what image is to be used the specified image will be displayed immediately at the point where the image has been inserted Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Including an image 39 The Authentic and HTML Previews will look like this Nan hull Location of logo nanonull gif
318. ranges from XSLT and XSL FO processors to Application Server Platforms The software available at the Component Download Center is typically free of charge 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 322 User Reference Help 8 11 9 StyleVision on the Internet The StyleVision on the Internet command is a link to the Altova web site http www altova com on the Internet Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Help 323 8 11 10 About StyleVision The About StyleVision command displays the splash window and version number of your product 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 324 User Reference Context menus 8 12 Context menus Context menus are opened by right clicking a StyleVision Power Stylesheet component in the Design Window What items are displayed in the context menu depends on what component you right click they are commands relevant to the selected component A typical context menu is shown below Change to Make Global Template Insert Cut Shift Delete Copy Ctrl C Paste Ctrl Delete Remove All Text Styles Remove All Block Styles ve Authentic Node Settings The Change to and Insert menu items each has a sub menu These sub menus are described in the sub sections of this section There is one other context menu you will encounter This context menu shown below pops up w
319. re You may not modify adapt or translate the Software You may not directly or indirectly encumber or suffer to exist any lien or security interest on the Software knowingly take any action that would cause the Software to be placed in the public domain or use the Software in any computer environment not specified in this Software License Agreement You will comply with applicable law and Altova s instructions regarding the use of the Software You agree to notify your employees and agents who may have access to the Software of the restrictions contained in this Software License Agreement and to ensure their compliance with these restrictions you agree that you are solely responsible for the accuracy and adequacy of the software for your intended use and you will indemnify and HOLD harmless ALTOVA from any 3rd party suit to the extent based upon the accuracy and adequacy of the software in your use without limitation The Software is not intended for use in the operation of nuclear facilities aircraft navigation communication systems or air traffic control equipment where the failure of the Software could lead to death personal injury or severe physical or environmental damage INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS Acknowledgement of Altova s Rights You acknowledge that the Software and any copies that you are authorized by Altova to make are the intellectual property of and are owned by Altova and its suppliers The structure organization and code of
320. rect city element depending on whether the US or EU address model is used e f an employee is a shareholder the employee s name will be displayed in bold Setting up alternative address content models based on a condition The objective is to display the appropriate address content model depending on whether the office is located in the US or European Union EU You will first create a combo box to accept input for the Location element US or EU and then create two conditional templates One conditional template defines that if the Location element has a value of US the address content model for US locations is used The other conditional template causes the address content model for EU locations to be used if the value of Location is EU Include the Location element in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet as follows 1 Puta line above the Office Name element by making it a block Insert Format Block div and by assigning in the Layout tab of the Block Style Window suitable values for the following properties border top color border top style and border top width 2 Insert a line break after the Office Name element and type in Location 3 Drag the Location element from the schema tree drop it immediately after the text Location and create it as a combo box The following dialog appears without any entries Edit Combo Box for Element Location Use schema enumerations Use list of values C Use XP
321. rent groups of block formatting properties such as spacing before and after a block When a block component is selected in the Design Document block formatting properties are applied to the block via the properties in the Block Style Window If the selected Design Document component is not a block the Block Style Window is disabled grayed out Note Only one StyleVision Power Stylesheet can be open at a time in StyleVision The StyleVision title bar and the StyleVision Power Stylesheet title bar are one and the same Clicking the Close button in the title bar therefore closes both the StyleVision Power Stylesheet as well as StyleVision 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 20 Getting Started StyleVision interface 2 2 1 Schema Window The Schema Window shown below displays the following e A schema tree which is a representation of the underlying schema DTD or XML Schema as a tree structure e A list of Global Templates as tree structure 8 C Program Files AltovasS TYLEVISION EZ Document Root Y OrgChart H Y CompanyLogo Name Y Office Global Templates Organization Chart Schema Tree When the schema tree is selected the Root Template as opposed to Global Templates is displayed in the Design Window and you can create and edit the Root Template The hierarchy of the schema tree is as follows e At the topmost level is the Document Root e At the next level
322. rking XML File Then browse and select NanonullOrg xml which is in the Examples folder Before assigning the Working XML File you should save a copy of the original NanonullOrg xm1 with some other name The Working XML File including the path to it now appears in the title bar Creating the document outline in the Design view 1 Inthe Schema Window expand the OrgChart element 2 Select the OrgChart Name element and drag it into the Design window Position it 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 34 Tutorial Setting up the StyleVision Power Stylesheet 3 just after the contents placeholder A blinking cursor appears after the contents placeholder and the dragged element becomes an arrow When you release the mouse button a popup menu appears Create Contents Create Paragraph Create Table Create Bullets and Numbering Create Image Create Input Field Create Multiline Input Field Create Combo Box Create Check Box Create Radio Button Create Button Click the Create Contents option in the popup The Design Document now looks like this gt raChart gt Name gt contents lt Name A The Name element with a contents placeholder is inserted The contents placeholder represents the content of the Name element When the XML file is processed with this StyleVision Power Stylesheet for Authentic View and HTML output the XML content of the N
323. rrespond to commands in the Table menu Main Window The Main Window has four tabs Design Authentic Editor View XSLT Stylesheet and HTML Preview The StyleVision Power Stylesheet is designed in the Design Window or tab In the Design Window dynamic components content that comes from the XML document are displayed in terms of schema elements and attributes which are dragged from the schema tree static components such as images non XML text etc are entered directly into the Design Window All components of the Design Document are displayed with the formatting and layout properties applied Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Getting Started StyleVision interface 19 The Authentic Editor View tab enables you to preview the Authentic View of the Working XML File and to edit the Working XML File In this documentation the term Authentic View is used to describe the view of the XML document seen in the Authentic Editor tab Dynamic changes that result from editing XML content are displayed in the Authentic Editor View Changes you make to XML content in the Authentic Editor View are saved to the Working XML File The XSLT Stylesheet view shows the text of the XSLT for HTML You are not allowed to edit the code displayed in the XSLT Stylesheet view Clicking the HTML Preview tab starts the transformation process and displays a preview of the output In the HTML preview data entry devices for XML data are displa
324. rsonal name in the name field Note that the StyleVision License Agreement does not allow you to install more than the licensed number of copies of StyleVision on the computers in your organization per seat license 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 318 User Reference Help 8 11 5 Order form The Order form command is a link to the Altova Online Shop Use this command when you wish to place an order for a licensed version of any Altova software Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Help 319 8 11 6 Support Center The Support Center command is a link to the Altova Support Center on the Internet The Support Center provides FAQs discussion forums where problems are discussed and access to Altova s technical support staff 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 320 User Reference Help 8 11 7 FAQ on the web The FAQ on the web command is a link to Altova s FAQ database on the Internet The FAQ database is constantly updated as Altova support staff encounter new issues raised by customers Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Help 321 8 11 8 Components download The Components download command is a link to Altova s Component Download Center on the Internet From here you will be able to download a variety of companion software to use with Altova products Such software
325. s lt Output gt lt BasedOn Type Schema Tree gt lt DTD gt lt DTD gt lt XML_Schema gt lt XML_ Schema gt lt XML gt e lt XML gt lt Authentic Stylesheet gt lt Authentic Stylesheet lt XSLT gt lt XSLT gt lt BasedOn gt lt BasedOn Type Authentic Stylesheet gt lt DTD gt lt DTD gt lt XML_Schema gt lt XML_Schema gt lt XML gt lt XML gt lt Authentic Stylesheet gt lt Authentic Stylesheet lt XSLT gt lt XSLT gt lt BasedOn gt lt Output gt Creating HTML content as attributes You can create attributes from HTML content by dragging the selected content to the element node for which you want to make this content an attribute Create an attribute as follows 1 Select the words Altova GmbH in the Copyright line at the bottom of the HTML document 2 Drop it into the schema tree as a child of the Article element 3 Inthe context menu select Convert selection to attributes 4 Name the attribute Copyright In the same way select the text 2004 in the same Copyright line and create it as an attribute Year of the Article element Moving nodes in the schema tree Both these attributes will be appended to the bottom of the schema tree If you like you can drag them up the tree till they are just below Article 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 198 HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 7 1 8 Importing an HTML image Now you will imp
326. s It is divided into the following broad parts e A description of symbols icons Text and Block Style Windows and options for Formatting e All menu commands e Context menus While the User Reference section contains a description of individual commands the mechanisms behind various StyleVision features are explained in detail in the How To Use section For complex issues refer also to the Tips and Troubleshooting sections Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Symbols andicons 211 8 1 Symbols and icons The following symbols and icons are used in StyleVision Schema Window symbols and icons The Schema Window contains three parts each of which is displayed as a tree the Schema Global Templates and Page Layout PDF The Page Layout PDF tree is available only in the Enterprise Edition 8 C Program FilesAltovasS TYLEVISION 2004 Document Root E Y OrgChart CompanyLogo Name Office Global Templates Department Desc EMail Name Person F7 bold F italic fH para E E Page Layout PDF When you click on a component entry in any of the three trees that component entry is highlighted and the Design Window displays and highlights that tree or component Schema tree ff C bitsAltova xsd Schema name and folder g Speier ak The document root which is not the same as the document element and oc
327. s displayed as a dashed line across the whole of the Design window In HTML output while the page break has no effect in the browser view a page break will be inserted when the browser view of the HTML file is printed out Deleting Page Breaks and Page Numbers To delete page breaks and page numbers select the placeholder and click Delete Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Insert 251 8 5 10 Bookmark The Bookmark Ctrl G command allows you to insert a bookmark or anchor anywhere in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet A bookmark can be inserted around any StyleVision Power Stylesheet component or it can be inserted independently of a node A bookmark can be referenced by a Hyperlink To insert a bookmark do the following 1 2 3 Note Select any StyleVision Power Stylesheet component or place the cursor at the location where you wish to create the bookmark Select Insert Bookmark or right click and select Insert Bookmark or use the shortcut CTRL G In the Insert Bookmark dialog enter a name for the bookmark in the Name field If there are more bookmarks on the page they are displayed in the Other bookmarks on this page window Click OK The bookmark is defined If the bookmark is created around a component then the component is shown with a dashed underline if the bookmark is free standing then it is indicated with a blue flag A bookmark is created for a si
328. s xs date which is present in the Design Document as contents or an input field To format such an element do the following 1 Inthe Design Document right click the contents placeholder or input field of the element and in the context menu that appears shown below click Input Formatting Last Updated Date IE Cut Umschalt Entf Copy Strg C Name gt contents lt Nan Delete Input Formatting JO Authentic Node Settings Location 2notlAddress gt Lq 2 The Input Formatting dialog shown below appears Note that the dialog below contains the line Formats for type date and that the standard format for the date datatype is given This is because the datatype of the element selected in this case is xs date For another datatype the information and options in the dialog would be correspondingly different Input Formatting x m Formats for type date Unformatted Standard format YY Y MM DD Cancel Formatted z No errors in format Insert Field Field Options Go to Error V Apply same format to XSLT 1 0 output not all formatting options can be applied Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Input Formatting 139 You can specify that the element s content be unformatted i e that it have the standard formatting for that datatype or that it have a customized formatting If you are formatting an Aut
329. s 109 4 6 2 Combo boxes A combo box presents the Authentic View user with a list of options in a drop down list The selected option is mapped to a value that is entered in the XML document The mapping of drop down list entry to XML value is specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Mappings can be made in one of three ways e From the schema enumerations for the selected node In this case the visible entry in the drop down list will be the same as the XML value e From alist defined in the Edit Combo Box dialog You enter the visible entry and the corresponding XML value which may be different e From anodeset in the XML document which is selected with an XPath relative to the current node The nodes in the selected nodeset are displayed as the entries of the drop down list and the list entry selected by the Authentic View user is entered as the value of the node The node that you create as the combo box is important For example say you have a NameList element that may contain an unlimited number of Name elements which themselves have First and Last children elements If you create the Name element as a combo box and select the Last child element in the combo box then in Authentic View you will get as many combo boxes as there are Name elements and each combo box will have the Last child as its dropdown menu entry In order to get a single combo box with all the Last elements in the dropdown menu list you must create the
330. s Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Toolbars Authentic i Reset Format Main Reset All Menu Bar Table SKN Show tevt labels The StyleVision interface displays a fixed menu bar and several optional toolbars Authentic Format Main and Table Each toolbar can be divided into groups of commands Commands can be added to a toolbar via the Commands tab A toolbar can be dragged from its docked position to any location on the screen Double clicking a toolbar s maximized or minimized title bar docks and undocks the toolbar In the Toolbars tab of the Customize dialog you can toggle a toolbar on and off by clicking in its checkbox When a toolbar is selected in the Toolbars tab you can cause the text labels of that toolbar s items to be displayed by clicking the Show text labels check box You can also reset a selected toolbar to the state it was in when StyleVision was installed by clicking the Reset button You can reset all toolbars and the menu bar by clicking the Reset All button Menu Bar Commands can be added to and items deleted from the menu bar see Commands above To reset the menu bar to the state it was in when StyleVision was installed select Menu Bar in the Toolbars tab of the Customize dialog and click the Reset button Clicking the Reset All button will reset the toolbars as well Keyboard The Keyboard tab allows you to define or change keyboard shortcuts for any StyleVisio
331. s a block and enables the Block Style Window 3 Place the cursor before the CompanyLogo start tag and press Backspace to remove the line break 4 Inthe Block Style Window select the Layout tab shown below and specify border bottom style solid border bottom width medium and any color for border bottom color Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Formatting the components 47 BLOCK STYLE border left width border top color border top style border top width border tight color border right style border right width border bottom color 059934 EEE border bottom style solid border bottom width medium clear oe 2 bf x E z Z I Le Text Position Layout 5 Check the Authentic or HTML Preview which should look like this Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart The logo is flush with the left margin of the page and with the bottom border Some padding would improve the display 6 In the Design Window select the href element again and in the Layout tab of the Block Style Window set the padding left and padding bottom properties to 10px The Authentic and HTML Previews will now look like this Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart Now format the components currently in the Design Document as you wish using the pre defined formats and the Text Style and Block Style Windows 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVisi
332. s a numbered list Similarly create a global template for the ul type element but create the 1i element as a bulletted list in this case e The schema might have a para type element as a child of the 1i type element and an li type element may have more than one para type element within it The best way to deal with this kind of situation is to first define the para type element as a global element in the XML Schema this step is not necessary for DTDs Then create a global template for the para type element making sure to create it as a paragraph Shown below is a view of the Design Document for the global template of a para type element Z Document Root T Global Templates lt gt li E y ol li a naa H y ul If such a para type element has been created as a block component then pressing the Enter key in Authentic View causes another para type element to be appended within the same listitem Otherwise pressing the Enter key causes another listitem to be appended e f nested lists are allowed by the schema you must define global templates for the list type elements o1 ul etc making sure to create the listitem type element s as lists Given below is the HTML Preview of part of a list that includes nested lists 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 116 How To Use Lists 1 This document is a list containing one OL Ordered List or Numbered List and one
333. s cell content with the top of the cell E Vertically Align Middle vertically aligns cell content with the middle Vertically Align Bottom vertically aligns cell content with the bottom of the cell 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 274 User Reference Authentic 8 7 Authentic The Authentic menu contains commands that enable you to customize aspects of the Authentic View of an XML document that will be displayed using the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The document processing that you specify using commands in this menu apply only for Authentic View they do not apply for HTML output Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic 275 8 7 1 Node Settings The Node Settings command allows you to define the properties of a node for display in Authentic View You can specify node settings for elements attributes the text content of elements and attributes and Auto Calculations Select the element attribute tag to assign node settings for the element or attribute Select the contents placeholder data entry device etc or Auto Calculation to assign node settings for text content and Auto Calculations If node settings have been specified for both an element attribute node as well as for its contents then the node settings for the contents takes precedence You can also call the Authentic Node Settings dialog by right clicking the node and selecting Authe
334. s content model is similar to the unambiguous content model discussed above with one difference the single sequence is optional which makes the content model ambiguous If you create a design document as shown in the screenshot below there will be ambiguity in Authentic View C workarea schemas simp 4 Root gt parent gt c ontents parent lt E parent el e2 3 The Authentic View of the parent element will look like this since the sequence is optional parent add parent Clicking add pops up a menu of the three child elements If you select one of these elements it will be inserted screenshot below but since Authentic View cannot disambiguate the sequence it does not insert any of the remaining two elements nor does it offer you the opportunity of inserting them parent ED Firs Kel areni The correct way to design this content model following the rules given above would be to explicitly create the required nodes in the desired order within the single parent node The design document would look like this Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Adding Elements 105 gt parent gt e1 gt contents el 2 gt contents 2 3 gt contents lt 3 lt parent 7 Note that all three child elements are placed inside a single parent node The design shown above would produce the following Authentic View The Authentic View user clicks t
335. s created If you wish to add a summary for a numeric field after the footer has been created insert an auto calculation for that column in the footer Restructuring the table header The header can be restructured by splitting and joining cells Content of header cells can also be modified and can include both static and dynamic content Restructure as follows 1 2 Lt Place the cursor in the header cell Leave Total and click or Table Split Cell Vertically Do the same for the Leave Used and Leave Left headers Place the cursor in the cell containing the text Leave Left and click or Table Join Cell Left Click or Table Join Cell Left once more Now edit the text in these header cells as shown in the HTML Preview below Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Auto Calculation 63 Administration 3 Leave First Last Title EMail Total Used Left Vernon Callaby T v callaby nanonull com 25 21 Accounts Frenk Further Receivable f further nanonull com 22 Matise Accounting Lmatise nanonull com 25 Manager General Note Auto Calculation can also be created as an Input Field but the node is non editable in Authentic View as is the case with all Auto Calculations The Input Field in this case is intended only as a presentational device When an existing XML file is opened in Authentic View Auto Calculations
336. s pressed within the contents of an element having a pre defined format the current element instance and its block are terminated and a new element instance and block are inserted at that point This property is useful for example if you want the Authentic View user to be able to create a new element say a paragraph type element by pressing the Return key To obtain this behavior in Authentic View you would have to assign the contents placeholder a pre defined format of Paragraph p Removing pre defined formats To remove a pre defined format select the component with the pre defined format you want to delete and change the pre defined format to Normal If the pre defined format has been inserted at a non node location then when you place the cursor at this location the selected pre defined format will be shown in the Pre defined Format combo box Change this option to Normal Also see Document design process Text and Block Style Windows and Input Formatting Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference File 217 8 3 File The File menu contains commands for working with StyleVision Power Stylesheets and related files Some of these commands such as Open and Save will be familiar from other Windows software products 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 218 User Reference File 8 3 1 New Ctri N The New command allows you to create a new StyleVisi
337. sed entities the entity is a placeholder for the XML data The value of the entity is either the XML data itself or a URI that points to a xm1 file that contains the XML data In the case of unparsed entities the value of the entity is a URI that points to the non XML data file To define an entity do the following 1 Click Authentic Define Entities This opens the Define Entities dialog Name Type PUB Value Path NDATA OK Internal Nanonull Inc A Internal Nanonull Europe 4G Ji Cancel Internal Nanonull Partners Inc Internal http www nanonull com Append SYSTEM A Ra SYSTEM Ej i gi i Delete 2 Enter the name of your entity in the Name field This is the name that will appear in the Entities Entry Helper 3 Enter the type of entity from the drop down list in the Type field Three types are possible An Internal entity is one for which the text to be used is stored in the XML document itself Selecting PUBLIC or SYSTEM specifies that the resource is located outside the XML file and will be located with the use of a public identifier or a system identifier respectively A system identifier is a URI that gives the location of the resource A public identifier is a location independent identifier which enables some processors to identify the resource If you specify both a public and system identifier the public identifier resolves to the system identifier and the system identifier is used 4 Ifyou have select
338. sesesedete ERARE 274 Biel NOOGS Ott OS cis covedsp e208 asccdedcessedeneaencivasencaecsasevec chs sdctcnetetsecaien coadeedec ca cass sdetas 275 8 7 2 Text State ICONS sedeeccreneeteiceneee cers sees sdeedenedeas nved saceavteccatuved cute Sesadesuves sash oetecceds 278 8 7 3 CALS HTML Tables cccccccccccesccsceseseseesceseessecsesseseecssecseeeessaeeaeeeeesaeenes 280 8 7 4 Assign Template XML File oc eecccescesceseeeeeeeeeecseecseeeseecsaeeeeeeeeeseeees 282 8 7 5 Auto add Date Picker 0 0 ceccesccesscesccsseceseeeeeeeseeesseeeseeeseeeseecsaecnseceaeenseeeas 284 8 7 6 Table sorrencs o ee eE E EE N EAE 285 S7 Mark p cree sees cies ects e eE E E E EE E E OE EE NE 286 87 8 Defne Entities irer cacieescelctcevsscthsnssasdee ria e aO Ean E Ea a E E o Eie 287 8 7 9 Validate XML esien E EEEN 288 8 8 HTML AGI cs aaia su desaccareavcentnaaicanarce seaeearaad aE ER EE E EERE E 289 8 8 1 Import HTML file cece ceccesecenecsseeseeeseeeeseeeeneesseecseessaeesaecaecnaeeeaeenseenas 290 88 2 Add to Paremtcasecseicescceccisiecechssscduataalesasenszceaas sete ches sucdeasasedecblenSenestancesedasseends 291 S83 ANSE derenin ER EE EE ET EEEE EE E E 292 BSA Append perisset iani in a i Ea k irn iie 293 BBS SEMINE S oiei r E E E E 294 8 9 Properties enine aa ET ATA 295 S91 HTML Page ic oie oereieuiisiiierr iradia EENEN E E EEEE EERTE 296 892 Table nea A E E E E A 297 8 9 3 Bullets and Numbering 0 0 cc cecccesccesceeseceeceeeeeeeeeeeseesseeesaee
339. set in a table into an XML table where all HTML items are converted into XML attributes Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference HTML Import 293 8 8 4 Append Appends the selected item in the Design window to the currently active element attribute in the Schema window 1 Select an XML item to which the element attribute is to be appended in the schema window 2 Select the HTML item e g header or text you want to append and convert to XML in the Design Document window 3 Select the specific menu item from the list below Convert selection to elements Converts the HTML selection s in the Design Document window into an XML element Convert selection to attributes Converts the HTML selection s in the Design Document window into an XML attribute Surround selection with element Embeds the current HTML selection between an XML start and XML end tag Convert selected Table List to elements Converts the HTML selection even if the text cursor is only set in a table into an XML table where all HTML items are converted into XML elements Convert selected Table List to attributes Converts the HTML selection even if the text cursor is only set in a table into an XML table where all HTML items are converted into XML attributes 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 294 User Reference HTML Import 8 8 5 Settings The Settings command allows
340. sign Document you will notice that there are two HTML paragraphs that have not been imported In order to import these into the XML document do the following 1 Convert each HTML paragraph into an element at the correct location in the schema tree giving each a different name In the screenshot below you will see that both the paragraphs have been imported as NewNode elements in one case as Article NewNode and in the other as Section NewNode Schema from HTML Import Z Document Root lt Article i norderediist ection Title Para G Y Orderediist El ListNode Para Log Ti Par N aioe U 5 Output Fl hyped gt href gt LinkText 2 Save the StyleVision document 3 Open the XML document and change the element names as required for example to Para Note In this case you should modify the generated schema to remove NewNode and possibly modify the properties of the Para element Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH HTML to XML Conversion HTML to XML Tutorial 201 7 1 11 Generating the output After you have completed the schema tree you can generate and save the schema XML file StyleVision Power Stylesheet and XSLT file To do this click File Save Design The following dialog appears Save HTML import files 3 x Additionally to the design file sps you may choose to save the following files as a result of HTML import
341. ss components have Input Fields the US address components are created as normal text However both types of display can be edited in Authentic View 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 68 Tutorial Using Conditional Templates The Authentic Editor View looks like this Nanonull Europe AG Location EU gt Street Kennedyplatz 30 Phone 43 1 555 5000 City EF evffice nanomull com Post Code A 1200 maj fice nanonull com Vienna Fax 43 1555 5009 Creating a condition to select the correct city element In the Office Summary line for each office the city is selected using an Auto Calculation Since the city element is a different element in each of the address content models US and EU address content models a condition must be created to select the correct city element Do this as follows 1 2 Ou Right click the Address element in the Office Summary line and select Insert Condition In the Edit XPath expression dialog the context node is Of fice Enter the XPath Address and click OK This creates a conditional template in which the condition tests for the presence of an Address child element The Design Window will look like this Street postee contents postresl City pocity contents Macity State amp Zip psistate gt contents lt ipa state ipo zip gt contents lt Address lt 2 Address AAddress dipo city ACS pe pocl
342. ssing that is not currently available in StyleVision but is possible with some XSLT construct In such cases you can open the generated XSLT stylesheet in an XML editor and edit it as required However note the following e f you manually edit a generated XSLT and then need to modify your StyleVision Power Stylesheet then you will need to generate the XSLT again and re do the manual edits e Manually editing the StyleVision Power Stylesheet itself to include XSLT features not supported by StyleVision will not enable these XSLT features in Authentic View These features should only be inserted in the generated XSLT which can then be used separately to transform an XML document 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual Chapter 6 Troubleshooting 180 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Given below is a list of commonly encountered problems their causes and suggested solutions When an XML Schema is loaded into StyleVision the Root Template in the Schema Window is empty Cause There is more than one global template in the schema So it is not clear which one is to be used as the Root Element Solution If you have an XML file which has as its root element the element you require assign this XML file as the Working XML File Once you do this it becomes clear which element is the root element and the schema will appear in the Schema Window If you do not have such an XML file create a rudimentary one with t
343. t 8 8 1 Import HTML file The Open HTML file command enables you to open an HTML file in StyleVision On clicking this command a dialog opens in which you can browse for the HTML file you wish to import and convert to XML Having selected the file you want to import it then appears in the Design Document window You then drag the elements you want to convert to XML into the schema window at left Please see the HTML to XML Converter documentation for details Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference HTML Import 291 8 8 2 Add to Parent Adds the selected item in the Design window as a child item to the currently active element attribute in the Schema window 1 Select the XML parent item by clicking it in the schema window not necessary if the root element is the only visible element in the schema view 2 Select the HTML item e g header or text you want to define as the child item in the Design Document window and 3 Select the specific menu item from the list below Convert selection to elements Converts the HTML selection s in the Design Document window into an XML element Convert selection to attributes Converts the HTML selection s in the Design Document window into an XML attribute Surround selection with element Embeds the current HTML selection between an XML start and XML end tag Convert selected Table List to elements Converts the HTML selection
344. t OrgCharl lt Notice that tags for all ancestors of para are created up to but excluding the containing ancestor which is OrgChart Now look at the Authentic or HTML Preview Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart Nanonull Inc Nanonull Partners Inc Nanonull Europe AG The company was established in Vereno in 1995 and is privately held Nanonull has been actively involved in developing nanoelectromc software technologies since 1996 and released the first version of its products in February 1999 Due to the fact that nanoelectromc software components are so small that nobody can see it the company is not well known to the public On March 1st 2000 Nanonull established it s new office in Brenton MA This subsidiary primarily is responsible for marketing technical support and sales to key customers and partner networks _In May 2000 Nanonull Europe was set up in Vienna At the start of the subsidiary s operations the team consisted of five research scientists and one administrative staff By the end of 2000 the number of research scientists had risen to nine Nanonull Europe will play the central role in all new research and will work closely with the Engineering team in Vereno All three Office Name elements are displayed before all the Office Desc para elements which are run together This is not the desired result What we want is the content of the first Office Name element followed by the content of the
345. t column Click or Table Table Properties and select the Column tab 2 3 For the valign property select the value top 4 Repeat the above three steps for the second column of the outer static table 5 Specify cellspacing of 4px for both nested tables in the Table tab of the Table Properties dialog for each table 6 Check the Authentic or HTML Preview to see the effect of your changes The text in both columns should now be aligned Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Inserting a static SPS table 55 Joining cells The objective is to have the State and Zip fields appear in a single row so that both columns have three row tables Do the following 1 2 3 4 5 6 Place the cursor in the cell containing the text Zip Click LE or Table Join cell above Change the text to State amp Zip Place the cursor in the cell containing the contents of the ipo state element FA Click LJ or Table Join cell below Put a space between the two contents placeholders in the cell The nested dynamic table in the Design Document will now look like this Address Street ipo street gt contents lt ipa streel City State amp Zip pastate gt contents pastate pozip gt c ontents pozi Address po city gt contents lt ipa city Specifying the widths of columns Check the Authentic and HTML Previews so you can judge the optimal column widt
346. t either the schema XML file XSLT stylesheet or StyleVision Power Stylesheet after having saved them you must open the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to edit and then re save the required files The HTML content available for editing at this stage is what is available in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet as static text Note that unlimited Undo is supported so you can go back as many steps as you like You can also therefore save the schema XML file and stylesheets as often as you like without having to worry about not being able to undo your changes You can only create a Root Template for the XML document However all the elements you create in the schema tree are declared as global elements or as references to global elements If you need to use global templates for your StyleVision Power Stylesheet you should save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and then re open it the global elements will now be accessible in the Global Templates list Attributes are not allowed to be added to the schema tree by right clicking a node If you need to add an attribute independently of HTML content right click the relevant node create an element and then convert it to an attribute by right clicking and selecting Convert to attribute 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual Chapter 8 User Reference 210 User Reference 8 User Reference This section contains a complete description of StyleVision windows and menu command
347. t fields XML input fields or data entry devices are used to enter data into the XML document via Authentic View These input fields are text boxes combo boxes check boxes radio buttons and buttons They are useful for constraining the data that is entered into the XML file via Authentic View In the HTML output s data entry devices have presentational value only they cannot be used to enter data For a complete list and description of XML input fields see Data entry devices Layout and display formatting The XSLT processor creates an area tree which follows a model to which CSSproperties can be applied In StyleVision these formatting properties are available in the Text Style and Block Style windows and they are converted to the appropriate properties for the HTML output See Formatting for usage Data or input formatting For nodes with certain datatypes such as numbers and the XML Schema date datatype the Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Introduction StyleVision features 13 node content can be formatted as required For example an element that contains currency amounts can be formatted so that it has two decimal places commas after the million and thousand places and a dollar sign before the amount 450 000 00 iM x r Formats for type date Unformatted Standard format YYvY MM DD E Formatted __ Cancel DD Month Vv Such formatting known as Input F
348. t of Shares is 0 or ifno Shares element exists for that employee Now create the same conditions for the Last element so that both First and Last appear in bold if the employee is a shareholder and in normal if not Formatting the table Now set column widths for each column by placing the cursor in the respective column clicking the Table Properties icon and in the Column tab of the Table Properties dialog entering a value for width as follows First 10 Last 12 Title 16 Ext 5 EMail 23 Shares 10 LeaveTotal 8 LeaveUsed 8 LeaveLeft 8 Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Creating the Table Footer 73 3 11 Creating the Table Footer A table footer can contain both static and dynamic content and can therefore be used to display summaries of data in the table You can also insert append and delete footer rows as well as split and join cells thus allowing you considerable flexibility in designing footers In this section we will create the following summaries for the Department Person dynamic table e Number of employees in the department and this number as a percentage of Office employees and Company employees e Number of shares held by Department members and this number as a percentage of shares held by Office shareholders and Company shareholders e A list of all non shareholders in the department Before starting delete the summary auto calculation in the
349. ted Source Code and the Unrestricted Source Code and to use copy distribute or license that executable You may not distribute or redistribute sublicense sell or transfer to a third party the Restricted Source Code unless said third party already has a license to the Restricted Source Code through their separate license agreement with Altova or other agreement with Altova 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 334 Appendices Software Product License Altova reserves all other rights in and to the Software b Server Use You may install one copy of the Software on your computer file server for the purpose of downloading and installing the Software onto other computers within your internal network up to the Permitted Number of computers If you have licensed SchemaA gent then you may install SchemaA gent Server on any server computer or workstation and use it in connection with your Software No other network use is permitted including without limitation using the Software either directly or through commands data or instructions from or to a computer not part of your internal network for Internet or Web hosting services or by any user not licensed to use this copy of the Software through a valid license from Altova c Concurrent Use If you have licensed a Concurrent User version of the Software you may install the Software on any compatible computers up to ten 10 times the Permitted Number of users provide
350. telephone and fax numbers and the e mail address in the second column We start with a table of two columns and one row and edit it as we go along To create the static SPS table do the following 1 Inthe Design Window place the cursor after the end tag of the Office Name element by clicking the element s end tag and pressing Cursor Right You get a blinking cursor after the end tag of Office Name 2 Click E or select Table Insert Table This causes a static SPS table to be inserted at the cursor location The Insert Table dialog shown below appears ET E ree E Columns 2 4 Rows 1 Cancel JV Use the whole available width ma 3 Inthe Insert Table dialog specify a table of 2 columns and 1 row and click OK A 2x1 table is inserted in the Design Document shown below Dfice gt Name gt contents ame 4 Drag the Address element from the schema tree and drop it into the first cell of the table 5 Select Create Table from the popup This opens the Create dynamic table dialog box Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Inserting a static SPS table 53 x foreach Address Table Growth Header Footer Cancel C Top Down IV Create Header __ Cancel Left Right J Greate Footer M Summary for Numeric fields Display cells as _ p Select attributes elements Contents Combo Box Field Multiline Field Check Box Radio Button
351. the Software are the valuable trade secrets and confidential information of Altova and its suppliers The Software is protected by copyright including without limitation by United States Copyright Law international treaty provisions and applicable laws in the country in which it is being used You acknowledge that Altova retains the ownership of all patents copyrights trade secrets trademarks and other intellectual property rights pertaining to the Software and that Altova s ownership rights extend to any images photographs animations videos audio music text and applets incorporated into the Software and all accompanying printed materials You will take no actions which adversely affect Altova s intellectual property rights in the Software Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark practice including identification of trademark owners names Trademarks may only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software and such use of any trademark does not give you any right of ownership in that trademark XMLSPY AUTHENTIC STYLEVISION MAPFORCE MARKUP YOUR MIND AXAD NANONULL and ALTOVA are trademarks of Altova GmbH registered in numerous countries Unicode and the Unicode Logo are trademarks of Unicode Inc Windows Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 and Windows XP are trademarks of Microsoft W3C CSS DOM MathML RDF XHTML XML and XSL are trademarks registered in numerous countries of the W
352. the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The HTML preview of the Working XML File is then displayed in the HTML Preview tab 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 18 Getting Started StyleVision interface 2 2 StyleVision interface The graphical user interface of StyleVision is made up of two broad parts e The tabbed Main Window which displays the design of the document code of the XSLT stylesheet s and the output preview s e The Schema Window and styling windows in which content is selected in terms of schema elements and attributes Schema Window and in which items selected in the Design Document can be formatted Text Style Window and Block Style Window The functions of individual parts of the interface are described below Menu Bar Toolbar Schema Window Schema tree Global Templates Main Window Text Style Window Tab Navigation Buttons Block Style Window Posey Tabs for Document Views and Previews Title Bar The Title Bar contains the name of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet file and the Working XML File Menu Bar The Menu Bar contains the StyleVision menus Toolbar The Toolbar contains icons for common commands Some icons will be familiar from other Windows applications Others are for specialized StyleVision actions Note that the bottom row of the toolbar contains icons for the creation of static SPS tables and the editing of both static and dynamic SPS tables these icons co
353. the following e Four elements in the HTML content model are not present in the CALS table model caption th tr td These elements do not appear as default elements in the dialog when the XML table type is switched to CALS e The default CALS table elements that do not exist in the schema are colored red Those CALS table model elements that do exist in the table element s content model appear black e Inthe CALS table model the default names of the row element and cell or column element are row and entry respectively If no mapping to schema elements is defined then these element names are displayed in red In the dialog however row and entry have been mapped to tr and td this causes both the Default and User defined elements to be displayed in black If you wish to use the CALS table model you should alter the schema to properly include the missing elements and attributes Once you have selected the appropriate table model click OK XML tables are now ready to be used in Authentic View Note The following general points about XML tables should be noted e The table element can only be inserted at locations in the XML document where the schema allows the table element e You as the person who designs the StyleVision Power Stylesheet only enables XML tables It is the Authentic View user who inserts an XML table at his or her discretion e An XML table is structured and formatted in Authentic View that is by the Authentic V
354. the schema elements for exact correspondence and naming Absent or wrongly named attributes will cause validation errors if the Authentic View user uses table formatting properties that use these attributes Also see Tables XML Tables in the How To Use section of this documentation 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 282 User Reference Authentic 8 7 4 Assign Template XML File The Assign Template XML command assigns an XML file to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS When the SPS is opened in Authentic View it displays the data present in the assigned XML file according to the design of the SPS The XML file therefore provides the starting data of anew XML file In effect it provides the data for an template XML file which is based on the SPS and can be saved under any name We therefore call the XML file you assign to the SPS a Template XML File Note The Template XML file must conform to the same schema as that of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to which it is linked Assigning a Template XML File To assign a Template XML File click Authentic Assign Template XML File select the required file and save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Changing the Template XML File To change the Template XML File click Authentic Assign Template XML File select the new Template XML File and save the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Opening a template XML document in Authentic View An Authentic View user
355. this Location of logo nanonull gif Organization Chart A note on data entry devices Data entry devices are used by the Authentic View user to enter XML data into the XML document In an HTML file that has been created with an XSLT generated from an StyleVision Power Stylesheet a data entry device cannot be used for data entry purposes Data entry devices in HTML output only display the relevant XML data No input is accepted in these formats The data entry device is intended for input of XML data in Authentic View 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 38 Tutorial Including an image 3 3 Including an image An image can be included in the output of the XML document by including a link to it in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet If the link is explicitly specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet the included image is referred to as a static image because its address does not and cannot be changed in the XML document If on the other hand the StyleVision Power Stylesheet specifies instead of the image address a location in the XML document where the address is to be found then the image is dynamic it changes when the corresponding XML content changes Inserting a dynamic image In the previous section we created an input field for the value of the href attribute This value provides the address of the logo image and it can be specified by the Authentic View user Now we will create a display fo
356. tion The location in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet determines the context node for the XPath expression used to specify the condition When you specify the XPath expression you can specify it as an absolute XPath or relative to the context node A node is tested against each condition in turn The first condition that is evaluated as being true for a node causes the processing rules associated with that condition to be applied to that node the conditional template is then exited If no condition is evaluated as true either a default processing if you have defined one is used for the node or no processing is used at all The order in which conditions are specified is therefore significant Right clicking a condition causes the following sub menu for the Condition command to appear Condition Show not Address Insert Show Address Show Address_EU Cut Umschalt Entf Copy Strg C ae Paste Strq a Delete Add New Remove All Block Styles Add Copy Edit condition Delete The currently selected displayed condition is indicated with a check mark The Edit condition command allows you to edit the XPath expression that defines this condition To edit another condition you have to first select the condition you wish to edit and then select the Edit condition command You can move the currently selected condition up or down the list of conditions in the conditional template by clicking the M
357. tova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Namespaces 91 4 2 2 Schemas with a single namespace Target namespace is default namespace of the schema and all nodes are qualified When a target namespace is specified in the schema then the XML instance document belongs to this namespace In the schema fragment shown below a target namespace is specified and the same namespace is defined as the default namespace of the schema document that is the namespace is defined without a prefix Note also that elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault are set to qualified lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema targetNamespace http www altova com workarea doclite xmlns http www altova com workarea doclite elementFormDefault qualified attributeFormDefault qualified gt The schema tree in StyleVision for such a schema which specifies that elements must be qualified will have no namespace prefixes This is because the target namespace is the default namespace which has no prefix The same will also be the case if attributeFormDefault is set to unqualified For the handling of namespace prefixing when elementFormDefault is set to unqualified see below ef C workarea doclite doclite xsd Document Root F lt book id role title chapter H appendix Global Templates Page Layout PDF e If both elementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault are set to qualified
358. tted to decompile under applicable law in the European Union if it is essential to do so in order to achieve operability of the Software with another software program and you have first requested Altova to provide the information necessary to achieve such operability and Altova has not made such information available Altova has the right to impose reasonable conditions and to request a reasonable fee before providing such information Any information supplied by Altova or obtained by you as permitted hereunder may only be used by you for the purpose described herein and may not be disclosed to any third party or used to create any software which is substantially similar to the expression of the Software Requests for information from users in the European Union with respect to the above should be directed to the Altova Customer Support Department Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Appendices Software Product License 335 1 Other Restrictions You may not loan rent lease sublicense distribute or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Software to third parties except to the limited extent set forth in Section 3 or otherwise expressly provided You may not copy the Software except as expressly set forth above and any copies that you are permitted to make pursuant to this Software License Agreement must contain the same copyright patent and other intellectual property markings that appear on or in the Softwa
359. tted and specify the value of the required property For example if you wish to put a right border on a cell place the cursor in the cell and in the Layout tab of the Block Style Window specify the color style and width for border right Numbering the rows of a dynamic table You can number the rows of a dynamic table by using the position function of XPath To do this first insert a column in the table to hold the numbers then insert an Auto Calculation in the cell of this column with an XPath of position Since the context node is the element that corresponds to the row of the dynamic table the position function returns the position of Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Tables 125 each row element in the set of all row elements 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 126 How To Use Tables 4 8 4 XML tables An XML table is defined as a hierarchical XML structure the elements of which contain the cell content of the table This XML structure must correspond exactly to the CALS or HTML table model In order for users of Authentic View to be able to insert XML tables the following two conditions must be fulfilled e An element must exist in the schema DTD or XML Schema with a content model corresponding either to the HTML or CALS table model e XML tables must be enabled in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Note The purpose of XML tables is to give th
360. tton which has now become active To reset all keyboard assignments 1 Click the Reset All button to go back to the original installation time shortcuts A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm whether you want to reset all keyboard assignments 2 Click Yes if you want to reset all keyboard assignments Set accelerator for Currently no function is available Menu The Menu tab allows you to customize the main menu bar as well as the context menus right click menus 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 310 User Reference Tools xi Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options m Application Frame Menus Context Menus Show Menus for Select context menu Default Menu bd Insert Edit Text Reset ce Header Footer Po Default application menu ppears when no documents Tree HTML Import are open Commands and drag the toolbar buttons into the menu window JV Menu shadows To customize a menu 1 Select the menu bar you want to customize Default Menu currently 2 Click the Commands tab and drag the commands to the menu bar of your choice To delete commands from a menu 1 Click right on the command or icon representing the command and 2 Select the Delete option from the popup menu or 1 Select Tools Customize to open the Customize dialog box and 2 Drag the command away from the menu and drop it as soon as the check mark icon appe
361. ty A Office Summary The Address ipo city element is the correct child of the Address element so do not alter the content of this conditional template The result is that when the address element is Address the content of the Address ipo city element will be selected Right click the conditional template tag and select Insert Condition Add New In the Edit XPath expression dialog enter the XPath Address _ EU and click OK Drag the Address_ EU ipo city element into the Design Window and create it as contents of the new conditional template The Design Window will look like this Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Using Conditional Templates 69 Street ipo street gt contents lt ipo stree City po city gt contents pacity State amp Zip ipo state gt contents lt ipo state ipo zip gt c Address 7 Address EU BAddress EU dino city Tanta DO cityp Address EUR The result is a condition that selects the content of the Address EU ipo city element when the address element is Address_EU Creating a condition to make shareholders names bold In the dynamic table for the Person element you will first create a column for the number of shares each employee holds Then create a conditional template around the First element to display the element s content in bold if the Share element is non empty and greater than 0 Do the following 1
362. uired output files StyleVision runs silently i e without the GUI being opened generates the required output files and closes Output files Using the command line you can generate one or more of the following files e XSLT directly from the specified StyleVision Power Stylesheet e HTML file using the XML and XSLT specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet or using alternative XML and or XSLT Syntax The command line syntax is as follows names that can vary are indicated in italic optional arguments are enclosed in square brackets StyleVisionBatch Stylevision executable file sps parameter declarations options StyleVisionBatch located in the StyleVision application folder Stylevision exe specify only if your StyleVision executable is not stylevision exe in the same folder file sps the StyleVision Power Stylesheet sps file to open parameters parameters for the XSLT must have the form Sparamname paramvalue Multiple parameters must be separated with spaces Options InpXML file set input XML file InpXSLT file set input XSLT for HTML file OutXSLT file output stylesheet for HTML OutHTML file output HTML help or outputs help at the command line verbose or v reports all steps in the process at the command line Examples StyleVisionBatch examples file sps outhtml examples file html StyleVisionBatch inpxml source xml inpxslt mystyle xslt outhtml examples file html Note e W
363. ull com Accounting Loby Matise Manager 963 matise nanonull com Advanced table formatting Later in the tutorial we will increase the complexity of this dynamic table at which stage you will learn advanced table formatting In the Using Auto Calculation section you will append columns Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH Tutorial Inserting a dynamic SPS table 51 to the dynamic table and split the header into two rows In Creating the Table Footer you will add content to the footer and format it Note 1 Footers must be created when the table is first created You cannot append a row and treat it as a footer This is because in the Design Document you will be appending rows to the construct usually a single row that defines how each occurrence is displayed This results in the appended row s being placed after each occurrence of the element that was created as the table creating an alternation of occurrence row and appended row s not a footer of appended row s We will format the footer in the Creating the Table Footer section later in the tutorial When you set column widths as percentages they must add up to 100 To avoid possible errors set the table width to 100 If there are column spans colspans in your table you might need to assign width to individual cells in columns rather than to the columns themselves You can do this by placing the cursor in a cel
364. up mode of Authentic View The following options exist large markup tags with node names small markup tags without node names and no markup User Info Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic 277 Text entered in this text box appears as a tooltip when the mouse pointer is placed over the node It is available when the selected node is an element attribute contents or an Auto Calculation If both the element attribute node as well as the contents node has User Info then the User Info for the contents node is displayed as the tooltip when the mouse is placed over the node Additional validation with XPath This setting is available when the selected node is an element attribute or contents You can set an XPath expression to define the validity of the node s XML value An XML value that falls outside this defined range is invalid If the XML value of the node is invalid this is made known to the Authentic View user by means of an error message when the XML document is validated F8 The error message that is displayed is the text you enter into the Error message field of the Additional Validation setting Additionally if the selected node is contents invalid data is displayed in red in Authentic View and the error message is displayed on a mouseover 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 278 User Reference Authentic 8 7 2 Text State Icons The Text
365. uplicated m Move current row up by one row Move current row down by one row E Deletes the current row Note These commands apply only to dynamic SPS tables They should not be used inside static SPS tables Define Entities icon iz This icon opens the Define Entities dialog which allows the Authentic View user to define entities that can then be used in the XML document Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 153 Save XML icon Saves changes made in Authentic Preview to the Working XML File 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 154 How To Use Authentic View 4 16 3 Authentic View main window There are four viewing modes in Authentic View Large Markup Small Markup Mixed Markup and Hide All Markup These modes enable you to view the document with varying levels of markup information In Authentic Preview of StyleVision only two markup modes are available Hide Markup and Show Large Full Markup To switch between modes use the commands in the Authentic menu or the icons in the toolbar see the previous section Authentic View toolbar icons Large markup This shows the start and end tags of elements and attributes with the element attribute names in the tags Enter the department The element Name in the figure above is expanded i e the start and end tags as well as the content of the element are shown An element attribut
366. using command line to generate 148 P Page breaks 250 in SPSs 250 Page numbers 250 in SPSs 250 Paragraph formats 243 in SPS 243 Parameters 239 creating and editing 239 how to use 145 Paste 211 cut and copy in Designer 211 in StyleVision 233 PDF in Enterprise Edition 6 design considerations 6 PDF Preview 17 setting up in StyleVision 17 Points to note 207 HTML to XML conversion 207 position function 176 selecting with 176 Predefined format strings 299 for input formatting 299 Pre defined formats 44 in SPS 44 in SPSs 215 244 removing 215 Predicates 176 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 176 Preview of Working XML file 33 in StyleVision 33 Print command 230 Print preview 229 of Working XML File 229 Privacy 331 Processors 321 for download 321 Properties 295 menu for SPS 295 table 297 Q Qualifying elements and attributes 89 91 94 Quick reference 202 HTML to XML conversion 202 R Radio button 106 creating in Authentic Stylesheets 106 in StyleVision Power Stylesheets 112 Recently used files 231 in StyleVision 231 Redo command 235 in StyleVision 235 Reference 202 HTML to XML conversion 202 Registering your Altova software 317 Regular expressions 236 in Find command 236 Removing pre defined formats 215 Renaming schema nodes 206 in HTML to XML conversion 206 Renaming schema tree nodes 188 in HTML to XML conversion 188 Rest of Contents 248 i
367. using the global template properties The element tags will be gray indicating that the element uses the global template If the element occurrence already exists right click the element in the Design window and click Use Global Template In the figure below the lt Desc gt element has been right clicked Since a global template exists for lt Desc gt the Use Global Template command appears in the context menu Desc gparag contents Change to Use Global Template Authentic Node Settings Insert contents lt Tie Cut Urschalt Entf Copy Strg C Delete Remove All Text Styles The local template will be deleted and the global template will be used The element tags turn gray indicating that the element uses the global template Creating dynamic tables in global templates You can also create dynamic tables in global templates You do this in the same way you create dynamic tables in the Root Template The important point to note is that in a global template a dynamic table can only be created for descendant elements of the global template node it Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Global Templates 101 cannot be created for the global template node itself For example if you wish to create a dynamic table for the element authors within a global template then this dynamic table must be created within the global template of the parent e
368. ut and or as an icon in the toolbar Note The Insert commands are used to build the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and are therefore available in the Design Document view only 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 242 User Reference Insert 8 5 1 Image Cj The Image command allows you to insert an image using an image location address that either comes from the XML document dynamic or is entered by you directly in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet static To insert an image do the following 1 Click Insert Image or the Insert Image toolbar icon The Insert Image dialog shown below appears Edit Image Static Dynamic Static and Dynamic Dynamic Address i Sa Use above field to enter a dynamic Path Address Use button to select Schema content Treat as unparsed entity for XSLT transformation Cancel 2 Select the required tab Static Dynamic or Static and Dynamic and enter the address of the image location and or the XPath expression that locates the image address in the XML document The screenshot above shows how a Static and Dynamic address is entered Image address in XML documents If the image address a URL or a part of the address is contained in a node in the XML document this address can be used by selecting the node that contains it You do this by entering an XPath expression that selects the required node in the Dynamic tab or Static and
369. va If the Software that you have licensed is an upgrade or an update then the update replaces all or part of the Software previously licensed The update or upgrade and the associated license keys does not constitute the granting of a second license to the Software in that you may not use the upgrade or update in addition to the Software that it is replacing You agree that use of the upgrade of update terminates your license to use the Software or portion thereof replaced g Title Title to the Software is not transferred to you Ownership of all copies of the Software and of copies made by you is vested in Altova subject to the rights of use granted to you in this Software License Agreement As between you and Altova documents files stylesheets generated program code including the Unrestricted Source Code and schemas that are authored or created by you via your utilization of the Software in accordance with its Documentation and the terms of this Software License Agreement are your property h Reverse Engineering Except and to the limited extent as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law in the European Union you may not reverse engineer decompile disassemble or otherwise attempt to discover the source code underlying ideas underlying user interface techniques or algorithms of the Software by any means whatsoever directly or indirectly or disclose any of the foregoing except to the extent you may be expressly permi
370. vantage of using a global template for para would be that you define in one place the same processing rules for all para elements in the XML document When the XML is processed all para elements whether they occur in chapter section appendix or footnote will be processed according to the rules defined in the global template for para You can also build variations for different para elements by using conditional templates within the global template Thus you can make a condition so that a para ina footnote has text that is two points smaller in size than text of other para elements When to use global templates and local templates If you use only global templates the processor will run through the XML document and for each element that it encounters that has a global template it will process that element accordingly So it will follow the XML document structure This is generally fine if your XML is a text document like an article because the structure of the output document will generally correspond to the XML document structure Since the Root Template specifies the structure of the output document you should use the Root Template and local templates within it if you wish to e Produce an output with a structure that is different from the XML document structure for example output an Appendix before the Chapters e Insert overarching external components in the output for example a table that includes content from various parts of the
371. ve an Auto Calculation to another location by clicking the Auto Calculation to select it and dragging it to the new location You can also use cut copy and paste to move copy an Auto Calculation Note however that the XPath will need to be changed if the context node in the new location is not the same as the previous one Updating an XML node You can pass the result of an Auto Calculation to a node in the XML file To do this in the Auto Calculation dialog enter an XPath to select the node to update For the node to be updated two conditions need to be fulfilled e The XPath expression for the Auto Calculation must include the value of an XML node as one of the operands i e a dynamic value If the XPath expression uses a static value such as a string then the Auto Calculation is invalid and no node will be updated e In Authentic View one of the XML node values used as an operand in the Auto Calculation expression must be modified If none of the dynamic XML operands is modified the Auto Calculation result will not update the specified node in the XML file Updating an XML node with an Auto Calculation that is inside a Condition If you use the Update XML Node feature of an Auto Calculation that is inside a condition it is important to note the sequence of operations that occurs when a node value is changed 1 A value is changed 2 All currently visible Auto Calculations i e those Auto Calculations in currently active cond
372. ve shows a condition inside the First field The condition checks whether the number of shares value of the Shares element exceeds the value 0 If it does the content of the First field is displayed in bold A second condition within the template shown below is an Otherwise template which causes no output to be displayed So if the value in the Shares field is 0 or does not exist then the content of the First element is not displayed or alternatively could be displayed in roman First First gt P fotherwisel K Fis Auto Calculations An Auto Calculation evaluates an XPath expression and displays the result in Authentic View 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 10 Introduction StyleVision features Optionally the result can be entered as XML node content This is useful for example for totalling amounts in a column or for counting the total number of employees in an office or for any mathematical operation involving node content in various parts of the document Auto Calculation Path Expression Enter an Path expression to generate or calculate a result LeaveT otal LeaveUsed Build Update XML node in AUTHENTIC optional In AUTHENTIC it is possible to automatically update an existing XML node no Elements or Attributes will be automatically created with the value of the expression above Select the XML node with an XPath statement JLeaveLett Schema
373. ved Optional nodes When an element or attribute is optional according to the referenced schema a prompt of type add element attribute is displayed Title add Title Clicking the prompt adds the element and places the cursor for data entry If there are multiple optional nodes the prompt add is displayed Clicking the prompt displays a menu of the optional nodes 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 156 How To Use Authentic View 4 16 4 Authentic View context menus Right clicking on some selected document content or node pops up a menu with commands relevant to the selection or cursor location This kind of menu is called a context menu The context menu that appears depends on where in the document the cursor is The context menu with applicable commands enabled is shown below The figure below also shows the Insert submenu which is a list of all elements that can be inserted at that point Note that the Insert submenu shows above the rule the elements that can be inserted within the current element and below the rule the elements that can be inserted before the current element In the figure below the current element is the para element The italic and strong elements can be inserted within the current para element The para and Office elements can be inserted before the current para element Insert gt italic Append strong Insert Entity para Remove Office Apply
374. w xi ym Columns Rows 3 Cancel IV Use the whole available width ma Select the number of columns and rows and specify whether you wish the table to extend the 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 160 How To Use Authentic View entire available width For the specifications given in the dialog box shown above the following table is created You can add and delete columns create row and column joins later So create the broad structure first Note All modifications to table structure must be made by using the Table menu commands They cannot be made by changing attribute values in the Attribute Entry Helper Formatting tables and entering data To format your table place the cursor anywhere in the table and click the Table Properties icon This pops up the Table Properties dialog shown below where you specify formatting for the table or for a row column or cell 7 Table Row Column Cell Cancel border collapse cellpadding cellspacing frame height page break after page break before rules table layout MM I E Set the cellspacing and cellpadding properties to 0 Your table will now look like this Now place the cursor in the first row to format it and click the Table Properties icon Click the Row tab Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 2005 Altova GmbH How To Use Authentic View 161 x 828282 EG
375. with any element occurrence after it has been created you have to specify this explicitly By default each occurrence of an element uses the local template So for example if from the three occurrences of an lt email gt element company address email and employee office email and employee home email you wish to use the global template with the two occurrences employee office email and employee home email then you have to specify that these two occurrences should use the global template There are two ways to specify that a given element occurrence should use a Global Template 1 Ifa global template exists for a given element name and an element with that name is 2005 Altova GmbH Altova StyleVision 2005 User Manual 100 How To Use Global Templates then dragged from the Schema window then on dropping the element into the Design window a menu shown below pops up In the figure below the lt Desc gt element for which a global template exists has been dragged to a location just before the Department tag location shown by cursor Since a global template exists for lt Desc gt the Use Global Template command appears in the pop up menu Use Global Template Create Contents Create Paragraph Create Table Create Bullets and Numbering Create Image Clicking Use Global Template creates this element occurrence lt Desc gt in the example above at that location
376. within minutes e You can be sure to always get the latest version of our software e The application includes a comprehensive integrated online help system and an electronic manual that you can also print out if you prefer to read your documentation on paper After downloading StyleVision 2005 you can evaluate it for a period of up to 30 days free of charge During this evaluation period the software will start to remind you after about 20 days that it has not been licensed yet The reminder message will however only be displayed once every time you start the program If you would like to continue using the program after the 30 day evaluation period you have to purchase a Software Product License which is delivered in the form of a key code that you enter into the Registration dialog to unlock the product You can register and purchase your license online by directing your browser to access our web shop at http Awww xmlspy com order On this page you will get detailed pricing information including multi user discounts and also find a list of authorized distributors and resellers If you want to share StyleVision 2005 with others please make sure that only the installation program is ever distributed It contains the application program grammar description sample files and this online manual as well as a quick Read Me file in one neat package Any person that receives the StyleVision 2005 package from you is also automatically entitled to
377. y in this documentation Terms that are important in the StyleVision context or those that may be unclear or ambiguous are listed below DTD XML Schema schema We use the word schema lowercased to denote any and all types of validation grammars The most commonly used schemas are XML Schemas capitalized and DTDs Root Node Document Node Document Root In XPath 1 0 the node that contained the entire XML document was called the Root Node In XPath 2 0 the Root Node is called the Document Node In StyleVision the term Document Root is used In this documentation these three terms are used according to context They refer to the same node This node is an abstract node that is part of the abstract data model of the XML document there is no corresponding node in the actual XML document Document Element Root Element The Document Node contains a single root element the Document Element In some literature this element node is called the Root Element In this documentation we use the term Document Element This element is the main container element of the XML document and in the data model occurs immediately under the Document Node Root Template Global Template A Root Template matches the Document Node In StyleVision when you drag elements from the schema tree into the Design Document you are creating or modifying the Root Template Only one Root Template is created in StyleVision A Global Template can be created for any element de
378. yed however the entry of XML data in the HTML Preview is not allowed The Tab Navigation Buttons enable you to bring tabs into view should the window width not be sufficient to accommodate all tabs The horizontal scroll bar for the Main Window scrolls the window for the tab that is active The Tab Navigation Buttons are therefore the only way to bring tabs into view without broadening the window or changing screen resolution Schema Window The Schema Window displays the following e A tree representation of the schema DTD or XML Schema in terms of its elements and attributes Elements and attributes are dragged from the Schema Window and placed at the required location in the Design Document e A list of all elements and attributes for which global templates are possible When you select an element or attribute from this list a global template is created The formatting that you specify in a global template is applied to all occurrences of that element in the document Text Style Window The Text Style Window has tabs each with different groups of text formatting properties such as font weight and font style When text or a node containing text is selected in the Design Document text formatting properties are applied to the text via the properties in the Text Style Window Some text style properties such as font weight are also available as icons in the toolbar Block Style Window The Block Style Window has tabs each with diffe
379. you might need to re create your StyleVision Power Stylesheet from scratch e XSLT version After loading the schema select the XSLT version you wish to use by clicking the XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 toolbar icons e Content to be selected XML content is selected by dragging an element or attribute from the schema tree e Location in output document The dragged element attribute is placed in the design document Where it is dropped determines the location of that particular element attribute in the design document Since the actual content i e data comes from the XML document and could vary depending on the XML content of the element attribute this kind of content is known as dynamic content and its containing component is known as a dynamic component StyleVision Power Stylesheet Components StyleVision Power Stylesheet components can be categorized in terms of e Type static or dynamic and e Form e g contents data entry device table image etc Type of component Static components are those with static content that is content entered in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet static content does not come from the XML document The most common examples of static content are text and images Static text is text that is entered directly in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Static images are those that have their URLs specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Dynamic components on the other hand are those components which have conte

Altova StyleVision Professional Edition User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents